The Story

In 1886 a young mechanical engineer by the name of

Richard Klinger opened his first workshop in Vienna,
Austria. From this small venture grew the group of
independent KLINGER companies as we know it today.
KLINGER'S extensive product range and innovative spirit
began in 1890 with the Reflex Level gauge and quickly
progressed through to breakthrough sealing materials and
beyond. Today, KLINGER has an extensive range of fluid
sealing and control products.

These include valve and pump packings, spiral

wound gaskets, graphite laminates, solid core Independent KLINGER Companies World Wide
laminates, PTFE sheets and products, liquid
level gauges, magnetic level gauges, piston
valves and a wide range of compressed
non-asbestos fibre jointing material - in sheets
and pre-cut gaskets.
Throughout this time KLINGER has taken pride
in attention to detail so as to excel in innovation
and quality. With around 35 factories, licensees,
trading companies and offices world wide,
KLINGER is a truly global player in the sealing
and fluid control arena.
KLINGER's entrance into Australia - and the
subsequent Pacific-Asia region - began in
KLINGER Australia Head Office 1959, with the first manufacturing,
warehouse and head office facility in
Booragoon, Western Australia, under the
Australian company name Richard Klinger
Pty. Ltd. Today the original facility has
moved to the new modern premises in
Welshpool with the name KLINGER Limited,
and is still the only manufacturing plant in
Australia for calendered gasket sheeting.
While the Dandenong facility in Victoria is
The facilities in Welshpool, Western Australia;
the largest manufacturing plant in Australia
opened October 1998 by Dr. Klinger-Lohr for metallic and semi-metallic gaskets.
Quality System

This combined with other KLINGER plants, service centres and offices throughout the Asia -
Pacific region allows high levels of customer service to be maintained.
Additional benefits to the very important Asian market of our new Welshpool facility is not only
its improved equipment and layout, but also the ability to trade within the same time zone. This Quality
provides improved access to all departments including senior management and the ability to Endorsed
Company
respond quickly to customer needs. ISO 9002 & QS 9000
Lic QS0048
Standards Australia
 Contact the KLINGER branch closest to you
Western Australia
38 McDowell Street
Welshpool, W.A. 6106
Domestic Sales
Tel:(08) 9350 1100
Fax:(08) 9350 9286
Export Sales
Tel:(08) 9350 1190
Fax:(08) 9350 9279
Victoria
33-35 Gaine Road
Dandenong South, VIC 3175
Tel:(03) 8795 9595
Fax:(03) 8795 9516
South Australia
Innovation House West
Technology Park
First Avenue
Mawson Lakes, 5095
Tel: 0412 626 022
Fax:(08) 8260 8278
New South Wales
19/5 Inglewood Place
Baulkham Hills, NSW 2153
Tel:(02) 8824 3930
Fax:(02) 8824 3931
Singapore
16 Raffles Quay
No. 36-00 Hong Leong Building
Singapore, 048581
Tel: +65 321 8940
Fax: +65 225 9060
Unit 1 / 35 Export Drive
Darwin Business Centre
East Arm, N.T. 0828
Tel: 0412 626 018
Fax: (08) 8947 4047
New Zealand
11 Dalgety Drive
Wiri AUCKLAND
Tel:(09) 268 3624
Fax:(09) 268 3608
Queensland
5/43 Links Ave
Eagle Farm, QLD 4009
Tel: (07) 3268 2198
Fax: (07) 3268 2130
Hong Kong
Rm 2802, Admiralty Centre
Tower 1, 18 Harcourt Road
Admiralty, Hong Kong
Tel: +852 2833 6711
Fax: +852 2838 2090
Contents

1. The safe way to the right gasket

2. Gasket materials / PTFE Products
3. Metal Gaskets
4. Fluid Instrumentation
5. Compression Packing

KLINGER Limited
http://www.klinger.com.au
 1
The safe way

Technical fax service

Important application parameters
Mounting instructions
Shelf life of KLINGER gaskets
 Technical fax service

For improved reliability and
security the technical mail service is
an addition to the KLINGER-expert ®
calculation program. In most cases,
the answers to the following three
parameters are sufficient to Complete, print, and fax to....
ensure the right gasket is selected.
Please complete the questionnaire in
full. KLINGER office : in your State

Operating fluid Flange with bolts Gasket

Medium Flange: Dimension acc. to

Material DIN ANSI

or indicate the compressed

Pressure [bar] Dimension acc. to dimensions

Temperature [°C] DIN/ANSI Da [mm] Di [mm]

Temperature variations during DN Gasket thickness [mm]

service PN free choice

Drawing included conditioned by design, since

Bolts:

Type

Number

Size

Material/grade
Da
Comments
Di

Company

Contact

Street City or town

Phone Fax e-mail


application parameters/
Due to the high demands on the
safety of gasketed joints and the
current requirements with respect to
utmost tightness, choice and fitting
of the right gasket with the proper
expertise is a must.
Accordingly a number of require-
ments have to be met by the gasket
materials and the complete flange
joint to obtain a reliable sealing
connection.
Adjustment to the unevenness of
the sealing surface
This depends on the compressibility
of the gasket, the surface con-
dition of the sealing surface and sur-
face load.
Resistance to the fluid to be
sealed
When selecting the gasket, care
should be taken to ensure that the
sealing material is resistant to the
fluid under service conditions.
In general, properly loaded gas-
kets show better resistance than
underloaded gaskets.
Strength of the sealing
connection
The mechanical behaviour of the gas-
ket is determined by the complete
joint system.
Increasingly high requirements
on the tightness of flange joint (e.g.
tightness class L0.01) require the
application of high surface loads on
the gasket as the internal pressure is
increased.
Under such operating conditions,
the selected flange joint must be
assessed for its suitability to these
loads in order that mechanical
overload is avoided.
A tight gasket joint requires a
defined surface load.
The service life of the gasket
also depends on the fact the gasket
stress must always be higher than the
minimum surface load required to
prevent leaks.
Important
quality control
Higher-loaded, but not over-
loaded, gaskets have a longer life than
underloaded ones.
Special gasket materials for
water/steam applications which dis-
play no embrittlement at temperature
(e.g. KLINGERpsm, Top-graph-2000,
KLINGERtop chem, etc.) must be used
if it cannot be guaranteed that the
fitted gasket will only be subjected to
static stresses, or if stress fluctuations
can be assumed in discontinuous
operation.
In the case of gaskets used in
discontinuous water/steam circuits,
we recommend a min. surface load in
service of approx. 30 MPa.
In such applications, the gasket
should be as thin as technically pos-
sible and practical.
Tightness
Tightness depends on the surface
load applied at fitting and in operati-
on.
A gasket which is selected and
fitted according to these instructions
will have a long service life. For safety
reasons, re-use of gaskets is not
recommended.
Max. permissible surface load
The max. permissible surface load of
a gasket material is a function of
pressure, temperature and gasket
thickness and must not be surpassed. well as the responsible departments
The gasketed joint remains tight
as long as the surface load present in include the following subjects
service is higher than the required
min. surface load and the maximum
permissible surface load σBO of the
gasket is not surpassed.
The gasket characteristics
required for Klinger gaskets are deter-
mined through special leak tests in an
extensive series of measurements and
form the basis for the KLINGER-
expert ® gasket selection program and
the specifications in the product data
sheets.
Required gasket thickness
No general rule exists to determine
the required gasket thickness. In most
cases, 2 mm thickness will suffice.
Thinner gaskets allow higher surface
loads.
Low-temperature range
applications
Klinger gaskets are also suitable for
very low temperatures. A pre-requisite
for a tight connection is that the
required surface load is maintained
over the complete temperature range.
Fluid resistance is guaranteed to
-196°C. In the low-temperature range,
the material must not be exposed to
additional loads.
Quality control
Everybody in the Klinger organisation
has been charged with defined quality
functions within a total quality con-
cept to achieve the objectives of the
Klinger quality policy. These objec-
tives and fundamental functions as
are defined in the quality manual and
under ISO9002 andQS9000:
■ Innovative quality planning,
initial samples, prototypes
■ Supplier quality control
■ Process inspection, release
procedures, process control
■ Inspection, measuring and test
equipment, documentation,
quality system controls
Installation instructions/
All KLINGERsil-gaskets are free
of asbestos.
Generally asbestos-free fibre gas-
kets have greater embrittlement and
lower flexibility at temperature than
asbestos-based gasket materials. As a
rule, more care is required when
choosing or assembling an asbestos-
free gasket.
For optimum performance of the
gasket, always heed the following
mounting instructions:
1. Choosing the gasket
The most suitable gasket material can
be selected using KLINGER
Information material – particularly the
resistance table and pT diagrams –
see also KLINGERexpert ® – The safe
way to the right gasket.
2. Gasket thickness
The gasket should be as thin as
technically practical. In the case of
graphite gaskets, a minimum thick-
ness/width ratio of 1/5 is required.
3. Flanges must be parallel,
clean, and dry; the gasket must
be installed centrally.
Please note the proper inner and outer
diameters; make sure the gasket never
projects into the fluid stream in an
uncompressed state!
Shelf life of KLINGERsil material
Like all elastomers or elastomer-
containing materials the KLINGERsil
material is subject to natural ageing
depending on elastomer type,
vulcanisation method and storage
conditions.
For KLINGERsil sheets and gas-
kets, the percentage of elastomer bond-
ing agent is approx. 12%. The rela-
tively low percentage of constituents
subject to ageing means that the
influence on the complete product is
lower than with a pure elastomer.
Nevertheless, unfavourable
storage conditions such as increased
shelf life
4. The gaskets shall be mounted
in a dry state. Do not use sepa-
rating agents, sealing aids or the
like!
As standard, KLINGER gasket mate-
rials have an anti-stick finish. In very
difficult installation conditions,
separating agents such as dry sprays
on molybdenum sulphide or teflon
bases, e.g. KLINGERflon spray, may
be used. Make sure that the solvents
and propellants are completely
evaporated.
Do not use oil or grease-contain-
ing products, as they may affect the
safety of the flange connection. As a
rule, graphite gaskets must be used
with no additives at all, i.e. dry;
however, they are available with an
anti-stick finish (AS).
5. On mounting, tighten the bolts
evenly and crosswise (see sketch)
in two to three passes.
The bolts should be lubricated. We
recommend the use of a bolt lubricant
allowing friction coefficients from
approx. 0.10 to 0.14 to be set.
To obtain sufficient bolt elasticity
(note σVO , σBO ), the bolts are
normally tightened until the max.
tightening force or the max. possible
torque is reached.
This should produce a permanent
seal provided that the max. permis-
sible gasket stress is not exceeded.
temperature, extremely low air humid-
ity and extreme exposure to light may
lead to early deterioration in material
quality.
Ideal storage conditions are:
less than 25°C ambient temperature,
50 - 60% relative air humidity and a
darkened storage room.
These conditions will allow a
min. shelf life of 5 years. To date, we
are not in a position either to specify
an absolute limit or indicate precisely
the reduction in storage life if one of
these three factors is not adhered to.
Storage temperature is the most
important variable.
The use of torque meters or other
sophisticated torque methods is not
prerequisite, but will lead to better
results and higher safety.
We also recommend „retight-
ening“ the gaskets to the max. pos-
sible torque at ambient temperature
prior to starting the plant for the first
time.
6. In most cases, no „retight-
ening“ is required as long as the
following hints are observed.
Any „retightening“ of fibre gaskets
should only be performed when they
are cold and before or during the first
startup phase of the pipeline or plant
(this may be the case when rather
thick gaskets are used). Retightening
at higher operating temperatures and
longer operating times may lead to a
failure of the gasket connection and
should be avoided. A gasket selected
and fitted according to these instruc-
tions will have a long service life.
7. Re-use
For safety reasons, re-use of gaskets
is not generally advisable.
Storage temperatures of 30°C over
long periods of time may cause a
deterioration in the characteristics
after 2 years.
As no exact statements can be
made on these deviations, we recom-
mend that the storage rooms be con-
ditioned as described above where
longer storage is required.
Ready-to-mount gaskets should
be stored horizontally, otherwise –
particularly with larger dimensions
and hanging storage – stresses and
permanent deformations occur which
will at least complicate the mounting
process.

KLINGER-gaskets in Australia are
asbestos free. The KLINGERsil
qualities use, according to the
types, different fibres as a
substitute to asbestos. Based
on this different composition the
asbestos-free gaskets show a
different behaviour on
temperature load. Therefore in
general, more care is necessary
during the selection of the gasket
type and during installation.
On principle the following mounting
instructions for KLINGER-gasket
material have to be taken in account
1. Selection of the gasket
A suitable type of gasket material
can be selected according to the
KLINGER literature–
first of all, the chemical resistance
and the pT diagram (refer also to
KLINGER- expert the reliable route to
successful sealing).
2. Gasket thickness as thin as
possible and technically
ingenious!
In general KLINGERsil gaskets have to
be selected thinner in size than
asbestos containing gaskets. As a
rule of thumb 2/3 to 3/4 of the
thickness of asbestos containing
material can be used.
For example: 2 mm instead of 3 mm,
or 1.5 mm instead of 2 mm.
Graphite-gaskets shall have
thickness-to-widths-ratio not lower
than 1/5.
Subject to technical alterations.
2001
Status: August 2001
Mounting instructions
for KLINGER-gaskets
3. Flanges should be parallel,
metallically clean and dry, and
the gasket has to be mounted
centrically.
Please pay attention to the correct
inner- and outer diameter, the
gaskets should never tower into the
throughhole!
4. The mounting of the gasket
should be performed without any
grease- or oil-containing
separating media.
KLINGERsil gasket material is
equipped with an anti-adhesion layer
on principle. If there is an extreme
demand on anti-adhesion effect we
propose the use of dry-sprays on the
basis of molybdenum disulphide or of
Teflon, e.g. KLINGERflon Spray. The
fuel gas and the solvent should be
evaporated completely.
Absolutely no oil or grease-
containing products may be used,
as they have a degregating
influence on the safety of the
complete flange connection.
Graphite-gaskets are to be
mounted without grease, oil and other
anti-adhesion material.
5. During installation the bolts
must be tightened in several
steps, equal and cross-wise.
The nuts should be greased if
possible. Tightening should be
performed until the max. bolt tension is
reached (to get sufficient elongation
and spring-like behaviour of the bolt).
Therefore a safe and durable sealing
will be achieved, provided that the
bolt quality and gasket material have
been selected correctly (material
and thickness).
6. "Re-tighten" is usually not
necessary if a.m. references will
be followed.
If re-tightening is necessary,
this should be done under low
temperature before or during the start-
up of the piping or the plant.
Re-tightening under higher service
temperatures can cause failure of the
sealing connection and therefore
should avoided.
A gasket selected and mounted in the
correct way and under consideration
of the a.m. references will be durable
and timely stable.
7."Multi-use" of a gasket.
To use a gasket more than one time
can not be recommended.
If there is arequest foradvice
please contact the KLINGER company
or representative closest to you.
Certified according to
ISO 9001 & QS 9000.

Shelf Life of KLINGERsil gasket
material
KLINGERsil gasket material are as
all elastomeres and elastomere
containing material, subject to a
natural ageing process. This process
is dependent on the kind of elastomer,
its vulcanisation system and the
storage conditions.
For all KLINGERsil-sheets and
-gaskets the share of the elastomere
as binder is between 10 to 30%
according to DIN 28091-2. The
relatively small share of parts which
are subject to the ageing process
shows, that this influence on to the
whole product is smaller as on a
product of pure elastomer.
Shelf Life of
KLINGER gasket
material
Nevertheless unfavourable storage
conditions can lead to a premature
reduction of the materials quality.
Above all we must also mention
elevated temperature, too low humidity
as well as strong illumination.
As an ideal storage condition we
propose:
■ Temperature < 25°C
■ relative humidity 50 - 60%
■ darkened storage room
Under these conditions a period
of storage of approx. 5 years is
possible. It is difficult to define the
fluctuating properties of the storage
time due to changes of one or more
of the above influence factors.
The main factor undoubtedly is
the storage temperature. As
temperatures higher than 30°C
appear over a long period, a
reduction of the material properties
can occur readily after 2 years.
As in this conjunction detailed
specifications are not possible, we
propose the conditioning of the
storage rooms as mentioned above.
Ready made gaskets should be
stored flat, particularly for bigger
gasket sizes. Tensions and distortions
can occur that can complicate the
installation.

Shelf Life of KLINGER graphite
laminates
Usually storage temperature, illumi-
nation etc. have no influence on the
storability period of KLINGER Graphite
Laminates.
Nevertheless following conditions Under these conditions, a storage
should be applied to ensure life of over 10 years can be expected.
appropriate storage:
■ – 20 °C to + 50 °C storage
temperature
■ clean and dry air
(no dirt particles and no
aggresive gases or vapours)
■ sheets and ready made gaskets
must be protected against
damage
■ sheets and ready made gaskets
must be stored flat

Certified according to
ISO 9002 & QS 9000.
KLINGER Limited

Subject to technical alterations.

32001

Status: August 2001

 2
Gasket materials

The first step in gasket selection

KLINGER-top-chem
KLINGER-top-graph-2000 &2008
KLINGER-soft-chem
KLINGERSIL range
KLINGERSIL Chemical resistance table

KLINGERSIL C-4400
KLINGERSIL C-4408

KLINGERSIL C-4430

KLINGERSIL C-4500

KLINGERSIL C-8200
KLINGERstatite
KLINGERgraphite
KLINGERmilam PSS
 The first
step in gasket
selection

This brochure offers you a

general survey of our gasket materials.
It is the first of seven
steps which are
designed to
lead you to-
wards correct gasket
selection.
 Sp W Ch
ec at em
ia er ic

well suited
la an al
d s g

relatively suited

very well suited

pp st liq aseo
lic uid us
an
d
ea
at
io m
ns
Fo
od Ga up up up up ov up up up up
Ca in to to to to er to to to to
us Ac dus
ss
up Ox 15 25 30 50 60 15 25 40 50
tic id tri pl yg 0° 0° 0° 0° 0° 0° 0° 0° 0°
s s e y en C C C C C C C C C
KL
KTW recommendation/ DVGW permit/ IN
GE
BAM tested/ Fire Safe/ ”TA-Luft”-cer- Rt
tification/ Germanischer Lloyd KL op
IN lin
GE e
KTW recommendation/ Rt
DVGW permit/ “TA-Luft”-certification/ KL o p
IN -c
Germanischer Lloyd
gasket selection.

GE he
m-
Rt 20
KTW recommendation/ KL o p- 00
DVGW permit IN ch
em
This survey should not be

GE
used as the sole means for

Rt -2
KTW recommendation/ KL op
-c
00
3
DVGW permit/BAM tested IN h
GE em
Rt -2
KTW recommendation/ KL op
-c
00
5
DVGW permit/BAM tested IN h
GE em
Rt -2
op 00
-g 6
rap
h-
20
00
for your requirements.
to the right gasket material
To assist you in gasket
selection, we have devised a
tried and tested method desi-
gned to guide you step by step
 Sp W Ch
ec at em
ia er ic
la an al
pp d s g
st liq aseo
lic uid us
an
d
ea
at
io m
ns
Fo
od Ga up up up up ov up up up up

well suited
Ca in to to to to er to to to to
us Ac dus
ss
up Ox 15 25 30 50 60 15 25 40 50

relatively suited
yg

very well suited

tic id tri pl 0° 0° 0° 0° 0° 0° 0° 0° 0°
s s e y en C C C C C C C C C
K
LI
N
G
ER
KTW recommendation/ C SI
DVGW permit in preparation
42 L
43
BS 7531 Grade Y.

ÖVGW permit

KTW recommendation/
DVGW permit/ BAM tested/ C
44
HTB tested/ Germanischer Lloyd 00
KTW recommendation/ DVGW permit/ C
Fire Safe/ BAM tested/ Germ. Lloyd 44
30
KTW recommendation/ DVGW permit/
HTB tested/ BAM tested/ Fire Safe/ C
45
gasket selection.

reinforced with carbon fibre 00

This survey should not be
used as the sole means for

BS 7531 Grade X / Potable Water C

for your requirements.

63
27
to the right gasket material
To assist you in gasket
selection, we have devised a

BS 7531 Grade X / DIN 3754 IT S C

tried and tested method desi-
gned to guide you step by step

(Physical Conformity) 82
00
 Sp W Ch
ec at em
ia er ic
la an al
pp d s g
st liq aseo
lic uid us
an
d
ea
at
io m
ns
Fo
od Ga up up up up ov up up up up
in to to to to to to to to

well suited
Ca er
us Ac dus
ss
up Ox 15 25 30 50 60 15 25 40 50
yg

relatively suited

very well suited

tic id tri pl
y
0°
C
0°
C
0°
C
0°
C
0°
C
0°
C
0°
C
0°
C
0°
C
s s e en

KL
IN
GE
Rg
Universal material for gaskets Se ra
and glands ali
ng
ph
it
tap
Pure graphite, homogeneous La e
mi
na
DVGW permit/ BAM tested/ te-
WRC-approval La H/
HL
mi
na
DVGW permit/ BAM tested/ te-
WRC-approval/ pegged stainless La SL
steel sheet with pure graphite surface mi S
na
DVGW permit/ WRC-approval/ te-
PS
2 pegged stainless steel sheet ins- La
mi M
erts and optimized scratch resistance na
due to higher density te-
KL PD
IN M
gasket selection.

GE
R
Spiral wound gasket KL Sp
IN ira
This survey should not be

GE lw
used as the sole means for

Rm ou
KL a nd
IN xifle
GE x
Rf
lo
Re
ad n
y-
ma
Sealing tape with low grease contents Th de
rea ga
d sk
Se ets
DVGW permit Th a lT
for your requirements.

rea ap
d e(
Se Co
to the right gasket material

a
To assist you in gasket

DVGW permit/ BAM tested/

selection, we have devised a
tried and tested method desi-

Se lT mm
gned to guide you step by step

TÜV-certification number ale ap erc

x e( ial
BS
43 )
75
)
 This survey should not be To assist you in gasket
used as the sole means for selection, we have devised a
gasket selection. tried and tested method desi-
gned to guide you step by step
to the right gasket material
for your requirements.

al
ci
t

pe
of

Rs
Rs

GE
GE

IN
IN

m
te
ati

ila

KL
KL

St

M
KLINGERspecial offers the end
d
an
uid us

user novel opportunities for

liq aseo

sealing applications.

C
0°
g

50
On many occasions, we come
to
s

across applications in which the

al

up

C
0°
gasket is required to fulfil a multitude
ic

40
to
of functions beyond those of purely
em

up

C
sealing.
0°
25
Ch

In such cases, the gasket must

to
up

partly compensate for limitations in

C
0°
15

the joint construction that, for

to

whatever reason, can not be met, by

up

the construction only.

It is important that from an early
C

stage the designer is in discussions

m

0°
60

with the Klinger Technical department.

ea

er
ov

Only then can he profit fully

C
st

0°

from the opportunities available with

50
d

to

KLINGERspecial.
an

up

C
0°
30
er

Hydrotest Gaskets
to
up

C
at

0°
25

Clearly identifiable gaskets. Easy to

W

to

record and check installation data

up

C
0°

reducing risk of costly downtime due

15
to

to gasket failure during commissioning.

up
ns
io

en
yg
at

Ox
lic

y
pl
up
pp

ss
Ga
la

e
tri
us
ia

d
in
ec

od

s
id
Fo

Ac
Sp

s
tic
us
Ca

Subject to technical alterations.

For simple sealing applications

temperature applicatins
Stainless steel tang reinforced with
mica surface, for very high

Status: August 2001

relatively suited

well suited

very well suited

Certified according to
ISO 9002 & QS 9000
TheTopFour! KLINGERtop-chem
Four top quality PTFE-based
materials for every application

THE LEADER IN GASKET TECHNOLOGY FOR MORE THAN 100 YEARS

KLINGERtop-chem offer the

advantages of PTFE gaskets
without the disadvantages
commonly associated
with these types of
materials. As a result you
will save maintenance time
and improve plant safety.
KLINGERtop-chem offer the advan- The two new grades KLINGER
tages of PTFE gaskets without the top-chem-2005 and -2006 now offer
disadvantages commonly associated a solution for PTFE-standard appli-
with PTFE materials. This allows you cations. They differ in respect to their
to use these materials in applications chemical resistance:
where traditionally they are unsuit- KLINGERtop-chem-2005 is particu-
able, saving you maintenance time larly suited for general chemical and
and improving plant safety. strongly acidic applications.
As an example, a comparison KLINGERtop-chem-2006 is the
of the load bearing performance of better choice for caustic medias.
KLINGERtop-chem-2000 with that By way of an introduction to the
of rival products is shown in the properties of the KLINGERtop-chem
diagram below. With KLINGERtop- range, the matrix on the following
chem-2000, the high relaxation typi- page presents the attributes of the
cal of standard PTFE gaskets is not individual grades. The table illustra-
observed. The results demonstrate tes that for all PTFE applications a
that at a load of 50 MPa and tempe- suitable material can be selected
rature of 200°C, the relaxation of from the KLINGERtop-chem range.
this material is only 1.6%, ensuring The detailed performance data
that bolt forces are maintained even on the following pages will help you
under severe conditions. to choose the correct material for
your application, ensuring the safe
performance of the gasket. The
following short description of the
four grades provides a general over-
view of properties and is the first
step towards making this choice.
-1.6
% -16.1% -23.5 % -25.2 % -27.4%
100%
KLINGERtop-chem-2000
90%
competitor A
80%
competitor B
competitor C
competitor D
70%
KLINGERtop-chem-2000
The universal heavy-duty gasket for
an extremely wide range of applica-
tions in the chemical and petroche-
mical industries as well as in the
ship building industry for chemical
tanker applications. Due to its uni-
que load bearing properties it is able
to withstand high temperatures and
pressures and it is the only PTFE
gasket with a Fire Safe Certificate.
It is also the first choice in the food
sector and in the pharmaceutical
industry, for steam applications and
in oxygen pipes, and where special
requirements are made acc. to TA Luft
(German Clean air regulation).
KLINGERtop-chem-2000 has
excellent chemical resistance in
strongly acidic and alkaline applica-
tions and offers exceptional perfor-
mance in applications with high
mechanical requirements at high
temperatures.
 KLINGERtop-chem:
A complete sealing package
for safe performance
KLINGERtop-chem-2003 KLINGERtop-chem-2005 KLINGERtop-chem-2006
As regards media, the range of KLINGERtop-chem-2005 has KLINGERtop-chem-2006 has
applications is comparable to that excellent chemical resistance in good chemical resistance in strongly
of KLINGERtop-chem-2000. strongly acidic applications and is alkaline conditions and good
However, KLINGERtop-chem 2003 suitable for a wide range of applica- mechanical properties at medium
has greater compressibility and is tions in the chemical industrie. and low temperatures and loads.
ideal for maintaining a tight seal It has good mechanical properties at KLINGERtop-chem-2006 is
even at low surface loads and medium and low temperatures and optimised for caustic conditions
temperatures. loads. and also suitable for a wide range
KLINGERtop-chem-2003 As regards media, the range of applications in the chemical
has excellent chemical resistance of applications approaches that of industry. Because it is free from
in strongly acidic and alkaline KLINGERtop-chem-2000. pigments, this material is especially
applications and excellent The material is an economical suited to food and pharmaceutical
mechanical properties at medium alternative where requirements less applications.
and low temperatures and loads. stringent.
Special mention should be given to
its high gas tightness at even low
surface loads (TA-Luft certification).

KLINGERtop-chem
2000
2003
2005
2006

Strong acids

Strong alkalis
Mechanical resistance
to high temperature
Tightness

Adaptability
 The heavy-duty gaskets
KLINGERtop-chem

Stability according to Klinger The many and varied demands So why does Klinger provide
The load bearing capacity of a gasket made on gaskets pT diagrams?
can be assessed at ambient and The successful operation of a gasket For the reasons given the pT diagram
high temperature using the hot com- depends upon a multiplicity of factors. is not infallible: it serves as a rough
pression test developed by Klinger. Many who use static gaskets believe guide for the end user who often has
In contrast to the test method that the values quoted for maximum only the operating temperatures ad
according to DIN 52913 and admissible temperature and maxi- pressures to go on.
BS 7531, the gasket stress is kept mum operating pressure are inherent Additional stresses such as
constant throughout the entire test. properties or characteristics of gas- greatly fluctuating load may signifi-
The gasket is thus exposed to signi- kets and gasket materials. cantly affect whether a gasket is
ficantly severer conditions. suitable for the application.
Resistance to media must be
The thickness decrease as a taken into account in every case.
result of a constant load is measured
at a temperature of 23°C and also
after heating up to 250°C. If your operating temperatures
The value of the thickness and pressures fall within this field, it
decrease at 250°C relates to the is not usually necessary to conduct
thickness after compression at 23°C. a technical examination.
If your operating temperatures
and pressures are within this field we
recommend a technical examination.
If your operating temperatures
and pressures are within this blank
Unfortunately, this is not the field, a technical examination should
case. be carried out.
The maximum temperatures and
pressures at which gaskets may be
used are influenced by a large
number of factors. 200
Therefore a definite statement
of these values for gaskets material 100
is not possible. 90
80
70
60
50
DIN 2690/ DIN EN 1514-1
40
form IBC up to PN 40*
30
200 200 20
pi bar

100 100 –200 –150 –100 –50 0 °C 50 100 150 200 250
90 90

80 80
KLINGERtop-chem-2005
70 70

60 60
200
50 50
DIN 2690/ DIN EN 1514-1 DIN 2690/ DIN EN 1514-1
40 40
form IBC up to PN 40* form IBC up to PN 40*
30 30 100

20 20 90
80
pi bar
pi bar

70
–200 –150 –100 –50 0°C 50 100 150 200 250 –200 –150 –100 –50 0°C 50 100 150 200 250
60
KLINGERtop-chem-2000 KLINGERtop-chem-2003 50
DIN 2690/ DIN EN 1514-1
40
form IBC up to PN 40*
30
20
pi bar

–200 –150 –100 –50 0 °C 50 100 150 200 250

*Gaskets according to DIN 2690 are only standardised up to PN 40 KLINGERtop-chem-2006

 The heavy-duty gaskets
KLINGERtop-chem

KLINGERtop-chem 2000 2003 2005 2006

Ref. thickness of measured values, mm 1.5 2 1.5 1.5
Density, g/cm 3 2.5 1.7 2 2.9
Compressibility ASTM F 36 J, % 2 18 7 4
Recovery ASTM F 36 J, % 55 40 35 40

Stress relaxation
DIN 52913, 16h, 50MPa, 300 °C 35 – – –
DIN 52913, 16h, 30MPa, 150 °C 30 13 25 18

Klinger cold/hot compression

23°C/ 50MPa, % 2 – 10 10
250°C/ 50MPa, % 5 – 30 40
23°C/ 25MPa, % – 9 – –
250°C/ 25MPa, % – 38 – –

Tightness
DIN 3535/6, ml/min 0.5 0.1 0.2 0.1
DIN 28090-2, mg/s m 0.05 0.01 0.02 0.01

Thickness/weight increase
H2 SO4 , 100%: 18h/ 23°C,% 0.5/ 1 –/1 2/ 2 –
HNO3 ,100%: 18h/ 23°C, % 1/ 2 –/5 2/ 7 2/ 7
NaOH, 33%, 72h/ 110°C, % 5/ 5 –/2 – 12/ 24

Permits/certifications
BAM certification yes u. preparation – yes
KTW proposal yes yes yes yes
DIN-DVGW permit yes yes yes yes
HTB acc. to VP 401 – – – –
Fire Safe yes – – –
FDA conformity yes yes yes yes
TA-Luft certification yes yes u. preparation –
Germanischer Lloyd yes yes u. preparation u. preparation
United States Coast Guard yes – – –
Registro Italiano Navale yes – – –
Det Norske Veritas AS yes – – –

Standard sizes (other sizes on request)

Sheet sizes mm 1,500 x 1,500 1,500 x 1,500 1,500 x 1,500 1,500 x 1,500
Thickness mm 1.0/1.5 /2.0 /3.0 1.0/1.5 /2.0 /3.0 1.0/1.5 /2.0 /3.0 1.0/1.5 /2.0 /3.0
Tolerances thickness ± 10%, length ± 50 mm, width ± 50 mm

Typical values
Subject to technical alterations.
Status: August 2003
 KLINGERtop-chem KLINGERtop-chem
Medium 2000 2003 2005 2006 Medium 2000 2003 2005 2006
Acetaldehyde 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Chloroform 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Acetamide 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Chromic acid 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Acetic acid 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Citric acid 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Acetic acid ester 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Chlorotrifluoride – – – –
Acetone 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Condensation water 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Acetylene 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Copper acetate 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Adipic acid 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Copper sulphate 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Air 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Creosote 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Alum 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Cresol 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Aluminium acetate 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Crude oil 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Aluminium chlorate 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Cyclohexanol 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Aluminium chloride 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Decahydronaphthalene 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Ammonia 260°C 260°C 100°C 260°C Dibenzyl ether 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Ammonium carbonate 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Dibutyl phthalate 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Ammonium chloride 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Diesel oil 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Ammonium diphosphate 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Dimethyl formamide 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Ammonium hydroxide 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Diphyl 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Amyl acetate 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Dye bath 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Aniline 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Ethane 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Anon cyclohexanone 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Ethanol 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Arcton 12 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Ethyl acetate 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Arcton 22 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Ethyl alcohol 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Asphalt 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Ethyl chloride 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Aviation fuel 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Ethyl ether 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Barium chloride 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Ethylendiamine 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Benzene 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Ethylene 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Benzoic acid 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Ethylene chloride 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Blast furnace gas 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Ethylene glycol 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Bleaching solution 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Fluorine dioxide – – – –
Boiler feed water 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Fluorine gaseous – – – –
Borax 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Fluorine liquid – – – –
Boric acid 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Fluorosilicic acid – – – –
Brine 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Formaldehyde 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Butane 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Formamide 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Butanol 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Formic acid 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Butanone 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Freon 12 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Butyl acetate 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Freon 22 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Butylamine 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Generator gas 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Butyle alcohol 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Glacial acetic acid 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Butyric acid 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Glycerine 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Caesium melt – – – – Heating oil 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Calcium chloride 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Heptane 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Calcium hydroxide 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Hydraulic oil 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Calcium hypochlorite 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Hydraulic oil 2 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Calcium sulphate 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Hydraulic oil 3 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Carbolic acid 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Hydrazine hydrate 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Carbon dioxide 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Hydrochloric acid 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Carbon disulphide 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Hydrofluoric acid 100°C 100°C – 100°C
Carbon tetrachloride 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Hydrofluosilic acid – – – –
Castor oil 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Hydrogen 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Chlorine water 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Hydrogen chloride 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Chlorine, dry 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Hydrogen peroxide 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Chlorine, moist 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Isooctane 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C

Subject to technical alterations.

Status: August 2003
 Chemical resistances
of the 4 gasket materials

KLINGERtop-chem KLINGERtop-chem
Medium 2000 2003 2005 2006 Medium 2000 2003 2005 2006
Isopropyl alcohol 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Pydraul 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Kerosene 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Pyridine 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Lactic acid 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Rape seed oil 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Lead acetate 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Rubidium melt – – – –
Lead arsenate 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Salicylic acid 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Linseed oil 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Sea water 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Lithium melt – – – – Silicon oil 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Magnesium sulphate 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Skydrol 500 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Malic acid 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Soap 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
MEK butanone 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Soda 260°C 260°C – 260°C
Methane 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Sodium aluminate 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Methyl alcohol 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Sodium bicarbonate 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Methyl chloride 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Sodium bisulphite 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Methylene chloride 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Sodium chloride 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Mineral oil no. 1 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Sodium cyanide 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Mineral oil no. 2 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Sodium hydroxide 260°C 260°C – 260°C
Monochlorethane 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Sodium melt – – – –
Naphtha 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Sodium silicate 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Natural gas 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Sodium sulphide 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Nitric acid 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Sodium sulphate 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Nitrobenzene 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Spinning baths 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Nitrogen 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Spirit 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Octane 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Starch 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Oil 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Steam 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Oleanolic acid 260°C 260°C 260°C – Stearic acid 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Oleic acid 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Sugar 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Oxalic acid 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Sulphur dioxide 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Oxygen 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Sulphuric acid 260°C 260°C 260°C –
Palminic acid 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Sulphurous acid 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Pentane 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Table salt 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Perchlorethylene 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Tannic acid 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Petroleum 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Tannin 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Petroleum benzin 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Tar 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Petroleum ether 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Tartaric acid 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Phenol 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Tetrachloroethane 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Phosphoric acid 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Tetrahydronaphthale 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Phthalic acid 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Toluene 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Polychl. biphenyls. 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Town gas 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Potassium acetate 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Transformer oil 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Potassium carbonate 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Trichloroethylene 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Potassium chlorate 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Triethanolamine 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Potassium chloride 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Turpentine 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Potass. chrom.sulph. 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Urea 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Potassium cyanide 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Vinyl acetate 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Potassium dichrom. 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Water 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Potassium hydroxide 260°C 260°C – 260°C Water flask 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Potassium hypochl. 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C Water vapour 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Potassium iodide 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C White spirit 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Potassium melt – – – – Xylene 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Potassium nitrate 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Potassium nitrite 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Potassium permang. 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C
Propane 260°C 260°C 260°C 260°C

resistant
(Suitable for the appropriate use as a
compressed gasket between flange surfaces)
suitable with sufficient surface stress
do not use without contacting manufacturer
Temperatures are max. values

Basis
Sealing material, based on graphite
and synthetic fibres. Manufactured
using a revolutionary process which
provides the graphite gaskets with
totally new, previously unachievable
properties.
Properties
The material impresses with its easy
handling and cutting combined with
steam capability too 300'C It has a
high load bearing capacity combined
with high sealability.
, 70
The material is suitable for
use with steam up to 300°C. In
many other areas of application,
temperatures of over 500°C are
possible.
KLINGERtop-graph-2000
combines the advantages of fibre-
reinforced gaskets preferred by the
experts with the key features of truly
flexible graphite.
The many and varied demands
made on gaskets
The successful operation of a gasket
depends upon a multiplicity of factors.
Many who use static gaskets believe
that the values quoted for maximum
admissible temperature and maximum
operating pressure are inherent
flange
medium bolt
process
pressure
control
tempera-
ture
KLINGER The really flexible
top-graph-2000 graphite sealing material
The truly flexible graphite sealing material Klinger cold/hot compression Typical values for 1.5 mm thickness KLINGERtop-graph-2000
that is easy to handle and cut. It combines With this test method developed
Compressibility ASTM F 36 A % 10
by Klinger you can evaluate the
"high load bearing capacity" with high cold/hot compression of a gasket in Recovery ASTM F 36 A min % 60
sealability. cold and hot condition. Stress relaxation DIN 52913 50 MPa, 16 h/300°C MPa 32
KLINGERtop-graph-2000 is ideally suited for Unlike the method acc. to DIN Klinger cold/hot compression 50 MPa thickness decrease ambient % 10
use with steam up to 300 'C and many high 52913 and BS 7531, the surface load thickness decrease hot 300°C % 10
is kept constant during the complete
temperature applications up to 500 'C. Immersion oil JRM 903: 5h/150°C thickness change % 5
test so that the gasket is exposed to
much tougher conditions. weight change % 10
100 The thickness decrease at an Immersion fuel B: 5h/23°C thickness change % 7
ambient temperature of 23°C and at weight change % 10
90 heating up to 300°C is measured. Immersion water: 5h/100°C thickness change % 5
The indicated thickness decrease weight change % 5
80 at 300°C refers to the thickness ob-
" § tained after loading at 23°C.
Soluble cloride content chlorides (soluble) ppm <50
Tightness according to DIN 3535/6 ml/min 0,5
Density g/cm 3 1,75
60 Thickness mm 1,5
Typical values
50
The dimensions of the standard Rings and other finished gaskets Tests and approvals
40 sheets These gaskets are available in any size BAM-certification for gaseous oxygen
Sizes: and corresponding sheet thicknesses, up to 130 bar and 125°C
30 1,000 mm x 1,500 mm also edged and PTFE-covered. and for liquid oxygen in flange
Thicknesses: connections.
20 1.0 mm, 1.5 mm, 2.0 mm, Surfaces KTW-recommended.
other thicknesses on request. The standard surface finish of the BS 7531 grade X.
pi bar
! " Tolerances: material is such that the surface has DIN-DVGW-permit no.
thickness ± 10%, an extremely low adhesion. NG-5123AU0381.
0 lenght ± 50 mm,
-200 -150 -100 -50 0 °C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500
Pantone Blau 541 Scala: Cyan Magenta Gelb
width ± 50 mm Function and durability
The performance and life of KLINGER
properties or characteristics of significantly affect whether a gasket is gaskets depend in large measure on
gaskets and gasket materials. suitable for the application. proper storage and fitting, factors
Resistance to media must be beyond the manufactor’s control. We
Unfortunately, this is not the taken into account in every case. can, however, vouch for the excellent
case. quality of our products.
The maximum temperatures and The fields of decision With this in mind, please also
pressures at which gaskets may be 1 If your operating temperatures observe our installation instructions.
used are influenced by a large and pressures fall within this field,
number of factors. a technical examination is normally
Therefore a definite statement of unnecessary.
these values for gasket material is not .2 If your operating temperatures
possible. and pressures are within this field, Subject to technical alterations.
a technical examination is Status: September 2000.
So why does Klinger provide recommended. Certified according to
pT diagrams? 3 If your operating temperatures points the way to the right gasket DIN EN ISO 9001.
For the reasons given the pT diagram and pressures are within this “open“ for the job
is not infallible: it serves as a rough field, a technical examination is KLINGER GmbH
P.O. Box 1370, D-65503 Idstein
© AGT Köln / 4.947/ 9.99
guide for the end user who often has always necessary.
4.947 Graph 700/2000
only the operating temperatures and Rich.-Klinger-Straße, D-65510 Idstein
pressures to work with. Tel +49 (0) 6126 950-0
Additional stresses such as Fax +49 (0) 6126 950 340/341
greatly fluctuating load may e-mail: mail@klinger-gmbh.de
http://www.klinger-gmbh.de

Basis
Sealing material, based on graphite
and synthetic fibres. Manufactured
using a revolutionary process which
provides the graphite gaskets with
totally new, previously unachievable
properties.
Properties
The material impresses with its good
handling in combination with its very
high level of load bearing capacity
and minimal embrittlement at
temperatures up to 300°C. These
properties offer the gasket a high
degree of resistance to damage
during fitting and under operation,
prevents the loss of bolt load and the
formation of cracks at high
temperature. The material is suitable
for use with steam up to 300°C. In
many other areas of application,
temperatures of over 500°C are
possible.
KLINGERtop-graph-2000
combines the advantages of fibre-
reinforced gaskets preferred by the
experts with the key features of really
flexible graphite.
* Gaskets according to DIN 2690 are only
standardised up to PN 40
The many and varied demands
made on gaskets
The successful operation of a gasket
depends upon a multiplicity of factors.
Many who use static gaskets believe
that the values quoted for maximum
admissible temperature and maximum
operating pressure are inherent
flange
medium
process
pressure
control
tempera-
ture
KLINGER The truly flexible
top-graph-2000 graphite sealing material
The really flexible graphite sealing material Klinger cold/hot compression Typical values for 1.5 mm thickness KLINGERtop-graph-2000
with a high degree of inherent stability offers With this test method developed
Compressibility ASTM F 36 A % 10
by Klinger you can evaluate the
reliability in handling. Thanks to its high load cold/hot compression of a gasket in Recovery ASTM F 36 A min % 60
bearing capacity and the low embrittlement, cold and hot condition. Stress relaxation DIN 52913 50 MPa, 16 h/300°C MPa 32
KLINGERtop-graph-2000 is ideally suited for Unlike the method acc. to DIN Klinger cold/hot compression 50 MPa thickness decrease ambient % 10
use with steam and other sophisticated 52913 and BS 7531, the surface load thickness decrease hot 300°C % 10
is kept constant during the complete
applications. Immersion oil JRM 903: 5h/150°C thickness change % 5
test so that the gasket is exposed to
much tougher conditions. weight change % 10
100 The thickness decrease at an Immersion fuel B: 5h/23°C thickness change % 7
ambient temperature of 23°C and at weight change % 10
90 heating up to 300°C is measured. Immersion water: 5h/100°C thickness change % 5
The indicated thickness decrease weight change % 5
80 at 300°C refers to the thickness ob-
" § tained after loading at 23°C.
Soluble cloride content chlorides (soluble) ppm <50
70 Tightness according to DIN 3535/6 ml/min 0,5
Density g/cm 3 1,75
60 Thickness mm 1,5
Typical values
50
DIN 2690/ DIN EN 1514-1 form IBC up to PN 40* The dimensions of the standard
40 sheets
Sizes:
30 1500 mm x 2000 mm
Thicknesses:
20 1.5 mm, 3.0 mm, other sheet Surfaces Tests and approvals
sizes / thicknesses on request. The standard surface finish of the BS 7531 grade X.
pi bar
! " Tolerances: material is such that the surface has DIN-DVGW-permit no.
thickness ± 10%, an extremely low adhesion. NG-5123AU0381.
0 lenght ± 50 mm,
-200 -150 -100 -50 0 °C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500
Pantone Blau 541 Scala: Cyan Magenta Gelb
width ± 50 mm Function and durability
The performance and life of KLINGER
properties or characteristics of significantly affect whether a gasket is gaskets depend in large measure on
gaskets and gasket materials. suitable for the application. proper storage and installation factors
Resistance to media must be beyond the manufacturer’s control. We
Unfortunately, this is not the taken into account in every case. can, however, vouch for the excellent
case. quality of our products.
The maximum temperatures and The fields of decision
pressures at which gaskets may be 1 If your operating temperatures
used are influenced by a large and pressures fall within this field,
number of factors. a technical examination is normally
Therefore a definite statement of unnecessary.
these values for gasket material is not .2 If your operating temperatures
possible. and pressures are within this field, Subject to technical alterations.
bolt
a technical examination is Status: August 2001.
So why does Klinger provide recommended. Certified according to
pT diagrams? 3 If your operating temperatures points the way to the right gasket ISO 9001 & QS 9000.
For the reasons given the pT diagram and pressures are within this “open“ conditions for the job
is not infallible: it serves as a rough field, a technical examination is KLINGER Limited
guide for the end user who often has always necessary.
4.947 Graph 700/2000
only the operating temperatures and
pressures to go on. http://www.klinger.com.au
Additional stresses such as
greatly fluctuating load may
 KLINGER The really flexible
top-graph-2008 graphite sealing material

Basis
A sealing material based on graphite
and synthetic fibres with a wire
insert that provides this material
with totally new, previously
unachievable properties.
Properties
This material is based on the proven
formulation for Klinger Topgraph 2000 100
which combines the handling advantages
of fibre reinforced gaskets with the
performance advantages of graphite
to give a truly flexible graphite sealing 80
solution. The addition of the wire insert
significantly increases tensile strength 70
and will therefore be the preferred
solution for many users where pulsating 60
pressure loads exist.
Topgraph 2008 demonstrates improved 50
storage, handling and installation
characteristics when compared to
exfoliated graphite products.
The material has a high load-
bearing capacity and is suitable for
use with steam to 300'C and many
other applications up to 500'C.
The really flexible graphite sealing material Klinger cold/hot compression Typical values for 1.5 mm thickness KLINGERtop-graph-2000
now supplied wire reinforced. It combines With this test method developed
Compressibility ASTM F 36 A % 10
by Klinger you can evaluate the
"high load bearing capacity" and high cold/hot compression of a gasket in Recovery ASTM F 36 A min % 60
sealability with improved blow-out resistance. cold and hot condition. Stress relaxation DIN 52913 50 MPa, 16 h/300°C MPa 32
KLINGER Topgraph 2008 is ideally suited for Unlike the method acc. to DIN Klinger cold/hot compression 50 MPa thickness decrease ambient % 10
use with steam up to 300'C and many high 52913 and BS 7531, the surface load thickness decrease hot 300°C % 10
is kept constant during the complete
temperature applications up to 500'C. Immersion oil JRM 903: 5h/150°C thickness change % 5
test so that the gasket is exposed to
much tougher conditions. weight change % 10
The thickness decrease at an Immersion fuel B: 5h/23°C thickness change % 7
ambient temperature of 23°C and at weight change % 10
90 heating up to 300°C is measured. Immersion water: 5h/100°C thickness change % 5
The indicated thickness decrease weight change % 5
at 300°C refers to the thickness ob-
" § tained after loading at 23°C.
Soluble cloride content chlorides (soluble) ppm <50
Tightness according to DIN 3535/6 ml/min 0,5
Density g/cm 3 1,75
Thickness mm 1,5
Typical values
The dimensions of the standard Rings and other finished gaskets Tests and approvals
40 sheets These gaskets are available in any size BAM-certification for gaseous oxygen
Sizes: and corresponding sheet thicknesses, up to 130 bar and 125°C
30 1,000 mm x 1,500 mm also edged and PTFE-covered. and for liquid oxygen in flange
Thicknesses: connections.
20 1.0 mm, 1.5 mm, 2.0 mm, Surfaces KTW-recommended.
other thicknesses on request. The standard surface finish of the BS 7531 grade X.
pi bar

! " Tolerances: material is such that the surface has DIN-DVGW-permit no.
thickness ± 10%, an extremely low adhesion. NG-5123AU0381.
0 lenght ± 50 mm,
-200 -150 -100 -50 0 °C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500

Pantone Blau 541 Scala: Cyan Magenta Gelb

The many and varied demands
made on gaskets
The successful operation of a gasket
depends upon a multiplicity of factors.
Many who use static gaskets believe
that the values quoted for maximum
admissible temperature and maximum
operating pressure are inherent
flange
medium bolt
properties or characteristics of
gaskets and gasket materials.
The maximum temperatures and
pressures at which gaskets may be
used are influenced by a large
number of factors.
Therefore a definite statement of
these values for gasket material is not
possible.
So why does Klinger provide
pT diagrams?
For the reasons given the pT diagram
is not infallible: it serves as a rough
width ± 50 mm Function and durability
The performance and life of KLINGER
significantly affect whether a gasket is gaskets depend in large measure on
suitable for the application. proper storage and fitting, factors
Resistance to media must be beyond the manufactor’s control. We
taken into account in every case. can, however, vouch for the excellent
quality of our products.
The fields of decision With this in mind, please also
1 If your operating temperatures observe our installation instructions.
and pressures fall within this field,
a technical examination is normally
unnecessary.
.2 If your operating temperatures
and pressures are within this field, Subject to technical alterations.
a technical examination is Status: September 2000.
recommended. Certified according to
3 If your operating temperatures points the way to the right gasket DIN EN ISO 9001.
and pressures are within this “open“ for the job
field, a technical examination is KLINGER GmbH
P.O. Box 1370, D-65503 Idstein
© AGT Köln / 4.947/ 9.99

process guide for the end user who often has always necessary.

4.947 Graph 700/2000

pressure
control
only the operating temperatures and Rich.-Klinger-Straße, D-65510 Idstein
pressures to go on. Tel +49 (0) 6126 950-0
tempera-
ture Additional stresses such as Fax +49 (0) 6126 950 340/341
greatly fluctuating load may e-mail: mail@klinger-gmbh.de
http://www.klinger-gmbh.de

Basis
Sealing material, based on graphite
and synthetic fibres. Manufactured
using a revolutionary process which
provides the graphite gaskets with
totally new, previously unachievable
properties.
Properties
The material impresses with its good
handling in combination with its very
high level of load bearing capacity
and minimal embrittlement at
temperatures up to 300°C. These
properties offer the gasket a high
degree of resistance to damage
during fitting and under operation,
prevents the loss of bolt load and the
formation of cracks at high
temperature. The material is suitable
for use with steam up to 300°C. In
many other areas of application,
temperatures of over 500°C are
possible.
KLINGERtop-graph-2000
combines the advantages of fibre-
reinforced gaskets preferred by the
experts with the key features of really
flexible graphite.
* Gaskets according to DIN 2690 are only
standardised up to PN 40
The many and varied demands
made on gaskets
The successful operation of a gasket
depends upon a multiplicity of factors.
Many who use static gaskets believe
that the values quoted for maximum
admissible temperature and maximum
operating pressure are inherent
flange
medium
process
pressure
control
tempera-
ture
KLINGER The truly flexible reinforced
top-graph-2000 graphite sealing material
The really flexible graphite sealing material Klinger cold/hot compression Typical values for 1.5 mm thickness KLINGERtop-graph-2008
with a high degree of inherent stability offers Compressibility ASTM F 36 A % 10
reliability in handling. Thanks to its high load Recovery ASTM F 36 A min % 60
bearing capacity and the low embrittlement, Stress relaxation DIN 52913 50 MPa, 16 h/300°C MPa 32
KLINGERtop-graph-2000 is ideally suited for In the test method acc. to DIN Klinger cold/hot compression 50 MPa thickness decrease ambient % 10
use with steam and other sophisticated 52913 and BS 7531, the surface load thickness decrease hot 300°C % 10
is kept constant during the complete
applications. Immersion oil JRM 903: 5h/150°C thickness change % 5
test so that the gasket is exposed to
much tougher conditions. weight change % 10
100 The thickness decrease at an Immersion fuel B: 5h/23°C thickness change % 7
ambient temperature of 23°C and at weight change % 10
90 heating up to 300°C is measured. Immersion water: 5h/100°C thickness change % 5
The indicated thickness decrease weight change % 5
80 at 300°C refers to the thickness ob-
" § tained after loading at 23°C.
Soluble cloride content chlorides (soluble) ppm <50
70 Tightness according to DIN 3535/6 ml/min 1,0
Density g/cm 3 2,10
60 Thickness mm 1,5
Typical values
50
DIN 2690/ DIN EN 1514-1 form IBC up to PN 40* The dimensions of the standard Tests and approvals
40 sheets BS 7531 grade X.
Sizes:
30 1,500 mm x 2,000 mm
Thicknesses:
20 1.5 mm, 3.0 mm, other Surfaces
thicknesses on request. The surface finish of the material
pi bar
! " Tolerances: is such that it has an extremely
thickness ± 10%, low adhesion to the flange faces.
0 lenght ± 50 mm,
-200 -150 -100 -50 0 °C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500
Pantone Blau 541 Scala: Cyan Magenta Gelb
width ± 50 mm Function and durability
The performance and life of KLINGER
properties or characteristics of significantly affect whether a gasket is gaskets depend in large measure on
gaskets and gasket materials. suitable for the application. proper storage and fitting, factors
Resistance to media must be beyond the manufactor’s control. We
Unfortunately, this is not the taken into account in every case. can, however, vouch for the excellent
case. quality of our products.
The maximum temperatures and The fields of decision With this in mind, please also
pressures at which gaskets may be 1 If your operating temperatures observe our installation instructions.
used are influenced by a large and pressures fall within this field,
number of factors. a technical examination is normally
Therefore a definite statement of unnecessary.
these values for gasket material is not .2 If your operating temperatures
possible. and pressures are within this field, Subject to technical alterations.
bolt
a technical examination is Status: March 2003.
So why does Klinger provide recommended. Certified according to
pT diagrams? 3 If your operating temperatures points the way to the right gasket ISO 9001 & QS 9000.
For the reasons given the pT diagram and pressures are within this “open“ for the job
is not infallible: it serves as a rough field, a technical examination is KLINGER Ltd
guide for the end user who often has always necessary. http://www.klinger.com.au
4.947 Graph 700/2000
only the operating temperatures and
pressures to go on.
Additional stresses such as
greatly fluctuating load may

KLINGERsoft-chem sheeting is
100% expanded PTFE processed
to produce a uniform and highly
fibrillated microstructure with
multi-directional fibres.
Note the following advantages of
KLINGERsoft-chem in your application: 100
■ Highest sealability
■ Excellent chemical resistance
■ Lowest gas- and fluid permeation
■ Prevention of corrosion
■ Resistant against steam and
condensate
■ High compressibility
■ Excellent compensation of
irregularities of the sealing surface
■ Superior creep resistance
■ Overloading is practically
impossible
■ Very easy to process
A soft, pliable, yet very strong gasket
with superior creep resistance and
cold flow compared to standard PTFE
products.
KLINGERsoft-chem is ideal for sealing
uneven and damaged flanges. It is easy
to cut and install and requires only low
compressive load to seal on all flange
material types.
The many and varied demands
made on gaskets
The successful operation of a gasket
depends upon a multiplicity of factors.
flange
medium bolt
process
pressure
control
tempera-
ture
KLINGERsoft-chem
100% PTFE Gasket Sheeting. The best choice for
economical plant-wide use on services to 260°C
and pressures to 200 bar.
90
80
70
§ The indicated thickness decrease
60
50
40
30
! "
20
pi bar
0 surface pressures must be applied to
-200 -150 -100 -50 0 °C 50
Many who use static gaskets believe
that the values quoted for maximum
admissible temperature and maximum
operating pressure are inherent
properties or characteristics of
gaskets and gasket materials.
Unfortunately, this is not the case.
The maximum temperatures and
pressures at which gaskets may be
used are influenced by a large
number of factors.
Therefore a definite statement of
these values for gasket material is not
possible.
So why does Klinger provide
pT diagrams?
For the reasons given the pT diagram
is not infallible: it serves as a rough
guide for the end user who often has
100 150 200 250 300 350 400
only the operating temperatures and
pressures to go on.
Additional stresses such as
greatly fluctuating load may
significantly affect whether a gasket is
suitable for the application.
Resistance to media must be
taken into account in every case.
The fields of decision
If your operating temperatures
and pressures fall within this field,
a technical examination is normally
unnecessary.
. If your operating temperatures
and pressures are within this field,
a technical examination is
recommended.
If your operating temperatures
and pressures are within this “open“
3.003/9.2000
field, a technical examination is
always necessary.
Klinger cold/hot compression
With this test method developed by
Klinger you can evaluate the cold/hot
compression of a gasket in cold and
hot condition.
Unlike the method acc. to DIN
52913 and BS 7531, the surface load
is kept constant during the complete
test so that the gasket is exposed to
much tougher conditions.
The thickness decrease at an
ambient temperature of 23°C and at
heating up to 300°C is measured.
at 300°C refers to the thickness
obtained after loading at 23°C.
Important points to be observed
The selection of gaskets requires
expertise and know-how since ever
greater reliability coupled with the
lowest possible leakage rates are
demanded of gasket materials.
The exacting demands made on
the tightness of gasket materials (e.g.
Tightness class L0.01) mean that with
increasing internal pressure higher
the gasket.
It must be shown that the flange
joint will tolerate the demands made
on it without being mechanically
overloaded. Furthermore, the surface
pressure applied to create the seal
should never fall below the required
minimum value since this will reduce
the life of the gasket. Highly stressed,
but not overstressed gaskets have a
longer life than understressed
gaskets.
If the gasket fitted will be
subjected to non-static loading, or
will suffer stress fluctuations during
discontinuous operation, it is
advisable to choose a gasket
which is not prone
to embrittlement
with
KLINGERsoft-chem
Typical values for 1,5 mm thickness
Stress relaxation ASTM F 38 B 100°C % 35
Tightness according DIN 28090 mg/s .m 0,01
Klinger cold/hot compression 25 MPa thickness decrease at 23 °C % 37
thickness decrease at 300°C % 28
Compressibility ASTM F 36 J % 60
Recovery ASTM F 36 A min. % 12
Tensile strength ASTM 152 MPa 10
Chemical resistance ph 0-14
Density g/cm 3 0,85
Typical values
increasing temperature (e.g. Function and durability
KLINGER-graphite laminate or The performance and life of KLINGER
KLINGERtop-chem), especially for gaskets depend in large measure on
steam and/or water applications. proper storage and fitting, factors
beyond the manufactor’s control. We
For discontinuous operations in can, however, vouch for the excellent
water and/or steam applications, quality of our products.
we recommend as a general guide a
surface pressure of about 30 MPa. With this in mind, please also
In such cases the gasket should be observe our installation instructions.
as thin as is practicable.
Tests and approvals
For reasons of safety, The components of KLINGERsoft-chem
we advise against the re-use of are fully compatible with FDA
gaskets. requirements.
Certification for food toleration:
Dimensions of the standard sheets Standford Consult. Laboratories
Size: Neuseeland MAF,
1,500 mm x 1,500 mm Standford Consult. Laboratories
Thicknesses: Australia AS 4020.
1.5 mm, 3.0 mm,
other thicknesses on request.
Tolerances:
thickness ± 10%
length ± 50 mm, width ± 50 mm
Subject to technical alterations.
Status: September 2000
Certified according to
DIN EN ISO 9001
points the way to the right gasket
for the job KLINGER GmbH
P.O. Box 1370, D-65503 Idstein
Rich.-Klinger-Straße, D-65510 Idstein
Tel +49 (0) 6126 950-0
Fax +49 (0) 6126 950 -340/341
e-mail: mail@klinger-gmbh.de
http://www.klinger-gmbh.de

KLINGERsoft-chem is an
expanded PTFE material that has
brought non-asbestos gasketing
technology to a new level of
performance.
Use following advantages of the
sealing material in your application:
■ Highest sealability
■ Excellent chemical resistance
■ Lowest gas- and fluid permeation
■ Prevention of corrosion
■ Resistant against steam and
condensate
■ High compressibility
■ Excellent compensation of
irregularities of the sealing surface
■ Superior creep resistance
■ Overloading is practically
impossible
■ Very easy to process
Excellent corrosion resistance
together with superior creep resistance
and sealability create a high-grade
gasket material for a wide application
field in your plant.
Many of your demands
in gasketing can be fulfilled in an
economical and safe way by KLINGER-
soft-chem.
Therefore it is a material suitable as a
standard type in your stock.
The many and varied demands
made on gaskets
The successful operation of a gasket
depends upon a multiplicity of factors.
flange
medium bolt
process
pressure
control
tempera-
ture
KLINGERsoft-chem
The best choice for
economical plant-wide use on services to 260°C
and pressures to 200 bar.
100
90
80
70
§ The indicated thickness decrease
60
50
DIN 2690/ DIN EN 1514-1 form IBC up to PN 40*
40
30
! "
20
pi bar
0 surface pressures must be applied to
-200 -150 -100 -50 0 °C 50
* Gaskets according to DIN 2690 are only standardised up to PN 40
Many who use static gaskets believe
that the values quoted for maximum
admissible temperature and maximum
operating pressure are inherent
properties or characteristics of
gaskets and gasket materials.
Unfortunately, this is not the
case.
The maximum temperatures and
pressures at which gaskets may be
used are influenced by a large
number of factors.
Therefore a definite statement of
these values for gasket material is not
possible.
So why does Klinger provide
pT diagrams?
For the reasons given the pT diagram
is not infallible: it serves as a rough
guide for the end user who often has
100 150 200 250 300 350 400
only the operating temperatures and
pressures to go on.
Additional stresses such as
greatly fluctuating load may
significantly affect whether a gasket is
suitable for the application.
Resistance to media must be
taken into account in every case.
The fields of decision
If your operating temperatures
and pressures fall within this field,
a technical examination is normally
unnecessary.
. If your operating temperatures
and pressures are within this field,
a technical examination is
recommended.
If your operating temperatures
and pressures are within this “open“
3.003/9.2000
field, a technical examination is
always necessary.
Klinger cold/hot compression
With this test method developed by
Klinger you can evaluate the cold/hot
compression of a gasket in cold and
hot condition.
Unlike the method acc. to DIN
52913 and BS 7531, the surface load
is kept constant during the complete
test so that the gasket is exposed to
much tougher conditions.
The thickness decrease at an
ambient temperature of 23°C and at
heating up to 300°C is measured.
at 300°C refers to the thickness
obtained after loading at 23°C.
Important points to be observed
The selection of gaskets requires
expertise and know-how since ever
greater reliability coupled with the
lowest possible leakage rates are
demanded of gasket materials.
The exacting demands made on
the tightness of gasket materials (e.g.
Tightness class L0.01) mean that with
increasing internal pressure higher
the gasket.
It must be shown that the flange
joint will tolerate the demands made
on it without being mechanically
overloaded. Furthermore, the surface
pressure applied to create the seal
should never fall below the required
minimum value since this will reduce
the life of the gasket. Highly stressed,
but not overstressed gaskets have a
longer life than understressed
gaskets.
If the gasket fitted will be
subjected to non-static loading, or
will suffer stress fluctuations during
discontinuous operation, it is
advisable to choose a gasket
which is not prone
to embrittlement
with
KLINGERsoft-chem
Typical values for 1,5 mm thickness
Stress relaxation ASTM F 38 B 100°C % 35
Tightness according DIN 28090 mg/s .m 0,01
Klinger cold/hot compression 25 MPa thickness decrease at 23 °C % 37
thickness decrease at 300°C % 28
Compressibility ASTM F 36 J % 60
Recovery ASTM F 36 A min. % 12
Tensile strength ASTM 152 MPa 10
Chemical resistance ph 0-14
Density g/cm 3 0,85
Typical values
increasing temperature (e.g. Applications
KLINGER-graphite laminate or Ideal for applications requiring a minimum
KLINGERtop-chem), especially for of sealing stress up to moderate cond'ns
steam and/or water applications. of pressure and temperature:
Lid seals, GRP flanges, plastic flanges,
For discontinuous operations in glass-lined flanges, agressive / corrosive
water and/or steam applications, media processes, pitted / uneven flanges
we recommend as a general guide a
surface pressure of about 30 MPa. With this in mind, please also
In such cases the gasket should be observe our installation instructions.
as thin as is practicable.
Tests and approvals
For reasons of safety, we The components of KLINGERsoft-chem
advise against the re-use of are fully compatible with FDA
gaskets. requirements.
Certification for food toleration:
Dimensions of the standard sheets Standford Consult. Laboratories
Size: Neuseeland MAF,
1500 mm x 1500 mm Standford Consult. Laboratories
Thicknesses: Australia AS 4020.
1.5 mm, 3.0 mm,
Tolerances:
thickness ± 10%
length ± 50 mm, width ± 50 mm
Subject to technical alterations.
Status: August 2001
Certified according to
ISO 9001 & QS 9000.
points the way to the right gasket
conditions for the job KLINGER Limited
http://www.klinger.com.au
 Material Properties
KLINGERSIL C4243 KLINGERSIL C4324 KLINGERSIL C4400

General purpose, economy
grade material suitable for a
wide range of water, oil and
gas applications.
General purpose jointing
based on a blend of synthetic
fibres with NBR binder. Also
suitable for low temperature
steam.
High quality compressed syn-
thetic fibre jointing based on
aramid fibres with NBR binder.

Colour Both sides light green One side grey, one side green Green both sides
Finish 3 x A anti stick surfaces 3 x A anti stick surfaces 3 x A anti stick surfaces
Also available with wire reinforce-
ment—KLINGERsil C4408
Uses Suitable for use with water, oils Suitable for use with oils, satu- Suitable for use with air, water,
and gases rated steam (to 180°C), water and oils, fuel and gases. Particularly
gases suitable for use in internal com-
bustion engines, compressors
and hydraulic systems.
Specifications/ KTW 1.3.13 BS 7531 Grade Y. BS 7531 Grade Y.
Approvals KTW 1.3.13 BAM Oxygen Gas Approval
DIN-DVGW 95.01e052 DIN-DVGW 88.02e 052
SVGW-Zulassung Potable Water—WRC & KTW
Typical Original TEST METHOD 2mm 1.5mm 2mm
Properties 1.75 g/cm3 1.75 g/cm3 1.6 g/cm3
Specific Gravity:
Compressibility ASTM F36A 8% 7-17% 11%

Recovery ASTM F36A 55% min 50% min 55% min

Stress Relaxation DIN 52913 26 MPa 20 MPa 25 MPa
Sealability DIN 28090-2 0.04 mg/sm 0.02 mg/sm 0.02 mg/sm

Gas Leakage DIN 3535/6 0.4 ml/min 0.2 ml/min 0.2 ml/min
Typical properties
After Fluid Immersion
TEST METHOD
Thickness Increase:
ASTM Oil 1 5h/150°C ASTM F146
- - 0-5%
ASTM Oil 3 5h/150°C ASTM F146 5% 0-10% 0-5%
ASTM Fuel A 5h/23°C ASTM F146 - - 0-5%

ASTM Fuel B 5h/23°C ASTM F146 7% 0-10% 0-5%

Weight Increase:
ASTM Fuel B 5h/23°C ASTM F146 10% max. 10-15% 5% max.
Pressure/Temp
Operating Guidelines

1 Usually satisfactory to use

without reference to
KLINGER.
2 Usually satisfactory, refer to
KLINGER for applications with
steam.
3 Refer to KLIBGER for advice.
Chemical compatibility must also be
satisfied.
 Material Properties
KLINGERSIL C4430 KLINGERSIL C4500 KLINGERSIL C6327 KLINGERSIL C8200

High quality compressed
synthetic fibre jointing based
on glass fibres and NBR
binder.
Premium quality compressed
synthetic fibre jointing
composed of carbon fibres
with NBR binder.
Specialised compressed Premium quality compressed
synthetic fibre jointing based synthetic acid resistant
on aramid fibres with SBR jointing.
binder. Features excellent
sealability, even with low sur-
face load.

One side white, one side green One side black, one side green Russet one side, black one side. One side white, one off-white.
3 x A anti stick surfaces 3 x A anti stick surface. 3 x A anti stick surfaces. 3 x A anti stick surfaces.

Suitable for use with air, steam, oil, Universal material with excellent Highly suitable for a automo- Specially developed for strong
fuels, gases (including oxygen) and steam, oil & chemical resistance. tive applications due to “controlled organic & inorganic acid applica-
potable water applications. Particularly suitable for use in highly swell” properties in oil, com- tions. Wide resistance range
alkaline applications, and applica-
tion requiring high load bearing charac-
bined with good resistance to including most acids, fuels, oils,
teristics water. Also suitable for light indus- solvents, alkalis and water (not
trial and domestic appliance ap- suited for concentrated nitric acid)
plications.
BS 7531 Grade X. BS 7531 Grade X. BS 7531 Grade X. BS 7531 Grade X.
BS 5146 (Firesafe approval) API 6FA (Firesafe)
AGA No. 208 (Combust.gas) DIN-DVGW 95.01e052 (Gas)
Potable Water—AS4020 DIN 3754 IT S (Physical Confor-
DIN-DVGW 95.01e052 (Gas) Bam Oxygen Approval mity).
Bam Oxygen Approval Potable Water– &KTW
Potable Water– AS4020,WRC &KTW LNE (use with Food)
LNE (use with Food)
2mm 2mm 2mm 1.5mm
1.7 g/cm3 1.4 g/cm3 1.45 g/cm3 1.7 g/cm3
8% 12% 29% 9%
50% min 60% min 40% min 55% min
35 MPa 32 MPa 10 MPa (BS 7531) 18 MPa (BS 7531)
0.10 mg/sm 0.10 mg/sm - 0.10 mg/sm
1.0 ml/min 0.1 ml/min - 1.0 ml/min

Acid Immersion
0-5% 0-10% - 10% (H 2SO 4 96% 18h 23°C)
0-5% 0-10% 50% 8% (H 2SO 4 65% 48h 23°C)

0-5% 0-10% - 8% (HNO3 50% 18h 23°C)

0-5% 0-10% 30% * (HNO3 95% 18h 23°C)
*Not suitable
5% max. 5% 30% max. -

The many and varied demands made on
gaskets
The successful operation of a
gasket depends upon a
multiplicity of factors.
Many who use static gaskets
believe that the values quoted for
maximum admissible temperature
and maximum operating pressure
are inherent properties or
characteristics of gaskets and
gasket materials.
Unfortunately, this is not
the case.
The maximum temperatures and pressures at
which gaskets may be used are influenced by a
large number of factors.
Therefore a definite statement of these values for
gasket material is not possible.
100
90
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
pi bar
0 described form our main product
-200 -150 -100 -50 0 °C 50
*Gaskets according to DIN 2690 are only standardised up to PN 40
Why does Klinger supply
pT diagrams?
So why does Klinger provide pT diagrams?
flange
For the reasons given the
pT diagram is not infallible:
it serves as a rough guide for
medium bolt the end user who often has
only the operating temperatures
and pressures to go on. Additional
stresses such as greatly fluc-
tuating load may significantly
affect whether a gasket is
pressure
process suitable for the application.
control
Resistance to media must be
tempera- taken into account in every case.
ture
The fields of decision
§ 3 If your operating temperatures
and pressures are within this ”open”
field, a technical examination is
always necessary.
" 2 If your operating temperatures
and pressures are within this field a
technical examination is
recommended.
! 1 If your operating temperatures
and pressures fall within this field, a
technical examination is normally
unnecessary.
100 150 200 250 300 350 400
The three fields of decision If in doubt, contact the technical
do not indicate limits for the use department at Klinger. You can use
of our material. They indicate a email, the KLINGERexpert®
way to select the right gasket calculation program or call us.
material.
KLINGERsil
high-pressure gasket materials
Important points to be observed
The selection of gaskets requires
expertise and know-how since ever
greater reliability coupled with the
lowest possible leakage rates are
demanded of gasket materials.
The exacting demands made on
the tightness of gasket materials (e.g.
Tightness class L0.01) mean that with
increasing internal pressure higher
surface pressures must be applied to
the gasket.
It must be shown that the flange
joint will tolerate the demands made
on it without being mechanically
overloaded. Furthermore, the surface
pressure applied to create the seal
should never fall below the required
minimum value since this will reduce
the life of the gasket. Highly stressed,
but not overstressed gaskets have a
longer life than understressed
gaskets.
If the gasket fitted will be
subjected to non-static loading, or
will suffer stress fluctuations during
discontinuous operation, it is
advisable to choose a gasket which
is not prone to embrittlement with
increasing temperature (e.g.
KLINGERgraphite laminate or
KLINGERtop-chem), especially for
steam and/or water applications.
For discontinuous operations in water
and/or steam applications, we
recommend as a general guide a
surface pressure of about 30 MPa.
In such cases the gasket should be as
thin as is practicable.
For reasons of safety, we advise
against the re-use of gaskets.
Dimensions of the standard sheets Rings and non-standard designs
Sizes: These gaskets can be supplied in all
1000 x 1500 mm, 1500 x 2000 mm sizes and in the same thicknesses as
Thicknesses: for sheets. PTFE envelope and eyelet
0.5 mm, 1.0 mm, 1.5 mm, 2.0 mm, gaskets are also available.
3.0 mm.
Other Thicknesses available on Surfaces
request. The gasket materials as they leave the
Tolerances: production line have excellent anti-
Thickness ± 10%; length ± 50 mm; stick properties. However, if so
width ± 50 mm desired, they can be supplied with an
anti-stick graphite or other finish on
Variants one or both surfaces.
KLINGERsil C-4409 and C-4509 are
reinforced with expanded metal made The performance and life of
from carbon steel. Klinger gaskets depend in large
Gaskets reinforced with stainless steel measure on proper storage and fitting,
C-4409 L and C-4509 L are also factors beyond the manufacturer’s
KLINGERsil:
available. Their specifications are the control. We can, however, vouch for
same but the stainless steel the excellent quality of our products.
reinforced grades are available in the
sheet sizes:
1000 mm x 1250 mm and 1250 mm x
2000 mm respectively.
Optimum
Thicknesses C-4409 L:
0.8 mm, 1.0 mm, 1.5 mm.
Thicknesses C-4509 L:
1.0 mm, 1.5 mm.
Other thicknesses available on
request.
flange
KLINGERsil C-4400 can also be
supplied in a colourless version
KLINGERsil C-4400 L. The standard
green and the colourless versions are
both KTW approved and are suitable
for food processing operations.
security
KLINGERsil C-4430 and C-4500
can be supplied as K-versions for use
in power stations. Their chloride and
fluoride contents conform to the
Siemens KWU standard.
Other KLINGERsil materials
The KLINGERsil sealant materials This folder presents the essential data
on the gasket materials used in our
range. To meet special requirements, KLINGERsil range. The pT diagrams are
we supply other versions, e.g. of particular value as an aid to selecting
KLINGERsil C-4304, C-4324, C-4408, the right gasket for your application.
C-4438, C-4439 and C-6327 as well Detailed information
as various beater materials. permitting
selection of
Please contact us; we shall be very the optimum
glad to advise you. gasket material
is provided inside.
 KLINGERSIL® C-4243
Universal gasket material
for general applications
Basis
Gasket material based on organic
fibres bound with NBR.
Klinger Hot and Cold Compression
Test Method
The Klinger Hot Compression Test
was developed by Klinger as a
method to test the load bearing capa-
bilities of gasket materials under hot
and cold conditions.
In contrast to the BS 7531
and DIN 52913 tests, the Klinger
Compression test maintains a
constant gasket stress throughout the
entire test. This subjects the gasket to
more severe conditions.
The thickness decrease is mea-
sured at an ambient temperature of
23°C after applying the gasket load.
This simulates assembly.
Temperatures up to 300°C are
then applied and the additional
thickness decrease is measured.This
simulates the first start up phase.
The many, varied demands placed
on gaskets
A common perception is that the
suitability of a gasket for any given
application depends upon the
maximum temperature and pressure
conditions. This is not the case.
Maximum temperature and
pressure values alone can not define a
material’s suitability for an application.
Gasket material for liquids and gases at lower
pressure and temperatures.
Good chemical resistance against water and oil.
100
90
80
70
60
50
DIN 2690/ DIN EN 1514-1 form IBC up to PN 40*
40
30
20
pi bar
0
-200 -150 -100 -50 0 °C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400
*Gaskets according to DIN 2690 are only standardised up to PN 40 and gasket thickness 2 mm.
These limits are dependent upon Areas of Application
a multiplicity of factors as shown in In area one, the gasket material
the diagram below. is normally suitable subject to
It is always advisable to consider chemical compatibility
these factors when selecting a
material for a given application. In area two, the gasket materials
may be suitable but a technical
Selecting gaskets with evaluation is recommended.
pT diagrams
The Klinger pT diagram provides In area three, do not install
guidelines for determining the the gasket without a technical
suitability of a particular gasket evaluation.
material for a specific application
based on the operating temperature
and pressure only.
Additional stresses such as
fluctuating load may significantly
affect the suitability of a gasket
in the application and must be
considered separately. Always refer
to the chemical resistance of the
gasket to the fluid.

Important points to be observed
With heightened awareness of safety
and environmental issues, reducing
leaks from flanged assemblies has
become a major priority for industry.
It is therefore important for compa-
nies who use gaskets to choose the
correct material for the job and
install and maintain it correctly to
ensure optimum performance.
A flanged joint will remain tight
as long as the surface pressure in
service is higher than the minimum
surface pressure required to achieve
the necessary levels of tightness
but is lower than the maximum per-
missible surface pressure.But increa-
singly high demands on the tightness
requirements for flanged joints (e.g.
Tightness class L 0.1 in accordance
with DIN 28090) necessitate the
application of high loads on the gas-
ket material in order to meet these
stringent requirements.
If the gasket is to be subjected
to non-static loading and stress
fluctuations due to temperature and
pressure cycling, it is advisable to
select a gasket material which is
less prone to embrittlement with
increasing temperatures (e.g.
KLINGERgraphite laminate,
KLINGERtop-chem or
KLINGERtop-sil).
KLINGERSIL® C-4243
Technical data
Typical values
Compressibility ASTM F 36 J
Recovery ASTM F 36 J
Stress relaxation DIN 52913
Klinger cold/hot compression,
50 MPa
Tightness acc. to DIN 3535/6
Thickness increase ASTM F 146
Density
In cyclic loading conditions
we recommend a minimum surface
stress of 30 MPa and that the gasket
should be as thin as is practicable.
For safety reasons never re-use
gaskets.
Dimensions
of the standard sheets
Sizes:
1000 x 1500 mm, 2000 x 1500 mm.
Thicknesses:
0.5 mm, 1.0 mm, 1.5 mm,
2.0 mm, 3.0 mm;
other thicknesses and sizes on
request.
Tolerances:
thickness ± 10%, length ± 50 mm,
width ± 50 mm
Powerful sealing calculation
with online help on CD-ROM
% 8
min % 55
50 MPa, 16 h/175°C MPa 24
thickness decrease at 23°C % 10
thickness decrease at 200°C % 25
mg/s x m < 0.1
oil JRM 903: 5 h/150 °C % 5
fuel B: 5 h/20°C % 7
g/cm 1.75
3
Surfaces
KLINGERSIL® gasket materials are
generally furnished with surfaces of
low adhesion. On request, graphite
facings and other surface finishes on
one or both sides are also available.
Function and durability
The performance and service life of
KLINGER gaskets depend in large
measure on proper storage and fit-
ting, factors beyond the manufactor’s
control. We can, however, vouch for
the excellent quality of our products.
With this in mind, please also
observe our installation instructions.
Subject to technical alterations.
Status: February 2004
Certified according to
DIN EN ISO 9001:2000
Rich. Klinger Dichtungstechnik
GmbH & Co KG
Am Kanal 8-10
A-2352 Gumpoldskirchen, Austria
Tel ++43 (0) 2252/62599-137
Fax ++43 (0) 2252/62599-296
e-mail: mueller@klinger.co.at
http://www.klinger.co.at
The global leader in static sealing

A Universal
Material for
Safe and Reliable
Sealing

KLINGERSIL® C-4400
Aramid fibres bonded with NBR.
Resistant to oils, water, steam,
gases, salt solutions, fuels,
alcohols, moderate organic and
inorganic acids, hydrocarbons,
lubricants and refrigerants.
 KLINGERSIL C-4400
®

The many, varied demands Maximum temperature and

placed on gaskets pressure values alone can not
A common perception is that the define a material’s suitability for
suitability of a gasket for any an application. These limits are
given application depends upon dependent upon a multiplicity of
the maximum temperature and factors as shown in the diagram
pressure conditions. This is not opposite. It is always advisable
the case. to consider these factors when
selecting a material for a given
application.

Selecting gaskets with Areas of Application

pT diagrams
The Klinger pT diagram provides In area one, the gasket
guidelines for determining the material is normally suitable
suitability of a particular gasket subject to chemical
material for a specific application compatibility
based on the operating
temperature and pressure only. In area two, the gasket
Additional stresses such as materials may be suitable but a
fluctuating load may significantly technical evaluation is
affect the suitability of a gasket recommended.
in the application and must be
considered separately. Always In area three, do not install
refer to the chemical resistance the gasket without a technical
of the gasket to the fluid. *Gaskets according to DIN 2690 are only standardised evaluation.
up to PN 40 and gasket thickness 2 mm.

Klinger Hot and Cold The thickness decrease is Temperatures up to 300°C

Compression Test Method measured at an ambient tempe- are then applied and the
The Klinger Hot Compression rature of 23°C after applying the additional thickness decrease is
Test was developed by the gasket load. measured.This simulates the
Klinger Group as a method to This simulates assembly. first start up phase.
test the load bearing capabilities
of gasket materials under hot
and cold conditions. 80 80
Hot Flow %
Hot Flow %

In contrast to the BS 7531 70 70

and DIN 52913 tests, the Klinger 60 60
Compression test maintains a 50 50
constant gasket stress 40 40
throughout the entire test. 30 30
This subjects the gasket to more 20 20
severe conditions. 10 10
0 0
100 90
300 350 400
80 70
60 50 200 250
The diagram shows 40 30
50 100 150
Stress MPa 20 10 0 Temperature °C
additional thickness decrease at temperature
 KLINGERSIL C-4400
®

Maximum permissible surface
pressure σBO under operating
conditions acc. DIN 28090 – 1
The maximum surface pressure under
operating conditions is the maximum
allowable surface pressure on the
effective gasket area under service
conditions that can be applied to the
gasket before unacceptable relaxation
of the flanged joint occurs and/or the
gaskets are destroyed.
500
350
300
Min. surface pressure σVU Minimum surface pressure σBU High tem
for tightness classes for tightness class L = 0.1 High tem
L = 1.0, L = 0.1 and L = 0.01 The three dimensional diagram below measure
in accordance to DIN 28090 describes the behaviour of 2 mm Hot Com
The minimum surface pressure is the gasket material with respect to the constant
minimum surface pressure that should minimum surface pressure to achieve with incr
be applied to the gasket to achieve a tightness class of L = 0.1 under a using nit
the necessary tightness requirements. wide range of temperatures and Stab
The value must be sufficient to internal pressures. It clearly shows reading
compress the material into the flange that the minimum surface pressure specime
imperfections, reduce the materials decreases at elevated temperatures – load and
porosity and also counteract the the gasket will seal at lower loads The
release of load due to the internal under these conditions. massflow
pressure. controlle
The diagrams below show the
minimum gasket stress required to
achieve the relevant tightness classes 2.6

Leak mg/(sm)
250
as a function of thickness. 2.4
2.2
200 0 mm
0,5
2.0
150 3.00mm 1.8
1.6
100 2.0 mm 1.4
80 1.2
50 1.5 mm 1.0
3 mm
3,0
70 0.8
0 1.0 mm 0.6
0 100 200 300 400 60 0.4
0.5 mm 0.2
50 0
The diagram above shows 0
40
this values for different gasket Tempe
30
thicknesses.
20

Modulus of elasticity ED in
2.6
accordance to DIN 28090

Leak mg/(sm)
0 10 20 30 50 2.4
This diagram outlines the modulus of 2.2
2.0
3.00mm elasticity compared to the surface 1.8
1.6
2.0 mm load. The curves describe the 1.4
80 1.2
1.5 mm behaviour at ambient temperature 1.0
70
and at 200°C. 0.8
1.0 mm 0.6
60 0.4
0.5 mm 0.2
50 0
0
40
160
Tempe
Tightness class L= 0.1 30
140
allows a maximum leakage of 20
120
0.1 mg nitrogen per second per meter 200°C
100
of gasket length (mg/s x m) 28°C 2.6
Leak mg/(sm)

80
0 10 20 30 40 50 2.4
2.2
60
2.0
3.00mm 40 1.8
1.6
2.0 mm 20 1.4
80 1.2
1.5 mm 0 1.0
70 0 1000 3000 5000 7000 9000 11000 0.8
1.0 mm 0.6
60 0.4
0.5 mm 0.2
50 0
0
40
Tempe
30

20

0 10 20 30 50
 KLINGERSIL C-4400
®

Flanged joint integrity

High temperature tightness Important points to be observed

High temperature tightness is With heightened awareness of safety
measured by means of the Klinger and environmental issues, reducing
Hot Compression test under defined leaks from flanged assemblies has
constant gasket load and temperature become a major priority for industry.
with increasing internal pressures It is therefore important for com-
using nitrogen as test fluid. panies who use gaskets to choose the
Stabilisation time for each correct material for the job and install
reading is two hours and a new test and maintain it correctly to ensure
specimen is used for every gasket optimum performance.
load and temperature.
The tightness is analysed with a A flanged joint will remain tight
massflow meter. The pressure is as long as the surface pressure in
controlled by pressure controller. service is higher than the minimum
surface pressure required to achieve
2.6
the necessary levels of tightness
Leak mg/(sm)

2.4 Gasket load but is lower than the maximum

2.6 2.2
15 MPa
Leak mg/(sm)

2.4 2.0 permissible surface pressure.But

2.2 1.8
2.0 1.6 increasingly high demands on the
1.8 1.4
1.6 1.2
tightness requirements for flanged
1.4 1.0 joints (e.g. Tightness class L 0.1 in
1.2 0.8
1.0 0.6 accordance with DIN 28090)
0.8 0.4
0.6 0.2 necessitate the application of high
0.4
0.2 100 loads on the gasket material in order
80
0
0 60 to meet these stringent requirements.
50 100 40
150 200 20
Temperature °C 250 300 Gas pressure bar
If the gasket is to be subjected
to non-static loading and stress
2.6 fluctuations due to temperature
Leak mg/(sm)

2.4 Gasket load

2.6 2.2 and pressure cycling, it is advisable
Leak mg/(sm)

2.4 2.0 25 MPa

2.2 1.8 to select a gasket material which is
2.0 1.6
1.8 1.4
less prone to embrittlement with
1.6
1.4
1.2 increasing temperatures (e.g.
1.0
1.2 0.8 KLINGERgraphite laminate,
1.0 0.6
0.8 0.4 KLINGERtop-chem or KLINGERtop-
0.6 0.2
0.4 sil). In cyclic loading conditions we
0.2
0 80
100 recommend a minimum surface
60
0 50 100 150
40 stress of 30 MPa and that the gasket
200 250 20
Temperature °C 300 Gas pressure bar should be as thin as is practicable.

For safety reasons never re-use

2.6
Gasket load gaskets.
Leak mg/(sm)

2.4
2.6 2.2
35 MPa
Leak mg/(sm)

2.4 2.0
2.2 1.8
2.0 1.6
1.8 1.4
1.6 1.2
1.4 1.0
1.2 0.8
1.0 0.6
0.8 0.4
0.6 0.2
0.4
0.2 100
0 80
0 60
50 100 40
150 200 20
Temperature °C 250 300 Gas pressure bar

The following guidelines are
designed to ensure the optimum
performance of our gasket materials:
1. Choosing the gasket
There are many factors which must
be taken into account when choosing 6. Bolting
a gasket material for a given appli-
cation including temperature,
pressure and chemical compatibility. the threads. Ensure that the nuts can phase of the pipeline or plant.
Please refer to the information given
in our brochure or, for advice to our
software program KLINGER ®expert.
If you have any questions regarding
the suitability of material for a given tightening. We recommend the use
application please contact Klinger
Technical Department.
2. Gasket thickness
The gasket should be as thin as
technically practical. To ensure
optimum performance a minimum
thickness/width ratio of 1/5 is re-
quired (ideally 1/10).
3. Flange condition
Ensure all remains of old gasket
materials are removed and the flanges accurately calibrated.
are clean, in good condition and
parallel.
4. Gasket compounds
Ensure all gaskets are installed
in a dry state, the use of gasket
compounds is not recommended as
this has a detrimental effect on the
stability and load bearing charac-
teristics of the material. In its
uncompressed form the gasket can
absorb liquid, and this may lead to
failure of the gasket in service. To aid complete diagonal tightening
gasket removal Klinger materials are
furnished with a non sticking finish.
In difficult installation
conditions, seperating agents such
as dry sprays based on molybdenum
sulphide or PTFE e.g. KLINGERflon
spray, may be used, but only in
minimal quantities. Make sure that
the solvents and propellants are
completely evaporated.
KLINGERSIL C-4400
®
Installation instructions
5. Gasket Dimensions 8. Retightening.
Ensure gasket dimensions are correct. Provided that the above guidelines
The gasket should not intrude into the are followed retightening of the
bore of the pipework and should be gasket after joint assembly should
installed centrally. not be necessary.
If retightening is considered
necessary, then this should only be
Wire brush stud/bolts and nuts performed at ambient temperature
(if necessary) to remove any dirt on before or during the first start-up
run freely down the thread before use. Retightening of compressed fibre
Apply lubricant to the bolt and gaskets at higher operating tem-
to the nut threads as well as to the peratures and longer operating times
face of the nut to reduce friction when may lead to a failure of the gasket
connection and possible blow out.
of a bolt lubricant which ensures a
friction coefficient of between 0.10 to 9. Re-use
0.14. For safety reasons never re-use a
gasket.
7. Joint Assembly
It is recommended that the bolts are
tightened using a controlled method
such as torque or tension, this will
lead to greater accuracy and
consistency than using conventional
methods of tightening. If using a
torque wrench, ensure that it is
For torque settings please refer
to the KLINGER ®expert or contact our
Technical Department which will be
happy to assist you.
Carefully fit the gasket into
position taking care not to damage
the gasket surface.
When torquing, tighten bolts in
three stages to the required torque as
follows:
Finger tighten nuts. Carry out
tightening, making at least three
sequences i.e. 30%, 60% and 100%
of final torque value. Continue with
one final pass – torquing the
bolts/studs in a clockwise sequence.
Powerful sealing calculation
with online help on
CD-ROM
 ®

KLINGERSIL C-4400
Technical data

■ Uses Typical values

High pressure gasket for universal
Compressibility ASTM F 36 J % 11
applications. Suitable for use with
oils, water, steam, gases, salt solu- Recovery ASTM F 36 J min % 55
tions, fuels, alcohols, moderate Stress relaxation DIN 52913 50 MPa, 16h/ 175°C MPa 28
organic and inorganic acids, hydro- 50 MPa, 16h/ 300°C MPa 25
carbons, lubricants and refrigerants, Stress relaxation BS 7531 40 MPa, 16h/ 300°C MPa 23
food industry. Outstanding Klinger cold/hot compression thickness decrease at 23°C % 10
performance in many applications.
50 MPa thickness decrease at 300°C % 20
■ Dimensions
of the standard sheets Tightness according DIN 3535/6 mg/s x m 0.02
Sizes: Tightness class L DIN 28090-1 0.1
1000 x 1500 mm, 2000 x 1500 mm. Specific leakrate λ VDI 2440 mbar x l/s x m 1.64E-08
Thicknesses: Cold compression DIN 28091-2 % 8 -12
0.5 mm, 1.0 mm, 1.5 mm, Cold recovery DIN 28091-2 % 3-5
2.0 mm, 3.0 mm;
Hot compression DIN 28091-2 % < 15
other thicknesses and sizes on request.
Tolerances: Hot recovery DIN 28091-2 % 1
thickness ± 10%, length ± 50 mm, Spring back R DIN 28091-2 mm 0.019
width ± 50 mm Thickness increase after fluid oil JRM 903: 5 h/150°C % 3
■ Surfaces immersion ASTM F 146 fuel B: 5 h/23°C % 5
KLINGERSIL® gasket materials are Density g/cm 3 1.6
generally furnished with surfaces of
Average surface resistance ROA Ω 3.6x10E10
low adhesion. On request, graphite
facings and other surface finishes on Average specific volume resistance ρD Ω cm 1.4x10E10
one or both sides are also available. Average dielectric strength kV/mm 24
A non coloured version for food Average power factor 1 kHz, ca.3 mm thickness tan δ 0.147
application with technically identical Average dielectric coefficient 1 kHz, ca.3 mm thickness εr 9.7
values is named KLINGERSIL® Thermal conductivity W/mK 0.40-0.42
C-4400L.
ASME-Code sealing factors
■ Function and durability
The performance and service life of for gasket thickness 2,0 mm tightness class 0.1 mg/s x m MPa y 20
KLINGER gaskets depend in large m 3.5
measure on proper storage and
fitting, factors beyond the manu-
factor’s control. We can, however,
vouch for the excellent quality of our
products.
With this in mind, please also
observe our installation instructions.

■ Tests and approvals

BAM approval in accordance with
UVV 28, oxygen (VBG 62) tested up
to 100 bar and 80°C.
Approved for gas supply in
accordance with DIN 3535/6.
DIN-DVGW-permit NG-5123AT0251,
HTB tested. SVGW-permit,
ÖVGW-permit, TÜV-Poland,
KTW recommended, food toleration
Austria, WRC approval,
Germanischer Lloyd, BS 7531 Grade Y.
Powerful sealing calculation with
online help on CD-ROM
Certified according to Rich. Klinger Dichtungstechnik
DIN EN ISO 9001:2000 GmbH & Co KG
Am Kanal 8-10
A-2352 Gumpoldskirchen, Austria
Tel ++43 (0) 2252/62599-137
3.061e - 1/2004

TA-Luft (Clean air) approval, tested in Fax ++43 (0) 2252/62599-296

accordance with VDI 2440 at 200°C. Subject to technical alterations. e-mail: mueller@klinger.co.at
Issue: January 2004 http://www.klinger.co.at
 KLINGERSIL® C-4408
High strength due
to steel reinforcement
Basis Universal high-pressure gasket (C-super) for
Aramid fibres, bound with NBR. use in a wide range of industrial applications.
Suitable for high stress due to wire
reinforcement. Resistant to oils, water,
steam, gases, fuels, alcohols, hydro-
carbons, lubricants and refrigerants.

Klinger cold/hot compression

With this test method developed by
Klinger you can evaluate the cold/hot
compression of a gasket in cold and
hot condition.
Unlike the method acc. to DIN
52913 and BS 7531, the surface load
is kept constant during the complete
test so that the gasket is exposed to
much tougher conditions.
The thickness decrease at an
ambient temperature of 23°C and at
heating up to 300°C is measured.
The indicated thickness decrease
at 300°C refers to the thickness
obtained after loading at 23°C.

* Gaskets according to DIN 2690 are only

standardised up to PN 40

The many and varied demands
made on gaskets
The successful operation of a gasket
depends upon a multiplicity of factors.
Many who use static gaskets believe
that the values quoted for maximum
admissible temperature and maximum
operating pressure are inherent
properties or characteristics of
gaskets and gasket materials.
Unfortunately, this is not the The fields of decision
case. If your operating temperatures
The maximum temperatures and and pressures fall within this field,
pressures at which gaskets may be a technical examination is normally
used are influenced by a large unnecessary.
number of factors. . If your operating temperatures
Therefore a definite statement of and pressures are within this field,
these values for gasket material is not a technical examination is
possible. recommended.
If your operating temperatures
So why does Klinger provide and pressures are within this “open“
pT diagrams? field, a technical examination is
For the reasons given the pT diagram always necessary.
is not infallible: it serves as a rough
guide for the end user who often has
only the operating temperatures and
pressures to go on.
Additional stresses such as
greatly fluctuating load may
significantly affect whether a gasket is
suitable for the application.
Resistance to media must be
taken into account in every case.

Important points to be observed
The selection of gaskets requires
expertise and know-how since ever
greater reliability coupled with the
lowest possible leakage rates are
demanded of gasket materials.
The exacting demands made on
the tightness of gasket materials (e.g.
Tightness class L0.01) mean that with
increasing internal pressure higher
surface pressures must be applied to
the gasket.
It must be shown that the flange
joint will tolerate the demands made
on it without being mechanically
overloaded. Furthermore, the surface
pressure applied to create the seal
should never fall below the required
minimum value since this will reduce
the life of the gasket. Highly stressed,
but not overstressed gaskets have a
longer life than understressed
gaskets.
If the gasket fitted will be
subjected to non-static loading, or
will suffer stress fluctuations during
discontinuous operation, it is
advisable to choose a gasket which
is not prone to embrittlement with
increasing temperature (e.g.
KLINGERgraphite laminate or
KLINGERtop-chem), especially
for steam and/or water
applications.
Typical values for 2 mm thickness
Compressibility ASTM F 36 J
Recovery ASTM F 36 J
Stress relaxation DIN 52913
Klinger cold/hot compression, 50 MPa thickness decrease at 23°C
Tightness acc. to DIN 3535/6
Soluble chloride content
Thickness increase ASTM F 146
Density
For discontinuous operations in
water and/or steam applications,
we recommend as a general guide a
surface pressure of about 30 MPa.
In such cases the gasket should be
as thin as is practicable.
For reasons of safety,
we advise against the re-use of
gaskets.
Dimensions of the standard sheets surface finishes on one or both sides
Sizes:
1,000 x 1,500 mm, 1,500 x 2,000 mm
Thicknesses:
0.5 mm, 1.0 mm, 1.5 mm,
2.0 mm, 3.0 mm
other thicknesses on request.
Tolerances:
thickness ± 10%, length ± 50 mm,
width ± 50 mm
points the way to the right gasket
for the job
KLINGERSIL®
C-4408
% 8
min % 50
50 MPa, 16 h/300 °C MPa 28
% 10
thickness decrease at 300°C % 22
ml/min 2.5
chlorides (sol.) ppm 150
oil JRM 903: 5 h/150 °C % 5
fuel B: 5 h/23 °C % 5
g/cm 3 1.9
Rings and other finished gaskets
These gaskets are available
in any size and corresponding sheet
thicknesses, also flanged and
PTFE-enveloped .
Surfaces
The standard surface finish of the
material is such that the surface has
an extremely low adhesion.
On request, graphite facings and other
are also available.
Function and durability
The performance and life of KLINGER
gaskets depend in large measure on
proper storage and fitting, factors
beyond the manufactor’s control. We
can, however, vouch for the excellent
quality of our products.
With this in mind, please also
observe our installation instructions.
Subject to technical alterations.
Status: August 2003
Certified according to
DIN EN ISO 9001:2000
Rich. Klinger Dichtungstechnik
GmbH & Co KG
Am Kanal 8-10
A-2352 Gumpoldskirchen, Austria
Tel ++43 (0) 2252/62599-137
Fax ++43 (0) 2252/62599-296
e-mail: mueller@klinger.co.at
http://www.klinger.co.at
 ®
KLINGERSIL C-4430
A Universal Material
with outstanding
stress retention and
resistance to
hot water and steam
KLINGERSIL® C-4430
Optimum combination of synthetic fibres
bonded with NBR.
Resistant to water and steam
at higher temperatures as well as to oils, gases,
salt solutions, fuels, alcohols, moderate
organic and inorganic acids, hydrocarbons,
lubricants and refrigerants.

KLINGER – The global leader in static sealing

 KLINGERSIL C-4430
®

The many, varied demands Maximum temperature and

placed on gaskets pressure values alone can not
A common perception is that the define a material’s suitability for
suitability of a gasket for any an application. These limits are
given application depends upon dependent upon a multiplicity of
the maximum temperature and factors as shown in the diagram
pressure conditions. This is not opposite. It is always advisable
the case. to consider these factors when
selecting a material for a given
application.

Selecting gaskets with Areas of Application

100
pT diagrams
The Klinger pT diagram provides 90 In area one, the gasket
guidelines for determining the 80 material is normally suitable
suitability of a particular gasket 70 subject to chemical
material for a specific application 60 compatibility.
based on the operating 50
temperature and pressure only. DIN 2690/ DIN EN 1514-1 form IBC up to PN 40* In area two, the gasket
40
Additional stresses such as materials may be suitable but a
fluctuating load may significantly 30
technical evaluation is
affect the suitability of a gasket 20
recommended.
pi bar

in the application and must be

considered separately. Always
refer to the chemical resistance
of the gasket to the fluid.
0 In area three, do not install
-200 -150 -100 -50 0 °C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400
the gasket without a technical
*Gaskets according to DIN 2690 are only standardised evaluation.
up to PN 40 and gasket thickness 2 mm.

Klinger Hot and Cold The thickness decrease is Temperatures up to 300°C

Compression Test Method measured at an ambient tempe- are then applied and the
The Klinger Hot Compression rature of 23°C after applying the additional thickness decrease is
Test was developed by Klinger gasket load. measured.This simulates the
as a method to test the load This simulates assembly. first start up phase.
bearing capabilities of gasket
materials under hot and cold
conditions. 60 60
Thickness decrease %
Thickness decrease %

In contrast to the BS 7531 50

50
and DIN 52913 tests, the Klinger
40 40
Compression test maintains a
constant gasket stress 30 30
throughout the entire test. 20 20
This subjects the gasket to more
10 10
severe conditions.
0 0
220 200 350 400
180160
The diagram shows 140 120 250 300
additional thickness decrease at temperature Stress MPa
100 80
60 40 100 150 200 Temperature °C
20 0 50
 KLINGERSIL C-4430
®

Maximum permissible surface Min. surface pressure σVU Minimum surface pressure σBU
pressure σBO under operating for tightness classes for tightness class L = 0.1
conditions acc. DIN 28090 – 1 L = 1.0, L = 0.1 and L = 0.01 The three dimensional diagram below
The maximum surface pressure under in accordance to DIN 28090 describes the behaviour of 2 mm
operating conditions is the maximum The minimum surface pressure is the gasket material with respect to the
allowable surface pressure on the minimum surface pressure that should minimum surface pressure to achieve
effective gasket area under service be applied to the gasket to achieve a tightness class of L = 0.1 under a
conditions that can be applied to the the necessary tightness requirements. wide range of temperatures and
gasket before unacceptable relaxation The value must be sufficient to internal pressures. It clearly shows
of the flanged joint occurs and/or the compress the material into the flange that the minimum surface pressure
gaskets are destroyed. imperfections, reduce the materials decreases at elevated temperatures –
500
porosity and also counteract the the gasket will seal at lower loads
450
release of load due to the internal under these conditions.
400
pressure.
The diagrams below show the
350
minimum gasket stress required to 60
300
achieve the relevant tightness classes 50
250 0.5 mm as a function of thickness.
200 1.0 mm 40
150 1.5 mm 3.00mm
2.0 mm 30
100 2.0 mm
3.0 mm
50 1.5 mm 20
100
0 1.0 mm
60 80
0 100 200 300 400
0.5 mm 60
50
The diagram above shows 0
100 150
40
40 200 250 20
this values for different gasket 300 350 400 450
30 500
thicknesses.
20

Modulus of elasticity ED in
0 10 20 30 40 50
accordance to DIN 28090
This diagram outlines the modulus of
3.00mm elasticity compared to the surface
2.0 mm load. The curves describe the
1.5 mm behaviour at ambient temperature
1.0 mm
and at 200°C.
60
0.5 mm
50

40
160
Tightness class L= 0.1 30
140
allows a maximum leakage of 20
120
0.1 mg nitrogen per second per meter
100
of gasket length (mg/s x m)
80
0 10 20 30 40 50
200°C
60
28°C
3.00mm 40

2.0 mm 20

1.5 mm 0
0 1000 3000 5000 7000 9000 11000
1.0 mm
60
0.5 mm
50

40

30

20

0 10 20 30 50
 KLINGERSIL C-4430
®

Flanged joint integrity

High temperature tightness Important points to be observed
High temperature tightness is With heightened awareness of safety
measured by means of the Klinger and environmental issues, reducing
Hot Compression test under defined leaks from flanged assemblies has
constant gasket load and temperature become a major priority for industry.
with increasing internal pressures It is therefore important for
using nitrogen as test fluid. companies who use gaskets to
Stabilisation time for each choose the correct material for the
reading is two hours and a new test job and install and maintain it
specimen is used for every gasket correctly to ensure optimum
load and temperature. performance.
The tightness is analysed with a
massflow meter. The pressure is A flanged joint will remain tight
controlled by pressure controller. as long as the surface pressure in
service is higher than the minimum
2.6
surface pressure required to achieve
Gasket load
Leak mg/(sm)
2.6
2.4
2.2
the necessary levels of tightness
15 MPa
Leak mg/(sm)

2.4 2.0 but is lower than the maximum

2.2 1.8
2.0 1.6 permissible surface pressure.But
1.8 1.4
1.6 1.2
increasingly high demands on the
1.4
1.2
1.0
0.8
tightness requirements for flanged
1.0 0.6 joints (e.g. Tightness class L 0.1 in
0.8 0.4
0.6 0.2 accordance with DIN 28090)
0.4
0.2 100 necessitate the application of high
0 80
0 60 loads on the gasket material in order
50 100 40
Temperature °C
150 200 250 300
20
Gas pressure bar
to meet these stringent requirements.

If the gasket is to be subjected

2.6
Gasket load to non-static loading and stress
Leak mg/(sm)

2.4
2.6 2.2 25 MPa fluctuations due to temperature and
Leak mg/(sm)

2.4 2.0
2.2 1.8 pressure cycling, it is advisable to
2.0 1.6
1.8 1.4
select a gasket material which is
1.6
1.4
1.2 less prone to embrittlement with
1.0
1.2 0.8 increasing temperatures (e.g.
1.0 0.6
0.8 0.4 KLINGERgraphite laminate,
0.6 0.2
0.4 KLINGERtop-chem or KLINGERtop-
0.2
0 80
100 sil). In cyclic loading conditions we
60
0 50 100 150
40 recommend a minimum surface
200 250 20
Temperature °C 300 Gas pressure bar stress of 30 MPa and that the gasket
should be as thin as is practicable.
2.6
Gasket load
Leak mg/(sm)

2.6
2.4 For safety reasons never re-use
2.2 35 MPa
Leak mg/(sm)

2.4 2.0 gaskets.

2.2 1.8
2.0 1.6
1.8 1.4
1.6 1.2
1.4 1.0
1.2 0.8
1.0 0.6
0.8 0.4
0.6 0.2
0.4
0.2 100
0 80
0 60
50 100 40
150 200 20
Temperature °C 250 300 Gas pressure bar
 KLINGERSIL C-4430
®

Installation instructions

The following guidelines are 5. Gasket Dimensions 8. Retightening

designed to ensure the optimum Ensure gasket dimensions are correct. Provided that the above guidelines
performance of our gasket materials: The gasket should not intrude into the are followed retightening of the
bore of the pipework and should be gasket after joint assembly should
1. Choosing the gasket installed centrally. not be necessary.
There are many factors which must If retightening is considered
be taken into account when choosing 6. Bolting necessary, then this should only be
a gasket material for a given appli- Wire brush stud/bolts and nuts performed at ambient temperature
cation including temperature, (if necessary) to remove any dirt on before or during the first start-up
pressure and chemical compatibility. the threads. Ensure that the nuts can phase of the pipeline or plant.
Please refer to the information given run freely down the thread before use. Retightening of compressed fibre
in our brochure or, for advice to our Apply lubricant to the bolt and gaskets at higher operating
software program KLINGER ®expert. to the nut threads as well as to the temperatures and longer operating
If you have any questions regarding face of the nut to reduce friction when times may lead to a failure of the
the suitability of material for a given tightening. We recommend the use gasket connection and possible blow
application please contact Klinger of a bolt lubricant which ensures a out.
Technical Department. friction coefficient of between 0.10
to 0.14. 9. Re-use
2. Gasket thickness For safety reasons never re-use a
The gasket should be as thin as 7. Joint Assembly gasket.
technically practical. To ensure It is recommended that the bolts are
optimum performance a minimum tightened using a controlled method
thickness/width ratio of 1/5 is re- such as torque or tension, this will
quired (ideally 1/10). lead to greater accuracy and
consistency than using conventional
3. Flange condition methods of tightening. If using a
Ensure all remains of old gasket torque wrench, ensure that it is
materials are removed and the flanges accurately calibrated.
are clean, in good condition and For torque settings please refer
parallel. to the KLINGER ®expert or contact our
Technical Department which will be
4. Gasket compounds happy to assist you
Ensure all gaskets are installed in Carefully fit the gasket into
a dry state, the use of gasket position taking care not to damage
compounds is not recommended the gasket surface.
as this has a detrimental effect on When torquing, tighten bolts in
the stability and load bearing three stages to the required torque as
characteristics of the material. In its follows:
uncompressed form the gasket can Finger tighten nuts. Carry out
absorb liquid, and this may lead to tightening, making at least three
failure of the gasket in service. To aid complete diagonal tightening
gasket removal Klinger materials are sequences i.e. 30%, 60% and 100%
furnished with a non sticking finish. of final torque value. Continue with
In difficult installation one final pass – torquing the
conditions, seperating agents such bolts/studs in a clockwise sequence.
as dry sprays based on molybdenum Powerful sealing calculation
with online help on
sulphide or PTFE e.g. KLINGERflon CD-ROM
spray, may be used, but only in
minimal quantities. Make sure that
the solvents and propellants are
completely evaporated.
 ®

KLINGERSIL C-4430
Technical data

■ Uses Typical values

High pressure gasket for universal
Compressibility ASTM F 36 J % 9
applications. Suitable for use with
water and steam at higher Recovery ASTM F 36 J min % 50
temperatures as well as to oils, gases, Stress relaxation DIN 52913 50 MPa, 16h/ 175°C MPa 39
salt solutions, fuels, alcohols, 50 MPa, 16h/ 300°C MPa 35
moderate organic and inorganic Stress relaxation BS 7531 40 MPa, 16h/ 300°C MPa 31
acids, hydrocarbons, lubricants and Klinger cold/hot compression thickness decrease at 23°C % 8
refrigerants. Premium material grade
50 MPa thickness decrease at 300°C % 11
with outstanding stress retention.
Tightness according DIN 3535/6 mg/s x m < 0.1
■ Dimensions Tightness class L DIN 28090-1 0.1
of the standard sheets Specific leakrate λ VDI 2440 mbar x l/s x m 2,13E-05
Sizes: Cold compression DIN 28091-2 % 6 - 10
1000 x 1500 mm, 2000 x 1500 mm. Cold recovery DIN 28091-2 % 2-4
Thicknesses:
Hot compression DIN 28091-2 % 7
0.5 mm, 1.0 mm, 1.5 mm,
2.0 mm, 3.0 mm; Hot recovery DIN 28091-2 % 1
other thicknesses and sizes on request. Spring back R DIN 28091-2 mm 0.019
Tolerances: Thickness increase after fluid oil JRM 903: 5 h/150°C % 3
thickness ± 10%, length ± 50 mm, immersion ASTM F 146 fuel B: 5 h/23°C % 5
width ± 50 mm. Density g/cm 3 1.75
Average surface resistance ROA Ω 6.8x10E10
■ Surfaces
KLINGERSIL® gasket materials are Average specific volume resistance ρD Ω cm 1.2x10E11
generally furnished with surfaces of Average dielectric strength kV/mm 15.2
low adhesion. On request, graphite Average power factor 1 kHz, ca.3 mm thickness tan δ 0.05
facings and other surface finishes on Average dielectric coefficient 1 kHz, ca.3 mm thickness εr 6.4
one or both sides are also available. Thermal conductivity W/mK 0.42
ASME-Code sealing factors
■ Function and durability
The performance and service life of for gasket thickness 2,0 mm tightness class 0.1 mg/s x m MPa y 25
KLINGER gaskets depend in large m 5
measure on proper storage and
fitting, factors beyond the manu-
factor’s control. We can, however,
vouch for the excellent quality of our
products.
With this in mind, please also
observe our installation instructions.

■ Tests and approvals

Fire safe according to BS 5146.
BAM approval in accordance with
UVV 28, oxygen( VGB 62)
tested up to 100 bar and 85° C.
Approved for gas supply in
accordance with DIN 3535/6.
DIN - DVGW permit NG 5123AN0418.
SVGW permit, KTW recommended.
Lab. National d`Essais 9030144.
WRc approval. Germanischer Lloyd.
BS 7531 Grade X.
TA Luft (Clean air) approval,
tested in accordance with VDI 2440
at 250° C.
Certified according to
DIN EN ISO 9001:2000
Subject to technical alterations.
Issue: July 2004
Powerful sealing calculation with
online help on CD-ROM
Rich. Klinger Dichtungstechnik
GmbH & Co KG
Am Kanal 8-10
A-2352 Gumpoldskirchen, Austria
Tel ++43 (0) 2252/62599-137
Fax ++43 (0) 2252/62599-296
e-mail: mueller@klinger.co.at
http://www.klinger.co.at
The global leader in static sealing

A Hightech
Fibre Material –
ideal for
strong alkali media
and steam

KLINGERSIL® C-4500
Carbon fibres and special heat
resistant additives bonded with NBR.
A superior performance product
designed for use with strongly
alkaline media and steam in the
chemical industry.
 KLINGERSIL C-4500
®

The many, varied demands Maximum temperature and

placed on gaskets pressure values alone can not
A common perception is that the define a material’s suitability for
suitability of a gasket for any an application. These limits are
given application depends upon dependent upon a multiplicity of
the maximum temperature and factors as shown in the diagram
pressure conditions. This is not opposite. It is always advisable
the case. to consider these factors when
selecting a material for a given
application.

Selecting gaskets with Areas of Application

100
pT diagrams
The Klinger pT diagram provides 90
In area one, the gasket
guidelines for determining the 80 material is normally suitable
suitability of a particular gasket 70 subject to chemical
material for a specific application 60 compatibility
based on the operating 50
temperature and pressure only. DIN 2690/ DIN EN 1514-1 form IBC up to PN 40* In area two, the gasket
40
Additional stresses such as materials may be suitable but a
30
fluctuating load may significantly technical evaluation is
affect the suitability of a gasket 20
recommended.
pi bar

in the application and must be

considered separately. Always
refer to the chemical resistance
of the gasket to the fluid.
0 In area three, do not install
-200 -150 -100 -50 0 °C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400
the gasket without a technical
*Gaskets according to DIN 2690 are only standardised evaluation.
up to PN 40 and gasket thickness 2 mm.

Klinger Hot and Cold The thickness decrease is Temperatures up to 300°C

Compression Test Method measured at an ambient tempe- are then applied and the
The Klinger Hot Compression rature of 23°C after applying the additional thickness decrease is
Test was developed by the gasket load. measured.This simulates the
Klinger Group as a method to This simulates assembly. first start up phase.
test the load bearing capabilities
of gasket materials under hot
and cold conditions. 50 50
Hot Flow %
Hot Flow %

In contrast to the BS 7531

40 40
and DIN 52913 tests, the Klinger
Compression test maintains a 30 30
constant gasket stress
20 20
throughout the entire test.
This subjects the gasket to more 10 10
severe conditions.
0 0
120 300
100 250
The diagram shows 80 200
60 150
additional thickness decrease at temperature Stress MPa 40 100 Temperature °C
20 50
0
 KLINGERSIL C-4500
®

Maximum permissible surface
pressure σBO under operating
conditions acc. DIN 28090 – 1
The maximum surface pressure under
operating conditions is the maximum
allowable surface pressure on the
effective gasket area under service
conditions that can be applied to the
gasket before unacceptable relaxation
of the flanged joint occurs and/or the
gaskets are destroyed.
500
450
400
350
300
Min. surface pressure σVU Minimum surface pressure σBU High tem
for tightness classes for tightness class L = 0.1 High tem
L = 1.0, L = 0.1 and L = 0.01 The three dimensional diagram below measure
in accordance to DIN 28090 describes the behaviour of 2 mm Hot Com
The minimum surface pressure is the gasket material with respect to the constant
minimum surface pressure that should minimum surface pressure to achieve with incr
be applied to the gasket to achieve a tightness class of L = 0.1 under a using nit
the necessary tightness requirements. wide range of temperatures and Stab
The value must be sufficient to internal pressures. It clearly shows reading
compress the material into the flange that the minimum surface pressure specime
imperfections, reduce the materials decreases at elevated temperatures – load and
porosity and also counteract the the gasket will seal at lower loads The
release of load due to the internal under these conditions. massflow
pressure. controlle
The diagrams below show the
minimum gasket stress required to 60
achieve the relevant tightness classes 50 2.6

Leak mg/(sm)
250 2.4
as a function of thickness. 2.2
200 0.5 mm 40 2.0
1.0 mm 3.00mm 1.8
150 1.6
1.5 mm 30
2.0 mm 1.4
100
2.0 mm 80 1.2
50 1.5 mm 20 1.0
3.0 mm 70 100 0.8
0 1.0 mm 0.6
60
80 0.4
0 100 200 300 400
mm 60 0.2
50 0
0 40
The diagram above shows 100 150
0
40 200 250 20
this values for different gasket 300 350 400 450
Tempe
30 500
thicknesses.
20

L 2.6

Leak mg/(sm)
0 10 20 30 40 50 2.4
2.2
2.0
3.00mm 1.8
1.6
2.0 mm 1.4
80 1.2
1.5 mm 1.0
70 0.8
1.0 mm 0.6
60 0.4
0.5 mm 0.2
50
0
0
40
Tempe
Tightness class L= 0.1 30

allows a maximum leakage of 20

0.1 mg nitrogen per second per meter

of gasket length (mg/s x m) L
2.6
Leak mg/(sm)

0 10 20 30 40 50 2.4
2.2
2.0
3.00mm 1.8
1.6
2.0 mm 1.4
80 1.2
1.5 mm 1.0
70 0.8
1.0 mm 0.6
60 0.4
0.5 mm 0.2
50
0
0
40
Tempe
30

20

L
0 10 20 30 40 50
 KLINGERSIL C-4500
®

Flanged joint integrity

High temperature tightness Important points to be observed

High temperature tightness is With heightened awareness of safety
measured by means of the Klinger and environmental issues, reducing
Hot Compression test under defined leaks from flanged assemblies has
constant gasket load and temperature become a major priority for industry.
with increasing internal pressures It is therefore important for
using nitrogen as test fluid. companies who use gaskets to
Stabilisation time for each choose the correct material for the
reading is two hours and a new test job and install and maintain it
specimen is used for every gasket correctly to ensure optimum
load and temperature. performance.
The tightness is analysed with a
massflow meter. The pressure is A flanged joint will remain tight
controlled by pressure controller. as long as the surface pressure in
service is higher than the minimum
2.6 surface pressure required to achieve
Gasket load
Leak mg/(sm)

2.6
2.4
2.2
the necessary levels of tightness
15 MPa
Leak mg/(sm)

2.4
2.2
2.0 but is lower than the maximum
1.8
2.0 1.6 permissible surface pressure.But
1.8 1.4
1.6 1.2 increasingly high demands on the
1.4 1.0
1.2 0.8
tightness requirements for flanged
1.0
0.8
0.6 joints ( e.g. Tightness class L 0.1 in
0.4
0.6 0.2 accordance with DIN 28090 )
0.4
0.2 100 necessitate the application of high
0 80
0 50 40
60 loads on the gasket material in order
100 150
Temperature °C
200 250 300
20
Gas pressure bar to meet these stringent requirements.

If the gasket is to be subjected

2.6
Gasket load to non-static loading and stress
Leak mg/(sm)

2.4
2.6 2.2 20 MPa fluctuations due to temperature and
Leak mg/(sm)

2.4 2.0
2.2 1.8 pressure cycling, it is advisable to
2.0 1.6
1.8 1.4
select a gasket material which is
1.6 1.2 less prone to embrittlement with
1.4 1.0
1.2 0.8 increasing temperatures (e.g.
1.0 0.6
0.8 0.4 KLINGERgraphite laminate,
0.6 0.2
0.4 KLINGERtop-chem or KLINGERtop-
0.2 100
0 80 sil). In cyclic loading conditions we
60
0 50 100 150
40 recommend a minimum surface
200 250 20
Temperature °C 300 Gas pressure bar stress of 30 MPa and that the gasket
should be as thin as is practicable.
2.6
Gasket load For safety reasons never re-use
Leak mg/(sm)

2.4
2.6 2.2
35 MPa gaskets.
Leak mg/(sm)

2.4 2.0
2.2 1.8
2.0 1.6
1.8 1.4
1.6 1.2
1.4 1.0
1.2 0.8
1.0 0.6
0.8 0.4
0.6 0.2
0.4
0.2 100
0 80
0 60
50 100 40
150 200 20
Temperature °C 250 300 Gas pressure bar
 KLINGERSIL C-4500
®

Installation instructions

The following guidelines are 5. Gasket Dimensions 8. Retightening.

designed to ensure the optimum Ensure gasket dimensions are correct. Provided that the above guidelines
performance of our gasket materials: The gasket should not intrude into the are followed retightening of the
bore of the pipework and should be gasket after joint assembly should
1. Choosing the gasket installed centrally. not be necessary.
There are many factors which must If retightening is considered
be taken into account when choosing 6. Bolting necessary, then this should only be
a gasket material for a given appli- Wire brush stud/bolts and nuts performed at ambient temperature
cation including temperature, (if necessary) to remove any dirt on before or during the first start-up
pressure and chemical compatibility. the threads. Ensure that the nuts can phase of the pipeline or plant.
Please refer to the information given run freely down the thread before use. Retightening of compressed fibre
in our brochure or, for advice to our Apply lubricant to the bolt and gaskets at higher operating
software program KLINGER ®expert. to the nut threads as well as to the temperatures and longer operating
If you have any questions regarding face of the nut to reduce friction when times may lead to a failure of the
the suitability of material for a given tightening. We recommend the use gasket connection and possible blow
application please contact Klinger of a bolt lubricant which ensures a out.
Technical Department. friction coefficient of between 0.10 to
0.14. 9. Re-use
2. Gasket thickness For safety reasons never re-use a
The gasket should be as thin as 7. Joint Assembly gasket.
technically practical. To ensure It is recommended that the bolts are
optimum performance a minimum tightened using a controlled method
thickness/width ratio of 1/5 is re- such as torque or tension, this will
quired (ideally 1/10). lead to greater accuracy and
consistency than using conventional
3. Flange condition methods of tightening. If using a
Ensure all remains of old gasket torque wrench, ensure that it is
materials are removed and the flanges accurately calibrated.
are clean, in good condition and For torque settings please refer
parallel. to the KLINGER ®expert or contact our
Technical Department which will be
4. Gasket compounds happy to assist you
Ensure all gaskets are installed in Carefully fit the gasket into
a dry state, the use of gasket position taking care not to damage
compounds is not recommended the gasket surface.
as this has a detrimental effect on When torquing, tighten bolts in
the stability and load bearing three stages to the required torque as
characteristics of the material. In its follows:
uncompressed form the gasket can Finger tighten nuts. Carry out
absorb liquid, and this may lead to tightening, making at least three
failure of the gasket in service. To aid complete diagonal tightening
gasket removal Klinger materials are sequences i.e. 30%, 60% and 100%
furnished with a non sticking finish. of final torque value. Continue with
In difficult installation one final pass – torquing the
conditions, seperating agents such bolts/studs in a clockwise sequence.
as dry sprays based on molybdenum Powerful sealing calculation
with online help on
sulphide or PTFE e.g. KLINGERflon CD-ROM
spray, may be used, but only in
minimal quantities. Make sure that
the solvents and propellants are
completely evaporated.
 ®

KLINGERSIL C-4500
Technical data

■ Uses Typical values

High pressure gasket for special
Compressibility ASTM F 36 J % 12
applications. Suitable for use with
strong alkali medias and steam at Recovery ASTM F 36 J min % 60
higher temperatures as well as to oils, Stress relaxation DIN 52913 50 MPa, 16h/ 175°C MPa 35
gases, salt solutions, fuels, alcohols, 50 MPa, 16h/ 300°C MPa 32
organic and inorganic acids, Stress relaxation BS 7531 40 MPa, 16h/ 300°C MPa 30
hydrocarbons, lubricants and Klinger cold/hot compression thickness decrease at 23°C % 10
refrigerants. Premium material grade
50 MPa thickness decrease at 300°C % 15
with very high stress retention.
Tightness according DIN 3535/6 mg/s x m < 0.1
■ Dimensions Tightness class L DIN 28090-1 0.1
of the standard sheets Specific leakrate λ VDI 2440 mbar x l/s x m 4.94E-06
Sizes: Cold compression DIN 28091-2 % 7 - 11
1000 x 1500 mm, 2000 x 1500 mm. Cold recovery DIN 28091-2 % 3-5
Thicknesses:
Hot compression DIN 28091-2 % 9
0.5 mm, 1.0 mm, 1.5 mm,
2.0 mm, 3.0 mm; Hot recovery DIN 28091-2 % 1
other thicknesses and sizes on request. Spring back R DIN 28091-2 mm 0.019
Tolerances: Thickness increase after fluid oil JRM 903: 5 h/150°C % 3
thickness ± 10%, length ± 50 mm, immersion ASTM F 146 fuel B: 5 h/23°C % 5
width ± 50 mm Density g/cm 3 1.4
Average surface resistance ROA Ω 5.7x10E4
■ Surfaces
KLINGERSIL® gasket materials are Average specific volume resistance ρD Ω cm 7.5x10E4
generally furnished with surfaces of Average dielectric strength kV/mm < 0.1
low adhesion. On request, graphite Average power factor 1 kHz, ca.3 mm thickness tan δ 0.147
facings and other surface finishes on Average dielectric coefficient 1 kHz, ca.3 mm thickness εr 9.7
one or both sides are also available. Thermal conductivity W/mK 0.2
ASME-Code sealing factors
■ Function and durability
The performance and service life of for gasket thickness 2,0 mm tightness class 0.1 mg/s x m MPa y 25
KLINGER gaskets depend in large m 4
measure on proper storage and
fitting, factors beyond the manu-
factor’s control. We can, however,
vouch for the excellent quality of our
products.
With this in mind, please also
observe our installation instructions.

■ Tests and approvals

Fire safe according API SPEC 6 FA.
BAM approval in accordance with
UVV 28, oxygen( VGB 62)
tested up to 100 bar and 85° C.
Approved for gas supply in
accordance with DIN 3535/6.
DIN - DVGW permit NG 5123AN0539.
ÖVGW permit, KTW recommended
Lab. National d`Essais 105.097
Germanischer Lloyd.
BS 7531 Grade X.
Certified according to
DIN EN ISO 9001:2000
Powerful sealing calculation
with online help on CD-ROM
Rich. Klinger Dichtungstechnik
GmbH & Co KG
Am Kanal 8-10
A-2352 Gumpoldskirchen, Austria
Tel ++43 (0) 2252/62599-137
3.065e - 1/2004

TA Luft ( Clean air ) approval, Fax ++43 (0) 2252/62599-296

tested in accordance with VDI 2440 Subject to technical alterations. e-mail: mueller@klinger.co.at
at 250° C. Issue: January 2004 http://www.klinger.co.at

Basis:
Gasket material based on SBR-bound
aramide fibres and anorganic fibres.
Thanks to the swelling in oil and
fuels, it offers an excellent conformity
with the flange at low surface loads.
100
pi bar
*Gaskets according to DIN 2690
are only standardised up to PN 40 and gasket
thickness 2 mm.
The many, varied demands placed
on gaskets
A common perception is that the
suitability of a gasket for any given
application depends upon the
maximum temperature and pressure
conditions. This is not the case.
Maximum temperature and
pressure values alone can not define a
material’s suitability for an application.
KLINGERSIL® C-6327
Excellent
at low surface loads
Fields of application:
Body gaskets for liquids and steams at
lower pressures and temperatures
and low bolt loads, e.g. transformer gaskets.
90
§
80
70
60
50
DIN 2690/ DIN EN 1514-1 form IBC up to PN 40*
40
30
20
" !
"
0
-200 -150 -100 -50 0 °C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400
These limits are dependent upon Areas of Application
a multiplicity of factors as shown in In area one, the gasket material
the diagram below. is normally suitable subject to
It is always advisable to consider chemical compatibility
these factors when selecting a
material for a given application. In area two, the gasket materials
may be suitable but a technical
Selecting gaskets with evaluation is recommended.
pT diagrams
The Klinger pT diagram provides In area three, do not install
guidelines for determining the the gasket without a technical
suitability of a particular gasket evaluation.
material for a specific application
based on the operating temperature
and pressure only.
Additional stresses such as
fluctuating load may significantly
affect the suitability of a gasket
in the application and must be
considered separately. Always refer
to the chemical resistance of the
gasket to the fluid.

Important points to be observed
With heightened awareness of safety
and environmental issues, reducing
leaks from flanged assemblies has
become a major priority for industry.
It is therefore important for com-
panies who use gaskets to choose the
correct material for the job and install
and maintain it correctly to ensure
optimum performance.
A flanged joint will remain tight
as long as the surface pressure in
service is higher than the minimum
surface pressure required to achieve
the necessary levels of tightness
but is lower than the maximum
permissible surface pressure.But
increasingly high demands on the
tightness requirements for flanged
joints (e.g. Tightness class L 0.1 in
accordance with DIN 28090)
necessitate the application of high
loads on the gasket material in order
to meet these stringent requirements.
If the gasket is to be subjected
to non-static loading and stress
fluctuations due to temperature and
pressure cycling, it is advisable to
select a gasket material which is
less prone to embrittlement
with increasing temperatures (e.g.
KLINGERgraphite laminate,
KLINGERtop-chem or
KLINGERtop-sil).
KLINGERSIL® C-6327
Technical data
Typical values
Compressibility ASTM F 36J
Recovery ASTM F 36J
Stress relaxation DIN 52913
Thickness increase ASTM F 146
Weight increase ASTM F 146
Thickness increase ASTM F 146
Weight increase ASTM F 146
Density
In cyclic loading conditions
we recommend a minimum surface
stress of 30 MPa and that the gasket
should be as thin as is practicable.
For safety reasons never re-use
gaskets.
Powerful sealing calculation
with online help on CD-ROM
% 25
min % > 45
50 MPa, 16 h/175°C MPa 25
oil no. 3: 5 h/150 °C % 45
oil no. 3: 5 h/150 °C % 45
fuel B: 5 h/23°C % 30
fuel B: 5 h/23°C % 30
g/cm 3 1.7
Dimensions of the standard sheets
Sizes
1,000 x 1,500 mm, 1,500 x 2,000 mm
Thicknesses:
0.5 mm, 1.0 mm, 1.5 mm;
other thicknesses on request.
Tolerances:
thickness ± 10%, length ± 50 mm,
width ± 50 mm
Surfaces
KLINGERSIL® gasket materials are
generally furnished with surfaces of
low adhesion. On request, graphite
facings and other surface finishes on
one or both sides are also available.
Function and durability
The performance and service life of
KLINGER gaskets depend in large
measure on proper storage and
fitting, factors beyond the
manufactor’s control. We can,
however, vouch for the excellent
quality of our products.
With this in mind, please also
observe our installation instructions.
Subject to technical alterations
 KLINGERSIL®
C-8200

Premium high-pressure gasket

for use with acids.
Resistant to a wide variety of media.

Greater security
for concentrated
acids

Glass fibres
bonded with special
acid-resistant
elastomeres.
 KLINGERSIL® C-8200
Information for your safety
The many and varied demands
made on gaskets
The successful operation of a
gasket depends upon a
multiplicity of factors.
Many who use static gaskets
believe that the values quoted
for maximum admissible
temperature and maximum
operating pressure are inherent
properties or characteristics of
gaskets and gasket materials.
Important points to be observed
The selection of gaskets requires
expertise and know-how since ever
greater reliability coupled with the
lowest possible leakage rates are
demanded of gasket materials.
The exacting demands made on
the tightness of gasket materials (e.g.
Tightness class L0.01) mean that with
increasing internal pressure higher
surface pressures must be applied to
the gasket.
It must be shown that the flange
joint will tolerate the demands made
on it without being mechanically
overloaded. Furthermore, the surface
pressure applied to create the seal
should never fall below the required
minimum value since this will reduce
the life of the gasket. Highly stressed,
but not overstressed gaskets have a
longer life than understressed
gaskets.
If the gasket fitted will be
subjected to non-static loading, or
will suffer stress fluctuations during
discontinuous operation, it is
advisable to choose a gasket
which is not prone to
embrittlement with
increasing
temperature (e.g. KLINGERgraphite
laminate or KLINGERtop-chem),
especially for steam and/or water
applications.
For discontinuous operations in
water and/or steam applications,
we recommend as a general guide a
surface pressure of about 30 MPa.
In such cases the gasket should be
as thin as is practicable.
For reasons of safety,
we advise against the re-use of
gaskets.
Powerful sealing calculation
with online help on CD-ROM
Unfortunately, this is not the
case.
The maximum temperatures and
pressures at which gaskets may be
used are influenced by a large
number of factors.
Therefore a definite statement
of these values for gasket material
is not possible.
Maximum gasket pressure in
operating condition σBO in
accordance with DIN 28090
This diagram shows the max.
permissible gasket pressure in MPa to
be applied as a function of the service
temperature. The values apply to the
stated gasket thicknesses.
Min. gasket pressure σVU for
tightness classes L = 1.0, L = 0.1
and L = 0.01 in accordance with
DIN 28090
This diagram shows the min.
gasket pressure necessary to achieve
the tightness for the above tightness
classes at room temperature. Tightness
class L= 0.1 allows a max. leakage of
1 mg nitrogen per second per meter of
gasket length (mg/s .m).
The curves are shown for the standard
thickness material.
Minimum gasket pressure σBU for
tightness class L = 0.1
This three-dimensional diagram
describes the behaviour of the gasket
material with respect to the required
minimum gasket pressure for a
complete temperature range at 2 mm
thickness. It clearly shows that the
required minimum load decreases at
medium and higher temperatures –
the gasket will seal at lower surface
loads under these conditions.
 KLINGERSIL® C-8200
Information for your safety

So why does Klinger provide The fields of decision

100
pT diagrams?
For the reasons given the pT diagram 90 If your operating temperatures
is not infallible: it serves as a rough 80 and pressures fall within this field,
guide for the end user who often has 70 a technical examination is normally
only the operating temperatures and 60
unnecessary.
pressures to go on. If your operating temperatures
50
Additional stresses such as DIN 2690/ DIN EN 1514-1 form IBC up to PN 40*
and pressures are within this field,
40
greatly fluctuating load may a technical examination is
significantly affect whether a gasket 30 recommended.
is suitable for the application. 20 If your operating temperatures
and pressures are within this ”open”
pi bar

Resistance to media must be

taken into account in every case. 0 field, a technical examination is
-200 -150 -100 -50 0 °C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400
always necessary.
*Gaskets according to DIN 2690 are only standardised
up to PN 40 and gasket thickness 2 mm.

500

450

400

350

300

250

200 0.5 mm

150
1.0 mm
1.5 mm
100
2.0 mm
50
3.0 mm
0
0 100 200 300 400

100 100 100

3.0 mm 3.0 mm 3.0 mm
90 90 90
2.0 mm 2.0 mm 2.0 mm
80 80 80
1.5 mm 1.5 mm 1.5 mm
70 70 70
1.0 mm 1.0 mm 1.0 mm
60 60 60
0.5 mm 0.5 mm 0.5 mm
50 50 50

40 40 40

30 30 30

20 20 20

10 10 10
sil 8200 1.0 sil 8200 0.1 sil 8200 0.01
0 10 20 30 40 50 0 10 20 30 40 50 0 10 20 30 40 50

40

30

20

10 100
80
60
0 40
100 150 200 250 20
300 350 400 450 500

Klinger cold/hot compression
With this test method developed by
Klinger you can evaluate the cold/hot
compression of a gasket in cold and
hot condition.
Unlike the method acc. to DIN
52913 and BS 7531, the surface load
is kept constant during the complete
test so that the gasket is exposed to
much tougher conditions.
The thickness decrease at an
ambient temperature of 23°C and at
heating up to 200°C is measured.
The indicated thickness decrease
at 200°C refers to the thickness
obtained after loading at 23°C.
Dimensions of the standard sheets
Sizes:
1,000 x 1,500 mm, 1,500 x 2,000 mm.
Thicknesses:
0.5 mm, 1.0 mm, 1.5 mm,
2.0 mm, 3.0 mm;
other thicknesses on request.
Tolerances:
thickness ± 10%, length ± 50 mm,
width ± 50 mm
Rings and other finished gaskets
These gaskets are available in any
size and corresponding sheet
thicknesses, also edged and PTFE-
covered.
Surfaces
The standard surface finish of the
material is such that the surface has
an extremely low adhesion. On
request, graphite facings and other
surface finishes on one or both sides
are also available.
KLINGERSIL® C-8200
Technical data
Typical values for 2 mm thickness
Compressibility ASTM F 36 J % 9
Recovery ASTM F 36 J min % 55
Klinger cold/hot compression thickness decrease at 23°C % 7
25 MPa thickness decrease at 200°C % 17
Density g/cm 3 1.7
Acid tests
Thickness increase HNO3 , 96%, 18h/23°C % unsuitable
H2SO4 , 96%, 18h/23°C % 10
H2SO4 , 65%, 48h/23°C % 8
Average surface resistance ROA Ω 8.3x10E9
Average specific volume resistance ρD Ω cm 1.2x10E10
Average dielectric strength kV/mm 17.5
Average power factor 1 kHz, ca.3 mm thickness tan δ 0.27
Average dielectric coefficient 1 kHz, ca.3 mm thickness εr 8.4
ASME-Code sealing factors
for gasket thickness 2,0 mm tightness class 1.0 mg/s x m MPa y 15
and tightness classes MPa m 3
DIN 28090 tightness class 0.1 mg/s x m MPa y 22.5
MPa m 4
tightness class 0.01 mg/s x m MPa y 27.5
MPa m 4
Function and durability Tests and approvals
The performance and life of KLINGER TÜV Poland.
gaskets depend in large measure on BS 7531 Grade X.
proper storage and fitting, factors
beyond the manufactor’s control. We
can, however, vouch for the excellent
quality of our products.
With this in mind, please also
observe our installation instructions.
Certified according to Rich. Klinger Dichtungstechnik
DIN EN ISO 9001:2000 GmbH & Co KG
Am Kanal 8-10
A-2352 Gumpoldskirchen, Austria
Tel ++43 (0) 2252/62599-137
Fax ++43 (0) 2252/62599-296
Subject to technical alterations. e-mail: mueller@klinger.co.at
Status: December 2003 http://www.klinger.co.at
 Chemical resistance table

Medium Chemical formula Gasket material

C 4106
C 4300
C 4304
C 4400
C 4430
C 4433
C 4500
C 6307
C 6327
C 8200
C 4408
C 4409
C 4509
Acetaldehyde CH3 CHO ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ● ● ■ ■ ■ ■
Acetamide CH3 CONH2 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Acetic acid 10% CH3 COOH ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Acetic acid 100% (glacial acetic acid) CH3 COOH ■ ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Acetic acid ester CH3 COOC2 H5 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Acetone CH3 COCH3 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ● ● ● ■ ■ ■ ■
Acetylene C 2H 2 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Adipic acid HOOC(CH2)4 COOH ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Air ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Aliphatic hydrocarbons (see under specific name)
Alcohol (see under specific name)
● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

Chemical
Alum KAl(SO4)2
Aluminum acetate (CH3COO)2 Al OH ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Aluminum chlorate Al(ClO3)3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Aluminum chloride AlCl3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Ammonia NH3 ▲ ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

Resistance
Ammonium carbonate (NH4)2CO3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Ammonium chloride NH4 Cl ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Ammonium hydrogenphosphate (diammonium phosphate) (NH4)2HPO4 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Ammonium hydroxide NH4OH ▲ ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Amyl acetate CH3 COOC5 H11 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ■ ■ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲

Table
Aniline C6H5 NH2
Anon (Cyclohexanone) C6 H10O ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ■ ■ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲
Arcton 12 (Frigen or Freon 12) C Cl2 F2 ■ ● ● ● ● ● ● ■ ■ ● ● ● ●
Arcton 22 (Frigen or Freon 22) CH F2 Cl ■ ● ● ● ● ● ● ■ ■ ● ● ● ●
Aromatic hydrocarbons (see under specific name)
Asphalt (tar) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ■ ■ ● ● ● ●
Barium chloride BaCl2 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Benzene C6 H6 ■ ● ● ● ● ● ● ▲ ▲ ● ● ● ●
Benzoic acid C6 H5 COOH ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ● ■ ■ ● ■ ■ ●
Blast furnace gas ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Bleaching liquor (chloride of lime) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Boiler feed water and boiler water (alkaline) ■ ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ■ ■ ●
Borax Na2 B4 O7 .10H2O ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Boric acid B (OH)3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● The chemical resistance table serves
Brine NaCl ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● as a guide for the resistance to media
Butane C4H10 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ■ ■ ● ● ● ● of all asbestos-free gaskets. All
information is provided in accordance
Butanol (butyl alcohol) C4H9 OH ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
with the current state of knowledge
Butanone (2) (M.E.K.) CH3COC2H5 ▲ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ and is subject to alteration.
Butyl acetates CH3COOC4H9 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ● ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ● If in doubt, please
Butyl alcohol C4H9 OH ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● use our free
Butylamine C4H9 NH2 ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ technical fax
service. Details
Butyric acid C3H7COOH ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
are given inside.
Subject to technical alternations. 4.99 ● Resistant* ■ Condit. recommended ▲ Not recommended

Basis
Asbestos free beater addition
product based on cellulose fibre,
bound with protein.
Good adaptation properties.
Colour: light brown
11-09-2001
Subject to technical alterations.
Status: September 2001
KLINGERstatite
AS80.090 - For Applications at Lower Temperatures
with Oil, Water and Fuel, e.g. Gearboxes and Pumps
Typical values at 0,8 mm thickness
Compressibility ASTM F 36 G % 32+/-5
Recovery ASTM F 36 G % > 40
Stress relaxation DIN 52913 MPa > 17
25 MPa, 16 h/300°C
Tensile strength DIN 52910, crosswise MPa > 20
Tensile strength ASTM F 152, crosswise MPa > 24
Ignition loss DIN 52911 % 99
Thickness increase ASTM F146, % 1
Oil JRM 903: 5 h/ 150 °C
Weight increase ASTM F 146, % 6
Oil JRM 903: 5h/ 150 °C
Thickness increase ASTM Fuel B: 5h/ 20 °C % 1
Weight increase ASTM Fuel B: 5h/ 20 °C % 3
Thickness increase Water/Glycol 1:1, 5h/ Rf % 22
Weight increase Water/Glycol 1:1, 5h/ Rf % 57
Density DIN 3754 g/cm3 0.8
Max. temperature* °C 120
* depending on installation and service conditions.
Sizes available Function and durability
Gaskets and material on rolls with The function and durability of the
1000 mm width. Klinger Gaskets depends lagely on the
installation conditions which we as
Thicknesses: manufacturers cannot influence.
0.2 – 3.0 mm We therefore only guarantee a perfect
condition of our material.
Tolerances:
thickness +/- 10% With this in mind, please also
lenght and width +/- 50 mm observe our installation instructions.
Certified according to
ISO 9002 & QS9000
KLINGER Limited
http://www.klinger.com.au
 KLINGERstatite

Basis AS84.070 - Good Quality Automotive Grade Suitable

Asbestos free beater addition
product based on cellulose fibre, for Most Soft Gasket Applications
bound with SBR.

Good controlled swell properties. Typical values at 0,8 mm thickness

Compressibility ASTM F 36 G % 17-20
Colour: light blue
Recovery ASTM F 36 G % >45
Stress relaxation DIN 52913 MPa -
25 MPa, 16 h/300°C
Tensile strength DIN 52910, crosswise MPa >28
Tensile strength ASTM F 152, crosswise MPa -
Ignition loss DIN 52911 % -
Thickness increase ASTM F146, % 10-20
Oil JRM 903: 5 h/ 150 °C
Weight increase ASTM F 146, % <60
Oil JRM 903: 5h/ 150 °C
Thickness increase ASTM Fuel B: 5h/ 20 °C % <10
Weight increase ASTM Fuel B: 5h/ 20 °C % <60
Thickness increase Water/Glycol 1:1, 5h/ Rf % 15-35
Weight increase Water/Glycol 1:1, 5h/ Rf % 33-40
Density DIN 3754 g/cm3 0.83
Max. temperature* °C 150
* depending on installation and service conditions.

Sizes available Function and durability

Gaskets and material on rolls with The function and durability of the
1000 mm width. Klinger Gaskets depends lagely on the
installation conditions which we as
Thicknesses: manufacturers cannot influence.
0.2 – 3.0 mm We therefore only guarantee a perfect
condition of our material.
Tolerances:
thickness +/- 10% With this in mind, please also
lenght and width +/- 50 mm observe our installation instructions.

Certified according to
ISO 9002 & QS9000

KLINGER Limited
11-09-2001

Subject to technical alterations.

Status: September 2001 http://www.klinger.com.au
 Cork ACN 60 Plus
Fuel, Oil, Gas and Transformer Gaskets

ASTM Spec D1170 Unavailable

ASTM Spec F104 F225000

Binder Nitrile

Cork Granule Size (mm) 0.5/1

Colour Natural

Density (kg/m3) 750-900

Hardness, Shore A 70-80

Compressibility at 2.76 MPa 20-30

Recovery after (%) >80

Tensile Strength (kPa) >2400

Flexibility – Original (F5) No Cracks

Flex – ASTM Oil No1 70h @ 100C (F16) No Cracks

Flexibility – Oven aged 70 h @ 100C

(F1) No Cracks
Volume Change After Immersion
ASTM No1 Oil, 70h @ 100C (%) -10 to +10
ASTM No3 Oil, 70h @ 100C (%) -5 to +15
ASTM Fuel A, 22h @ 23C (%) -2 to +10

…Sealing with Security Right to modify reserved. ACN 60 PLUS ISS.01

 Cork MR 31 Plus
Highly compressible automotive and general purpose gasket material with
moderate oil resistance.

ASTM Spec D1170 Unavailable

ASTM Spec F104 F229000

Binder Synthetic Rubber

Cork Granule Size (mm) 0.5

Colour Black

Density (kg/m3) 560-720

Hardness, Shore A 55-70

Compressibility at 2.76 MPa 35-50

Recovery after (%) >80

Tensile Strength (kPa) >1050

Flexibility – Original (F5) No Cracks

Flex – ASTM Oil No1 70h @ 100C (F16) No Cracks

Flexibility – Oven aged 70 h @ 100C

(F1) No Cracks
Volume Change After Immersion
ASTM No1 Oil, 70h @ 100C (%) -5 to +10
ASTM No3 Oil, 70h @ 100C (%) +5 to +30
ASTM Fuel A, 22h @ 23C (%) -2 to +10

…Sealing with Security Right to modify reserved. ACN 60 PLUS ISS.01

 Cork NP 50 Plus
Marine, Hydraulic, Electrical and Transformer gasket with high ozone resistance.

ASTM Spec D1170 Unavailable

ASTM Spec F104 F229000

Binder Neoprene

Cork Granule Size (mm) 0.5/2

Colour Natural

Density (kg/m3) 750-900

Hardness, Shore A 60-80

Compressibility at 2.76 MPa 25-35

Recovery after (%) >75

Tensile Strength (kPa) >2000

Flexibility – Original (F5) No Cracks

Flex – ASTM Oil No1 70h @ 100C (F16) No Cracks

Flexibility – Oven aged 70 h @ 100C

(F1) No Cracks
Volume Change After Immersion
ASTM No1 Oil, 70h @ 100C (%) -5 to +10
ASTM No3 Oil, 70h @ 100C (%) 0 to +30
ASTM Fuel A, 22h @ 23C (%) 0 to +15

…Sealing with Security Right to modify reserved. ACN 60 PLUS ISS.01


KLINGERgraphite consists of
pure graphite expanded by a special
process that produces a flexible
material which fits perfectly to the
unevennesses of the sealing face.
Chemical resistance:
to almost all fluids such as acids,
alkalis, solvents, greases, oils, gas,
steam and water.
Exceptions: high-oxidizing fluids such
as concentrated nitric acid, potassium
chlorate, permanganate solutions and
chloric acid.
Details are given in the resistance
table.
Temperature resistance:
– in oxidizing atmospheres from
- 200 °C to +450 °C
– in reduction or inert atmospheres
up to +300 °C
– excellent resistance to temperature
fluctuations
– high thermal conductivity
– no hot or cold flows, even at high
temperatures and surface loads
– flexibility over the whole
temperature range
Other features:
– excellent sliding properties,
max. 40m/s
– no adhesion of the sealing area
– self-lubricating, therefore no wear
on moving parts
– high corrosion resistance
– no swelling or shrinkage under
influence of media
– no ageing
– easy to work with
– not detrimental to health
KLINGERgraphite
sealing tape
Type 1:
KLINGERgraphite sealing tape,
corrugated
Fields of application:
Universal packing for use in pumps
and fittings. The tape is wound
around the shaft or spindle on the
spot and compressed to a packing
with the help of the gland.
All spindles and shafts can be
reliably sealed with only a few tape
widths. Ask for our mounting
instructions for packings.
Available in roles of 12 m length,
packed in boxes, together with the
mounting instructions.
Material thickness: 0.5 mm
Tape width: 6, 10, 15, 20, 25 mm
KLINGER
Type 2:
KLINGERgraphite sealing tape,
corrugated, self-adhesive
Fields of applications:
The self-adhesive tape is ideal for
sealing big flanges and sealing
surfaces. The self-adhesive back fixes
the tape on the sealing surface during
mounting.
Graphite Laminate
The required amount of adhesive
is very small. It carbonises at higher
temperatures.
Available in roles of 12 m length,
packed in boxes, together with the avail
and
with
able (AS)
Also antistick
mounting instructions.
Material thickness: 0.5 mm
Tape width: 6, 10, 15, 20, 25 mm
KLING
sealing tape
E R
Forget about all unpleasant properties
which you know from laminated
graphite. Our quality of
KLINGERgraphite
-laminate PSM,
SLS and PDM
offer high strength
and optimal handling.
 KLINGERgraphite-
foils, sheets, laminate SLS

Tests and permits: Technical data

DIN-DVGW-permit no.
NG-5124AT0417,
BAM checked according to UVV28,
Oxygen (VBG62) up to 130 bar and
200°C even for use with liquid oxygen,
WRc-approval.
Anti-stick finish:
The foils and sheets indicated at the
right-hand side are available with
KLINGERantistick (A/S) a finish which
keeps its stability even at high
temperatures and causes no organic
contaminations of the pure graphite.
* In case of supply shortfall also
1.4404 may be delivered.
Stress relaxation DIN 52913 MPa > 48
Tightness ASTM F 37 B (Fuel A) ml/h 0.5
Tightness according to DIN 3535 ml/min 0.6
Total content of chloride and fluoride ppm ≤ 200
Water-soluble share of chloride ppm < 40
Purity of graphite % 98
Purity of graphite for nuclear application % 99.8
Total content of chloride and fluoride ppm ≤ 100
Water-soluble share of chloride ppm ≤ 20
KLINGERantistick (A/S) on request
KLINGERgraphite foil H
Thicknesses: 0.25/ 0.38/ 0.50/ 0.63/ 0.76/ 1.00 mm
Roles: width 1 m, max. length 90 m
KLINGERgraphite sheets HL without reinforcement
Thicknesses: 1.5/ 2.0/ 3.0 mm
Sheets: 1,000 x 1,000 mm
KLINGERgraphite-laminate SLS with 1.4401* reinforcement, thickness 0.05 mm
Several reinforcement layers on request, for higher stiffness.
Thicknesses: 0.45/ 0.6/ 0.8/ 1.0/ 1.5/ 2.0/ 3.0 mm
Sheets: 1,000 x 1,000 mm
Material on roles: Thickness 0.45 - 1.0 mm
Sheets: 1,500 x 1,500 mm in thickness 1.5/ 3.0 mm
KLINGERgraphite foil self-adhesive
Thicknesses of graphite foil: 0.38/ 0.50/ 0.70 mm
Roles: width 1 m , max. length 90 m

Max. load diagram (MPa) as a function of the Load diagram of KLINGERgraphite-laminate SLS
compressed width for KLINGERgraphite-laminate SLS with reinforcement, thickness 0.05 mm.
with reinforcement of 1.4401/ thickness 0.05 mm. Initial density 1.0 g/cm 3, several initial thicknesses.
(Typical values) (Typical values)

3 mm 2 1.5 1 mm 3.0
14 mm mm 20 °C
2.8
300 °C
12 2.6
2.4
10
2.2

Compressed width [mm]

8 2.0
0.5 mm 1.8
6
1.6
4 1.4
2 1.2
1.0
0

Thickness [mm]
0.8
0 40 80 120 160 200 240 280
0.6
Max. load
Stress [MPa]
[MPa] 0.4
0.2
0
0 40 80 120 160 200 240
Load
Gasket[MPa]
stress [MPa]
 KLINGERgraphite-
laminate PSM
Technical data
Density of graphite layer g/cm 3 1,0 +- 5%
Max. perm. surface load at 450 °C
Compressibility ASTM F 36 A
MPa
% 28 – 42
Recovery ASTM F 36 A % 13 – 19
Stress relaxation DIN 52913:
50 MPa, 16 h/300 °C MPa min. 48
KLINGER cold hot compression:
Surface load 50 MPa
Thickness decrease at 23 °C % 30
Thickness decrease at 300 °C % 1.5
Tightness according to DIN 3535 part 6 ml/min.
Chloride content of graphite layer ppm max. 40
Thickness mm
Size of sheets mm 1,000/1,000
mm 1,500/1,500
Thickneses: 0.8/ 1.0/ 1.5/ 2.0/ 3.0 mm
KLINGERantistick (A/S) on request
Suitable for temperatures up to Order example:
approx. 450°C. 1 sheet
In an inert atmosphere (no admission KLINGERgraphite-laminate PSM
of oxygen) even suitable for higher 1500 or 1,000 x 1,000 x 1.5 mm.
temperatures.
Other delivery options
Fields of application: Rings and other finished gaskets are
Particularly suitable under high also available in any size and
chemical and thermal loads. corresponding sheet thicknesses. 3.0
KLINGERgraphite-laminate PSM
2.8
keeps its physical properties in the Tests and approvals:
2.6
entire field of application.(Resistance DIN-DVGW approval no. 2.4
table see back.) NG-5124AT0417. 2.2
Suitable for media used in the BAM approval in accor-
2.0
food industry. In accordance with dance with UVV 28, oxygen
1.8
Landesgewerbeamt von Baden- (VBG 62) tested up to 130 bar 1.6
Württemberg and the requirements of and 200°C, also for use with
1.4
the German Food Act. liquid oxyen, WRc approval.
1.2
The function and durability of the
Klinger gaskets depends largely on Anti-stick finish: 1.0
Thickness [mm]
the installation conditions which we The KLINGERgraphite- 0.8
as manufacturers cannot influence. laminate PSM is available 0.6
We therefore only guarantee a perfect with KLINGERantistick. (A/S) 0.4
condition of our material. A finish which keeps its sta- 0.2
bility even at high tempera- 0
Material structure: tures and causes no organic
A KLINGERgraphite foil is rolled contaminations of the pure
on a 0.10 mm thick tanged stainless graphite.
steel sheet (1.4401*) without 0.8 mm, 1.5 mm, 2mm, and
adhesive. 3 mm thick sheets are also available.
* In case of supply shortfall also 1.4404
may be delivered.
KLINGERgraphite-
laminate PDM
Better handling
300
and a much higher capability
Forget about all unpleasant properties
which you know from handling graphite materials.
Here are three convincing advantages which are due to the 30% higher density of
the new KLINGERgraphite-laminate PDM:
1. Higher stability due to 2. Optimal handling 3. Clearly more safety
two tang stainless steel sheet Due to of the increase in density we Gaskets made of the new
0.6
reinforcements could do without any impregnation. KLINGERgraphite-laminate PDM offer
Due to the improved connection of the The new KLINGERgraphite- clearly more safety during fitting and
1.0 graphite and the two tang stainless laminate PDM has a purity of 98% and under operation.
steel sheets the new KLINGER- is free of resins, impregnations, or
graphite-laminate PDM offers a higher other organic substances and therefore
stability and deformation resistance. free of possibly toxic residual risks.
Load diagram for KLINGERgraphite-
laminate PSM with tanged stainless steel Important: Technical data
sheet reinforcement, thickness 0.1 mm, Due to the higher compression, the Compressibility ASTM F 36 A % 19–23
initial density 1.0 g/cm 3, several initial KLINGERgraphite-laminate PDM has a Final thickness at a surface load of 35 MPa mm 1.18–1.23
thickneses. thickness of 1.5 mm, even where Density of the graphite layer g/cm 3 1.3
(Typical values). 2.0 mm-graphite gaskets were
Graphite purity % min. 98
previously used.
The final thicknesses are the Chloride content ppm max. 40
same in compressed condition. Tang stainless steel sheets: Material 1.4401*
20 °C
Thickness mm 0.075
300 °C
Anti-stick finish: Number of sheets 2
The KLINGERgraphite-laminate PDM
Tightness according to DIN 3535/6 ml/min. 0.5
is available with KLINGERantistick
(A/S) a finish which keeps its stability Stress relaxation DIN 52913 MPa 48
even at high temperatures and causes Max. surface load at 300 °C MPa 200
no organic contaminations of the pure Permanent operating temperature °C ca. 450
graphite. Size of sheets mm 1,000 x1,000
Thickness mm 1.5
Other sizes on request
KLINGERantistick (A/S) on request.
DIN-DVGW approval no. NG-5124AT0417
0 40 80 120 160 200 240
Load [MPa]
Gasket stress [MPa]
* In case of supply shortfall also 1.4404 may be delivered.
 KLINGERgraphite- KLINGERgraphite-
laminate PSM laminate PDM

Technical data PSM 10010 PSM 15010 PSM 20010

Density of graphite layer g/cm 3 ca. 1,0 ca. 1,0 ca. 1,0 Better handling
Max. perm. surface load at 450 °C
Compressibility ASTM F 36 A
MPa
% 28 – 33
300 180
33 – 38
160
35 – 40
and a much higher capability
Recovery ASTM F 36 A % 14 – 19 13 – 18 13 – 18 Forget about all unpleasant properties
familiar with handling graphite materials.
Stress relaxation DIN 52913:
Here are three convincing advantages which are due to the 30% higher density of
50 MPa, 16 h/300 °C MPa min. 48 min. 48 min. 48 the new KLINGERgraphite-laminate PDM:
KLINGER cold hot compression:
Surface load 50 MPa
Thickness decrease at 23 °C % 30 40 45
Thickness decrease at 300 °C % 1.5 1.5 2.0
1. Higher stability due to 2. Optimal handling 3. Clearly more safety
two tanged stainless steel sheet Due to the increase in density we Gaskets made of the new
Tightness according to DIN 3535 part 6 ml/min. 0.6 0.8 1.0
reinforcements did away with impregnation. KLINGERgraphite-laminate PDM offer
Chloride content of graphite layer ppm max. 40 max. 40 max. 40 Due to the improved connection of the The new KLINGERgraphite- more safety during fitting and whilst
Thickness mm 1.0 1.5 2.0 graphite and the two tanged stainless laminate PDM has a purity of 98% and under operation.
Size of sheets mm 1,000/1,000 1,000/1,000 1,000/1,000 steel sheets the new KLINGER- is free of resins, impregnations, or
mm 1,500/1,500 1,500/1,500 1,500/1,500 graphite-laminate PDM offers a higher other organic substances and therefore
stability and deformation resistance. free of possibly toxic residual risks.
Thickneses: 0.8/ 1.0/ 1.5/ 2.0/ 3.0 mm
KLINGERantistick (A/S) on request

Suitable for temperatures up to Order example: Load diagram for KLINGERgraphite-

approx. 450°C. 1 sheet laminate PSM with tang stainless steel Important: Technical data
In an inert atmosphere (no admission KLINGERgraphite-laminate PSM sheet reinforcement, thickness 0.1 mm, Due to the higher compression, the Compressibility ASTM F 36 A % 19–23
of oxygen) even suitable for higher 15010, 1,000 x 1,000 x 1.5 mm. initial density 1.0 g/cm 3, several initial KLINGERgraphite-laminate PDM has a Final thickness at a surface load of 35 MPa mm 1.18–1.23
temperatures. thickneses. thickness of 1.5 mm, even where Density of the graphite layer g/cm 3 1.3
Other delivery options (Typical values). 2.0 mm-graphite gaskets were
Fields of application: Rings and other finished gaskets are Graphite purity % min. 98
previously used.
Particularly suitable under high also available in any size and The final thicknesses are the Chloride content ppm max. 40
chemical and thermal loads. corresponding sheet thicknesses. 3.0 same in compressed condition. Tang stainless steel sheets: Material 1.4401*
KLINGERgraphite-laminate PSM 20 °C
2.8 Thickness mm 0.075
keeps its physical properties in the Tests and approvals:
300 °C
2.6 Anti-stick finish: Number of sheets 2
entire field of application. Resistance DIN-DVGW approval no. 2.4 The KLINGERgraphite-laminate PDM
Tightness according to DIN 3535/6 ml/min. 0.5
table see back. NG-5124AT0417. 2.2 is available with KLINGERantistick
Suitable for media used in the BAM approval in accor- (A/S) a finish which keeps its stability Stress relaxation DIN 52913 MPa 48
2.0
food industry. In accordance with dance with UVV 28, oxygen even at high temperatures and causes Max. surface load at 300 °C MPa 200
1.8
Landesgewerbeamt von Baden- (VBG 62) tested up to 130 bar 1.6 no organic contaminations of the pure Permanent operating temperature °C ca. 450
Württemberg and the requirements of and 200°C, also for use with graphite. Size of sheets mm 1,000 x1,000
1.4
the German Food Act. liquid oxyen, WRc approval.
1.2 Thickness mm 1.5
The function and durability of the
Klinger gaskets depends largely on Anti-stick finish: 1.0 Other sizes on request
Thickness [mm]

the installation conditions which we
as manufacturers cannot influence.
We therefore only guarantee a perfect
condition of our material.
Material structure:
A KLINGERgraphite foil is rolled
on a 0.10 mm thick tang stainless
steel sheet (1.4401*) without
adhesive.
* In case of supply shortfall also 1.4404
may be delivered.
The KLINGERgraphite- 0.8 KLINGERantistick (A/S) on request.
laminate PSM is available 0.6 DIN-DVGW approval no. NG-5124AT0417
with KLINGERantistick (A/S) 0.4
a finish which keeps its sta- 0.2
bility even at high tempera- 0
tures and causes no organic 0 40 80 120 160 200 240
contaminations of the pure Load [MPa]
Gasket stress [MPa]
graphite.
1.5 mm, 2mm, and 3 mm thick
sheets are also available with resin
impregnation as an alternative.
* In case of supply shortfall also 1.4404 may be delivered.

KLINGERgraphite consists of
pure graphite expanded by a special
process that produces a flexible
material which fits perfectly to the
unevennesses of the sealing face.
Chemical resistance:
to almost all fluids such as acids,
alkalis, solvents, greases, oils, gas,
steam and water.
Exceptions: high-oxidizing fluids such
as concentrated nitric acid, potassium
chlorate, permanganate solutions and
chloric acid.
Details are given in the resistance
table.
Temperature resistance:
– in oxidizing atmospheres from
- 200 °C to +450 °C
– in reduction or inert atmospheres
up to +300 °C
– excellent resistance to temperature
fluctuations
– high thermal conductivity
– no hot or cold flows, even at high
temperatures and surface loads
– flexibility over the whole
temperature range
Other features:
– excellent sliding properties,
max. 40m/s
– no adhesion of the sealing area
– self-lubricating, therefore no wear
on moving parts
– high corrosion resistance
– no swelling or shrinkage under
influence of media
– no ageing
– easy to work with
– not detrimental to health
KLINGERgraphite
sealing tape
Type 1:
KLINGERgraphite sealing tape,
corrugated
Fields of application:
Universal packing for use in pumps
and fittings. The tape is wound
around the shaft or spindle on the
spot and compressed to a packing
with the help of the gland.
All spindles and shafts can be
reliably sealed with only a few tape
widths. Ask for our mounting
instructions for packings.
Available in roles of 12 m length,
packed in boxes, together with the
mounting instructions.
Material thickness: 0.5 mm
Tape width: 6, 10, 15, 20, 25 mm
KLINGERgraphite
Type 2:
KLINGERgraphite sealing tape,
corrugated, self-adhesive
Fields of applications:
The self-adhesive tape is ideal for
sealing big flanges and sealing
surfaces. The self-adhesive back fixes
the tape on the sealing surface during
mounting.
Gasket
a il
with
able (A/S)
v
and
a
The required amount of adhesive Also antistick ion
E R at
is very small. It carbonises at higher KLIN G
n i m pregn
si
temperatures. or re
Available in roles of 12 m length,
packed in boxes, together with the
mounting instructions.
Material thickness: 0.5 mm
Tape width: 6, 10, 15, 20, 25 mm sealing tape
Forget about all unpleasant properties
which you know from laminated
graphite. Our qualities
KLINGERgraphite
-laminate SDS
and PDM offer
high strength
and optimal handling.
 Chemical Resistance table
for all KLINGERgraphite
Medium
Concentration
Temperature
up to °C
[%]
Acetic acid ● N.I.
Acetic acid anhydride ● N.I.
Acetone ● N.I.
Air ● 450
Alum ● N.I.
Aluminium chloride ● N.I.
Amino acid ● N.I.
Ammonia ● N.I.
Ammonium hydroxide ● N.I.
Ammonium sulfate ● N.I.
Amyl acetate ● N.I.
Amyl alcohol ● N.I.
Aniline ● N.I.
Aqua regia ■ N.I.
Arsenic acid ● N.I.
Benzenesulfonic acid < 60 N.I.
Benzol and derivates ● N.I.
Bitumen ● N.I.
Boric acid ● N.I.
Bromine ■ N.I.
Bromine water ● N.I.
Butane ● N.I.
Butanone ● N.I.
Butyl acetate ● N.I.
Butyl alcohol ● N.I.
Calcium chlorate < 10 60
Calcium chloride < 15 N.I.
Calcium hydroxide ● N.I.
Calcium hypochlorite ● N.I.
Carbon tetrachloride ● N.I.
Carbonic acid ● N.I.
Cellosolve ● N.I.
Chlorine (dry) ● N.I.
Chlorine dioxide ■ N.I.
Chlorine water ● 25
Chloroacetic acid ● 25
Chloroform ● N.I.
Chromic acid < 10 25
Citric acid ● N.I.
Condensate ● N.I.
Copper sulfate ● N.I.
Cyclohexane ● N.I.
products
Medium
Concentration
Temperature
up to °C
[%]
Diethanolamine ● N.I.
Ethyl alcohol ● N.I.
Ethyl chloride ● N.I.
Ethyl dichloride ● N.I.
Ethylamine ● N.I.
Ethylene chlorohydrine < 10 N.I.
Fatty acids ● N.I.
Fluorine ● N.I.
Formic acids ● N.I.
Frigen (Freon) ● N.I.
Hydrazine ● N.I.
Hydro sulfide ● N.I.
Hydrobromic acid ● N.I.
Hydrocarbones ● N.I.
Hydrochloric acid ● N.I.
Hydrofluoric acid ● 140
Iodine ● N.I.
Iron chlorides ● N.I.
Iron sulfates ● N.I.
Isopropanole ● N.I.
Isopropyl acetates ● N.I.
Isopropyl ether ● N.I.
Kerosene ● N.I.
Lactic acid ● N.I.
M.E.K. (2-butanone) ● N.I.
Manganese sulfates ● N.I.
Mercaptoethylene < 50 N.I.
Methanol ● N.I.
Methylen chloride ● N.I.
Methylpentanone peroxide ● N.I.
Mineral oil ● N.I.
Monochlorbenzene ● N.I.
Nickel chloride ● N.I.
Nickel sulfate ● N.I.
Nitrating acid ■ N.I.
Nitric acid 85
Oils ● N.I.
Oleum ■ N.I.
Oleic acid ● N.I.
Oxalic acid ● N.I.
Oxygen ● 200
Oxygen liquid ● N.I.
Medium
Concentration
Temperature
up to °C
[%]
Paraldehyde ● N.I.
Perchlorethylene ● N.I.
Petrol (Fuel) ● N.I.
Petroleumether ● N.I.
Petroleum/-products ● N.I.
Phosphoric acid < 50 N.I.
Phosphorus trichloride ● N.I.
Potassium chlorate (melt) ■ N.I.
Potassium nitrate (melt) ■ N.I.
Propane ● N.I.
Sodium carbonate ● N.I.
Sodium chloride ● N.I.
Sodium hydroxide < 75 N.I.
Sodium hypochloride < 20 30
Sodium peroxide ■ N.I.
Steam ● N.I.
Stearic acid ● N.I.
Sulfur dioxide ● N.I.
Sulfur trioxide ■ N.I.
Sulfuric acid < 70 20
Sulfurous acid ● N.I.
Synthetic resins ● N.I.
Tartaric acid ● N.I.
Terpentine ● N.I.
Trichlor ethylene ● N.I.
Vinyl chloride ● N.I.
Water ● N.I.
Zinc chloride ● N.I.
● = suitable for any concentration
■ = unsuitable
N.I. = no influence
Subject to technical alterations. 4.99
Please note the resistance
table in the margin
The given concentrations and
temperatures might be exceeded if
the medium is not or only in
restricted contact with the graphite.
This case arises when edged and
spiralwound gaskets are used.
KLINGERgraphite is not
resistant to mixtures of nitric acid
and other stronger acids (e.g. nitra-
ting acid, aqua regia etc.), chromi-
um VI and permanganate solutions
as well as melts af alkali or alkaline
earth metals.The given recommen-
dations are supposed to be a help
for the use of KLINGERgraphite.
We cannot give a guarantee
as function and durability depend
on a variety of factors which we as
manufacturers cannot influence.
If there are particular conditions of
admission these have to be
observed.
For information on other media
or operating conditions we are at
your disposal.
Subject to technical alterations.
April 1999
Properties
KLINGERgraphite–laminate Since only small amounts of
KLINGERgraphite-laminate SDS adhesive (less than 0.005 mm thick-
consists of expanded-graphite layers ness, no chlorides) are used, the
bonded to steel foil with adhesive or excellent chemical and thermal
rolled on tang stainless steel rein- resistances of the flexible graphite
forcement. are not affected.
The adhesive layer is applied in
an exactly controlled process so as to Range of application
ensure Sealing material for:
– that the amount of adhesive is – high and low temperatures
always less than 1% of the graphite – high corrosive and aggressive
– a uniform distribution of the medias
adhesive. – sensitive flanges (enamel, glass,
The advantage of this method is graphite)
that the excellent characteristics of the – gas and steam applications
flexible graphite are kept.
Properties of flexible
KLINGERgraphite
– No flowing under pressure and
temperature loads
– temperature-resistant from -200 °C to + 450°C
( in inert atmosphere even higher)
– reliable sealing of gases and liquids
– excellent micro-sealing
– chemically resistant to nearly all medias
– excellent resistance to
temperature fluctuations
– high flat heat conductivity
– no health hazard
– unlimited shelf live
– no combination with glass and ceramics

for all KLINGERgraphite
Medium
Concentration
Temperature
up to °C
[%]
Acetic acid ● N.I.
Acetic acid anhydride ● N.I.
Acetone ● N.I.
Air ● 450
Alum ● N.I.
Aluminium chloride ● N.I.
Amino acid ● N.I.
Ammonia ● N.I.
Ammonium hydroxide ● N.I.
Ammonium sulfate ● N.I.
Amyl acetate ● N.I.
Amyl alcohol ● N.I.
Aniline ● N.I.
Aqua regia ■ N.I.
Arsenic acid ● N.I.
Benzenesulfonic acid < 60 N.I.
Benzol and derivates ● N.I.
Bitumen ● N.I.
Boric acid ● N.I.
Bromine ■ N.I.
Bromine water ● N.I.
Butane ● N.I.
Butanone ● N.I.
Butyl acetate ● N.I.
Butyl alcohol ● N.I.
Calcium chlorate < 10 60
Calcium chloride < 15 N.I.
Calcium hydroxide ● N.I.
Calcium hypochlorite ● N.I.
Carbon tetrachloride ● N.I.
Carbonic acid ● N.I.
Cellosolve ● N.I.
Chlorine (dry) ● N.I.
Chlorine dioxide ■ N.I.
Chlorine water ● 25
Chloroacetic acid ● 25
Chloroform ● N.I.
Chromic acid < 10 25
Citric acid ● N.I.
Condensate ● N.I.
Copper sulfate ● N.I.
Cyclohexane ● N.I.
Resistance table
products
Medium
Concentration
Temperature
up to °C
[%]
Diethanolamine ● N.I.
Ethyl alcohol ● N.I.
Ethyl chloride ● N.I.
Ethyl dichloride ● N.I.
Ethylamine ● N.I.
Ethylene chlorohydrine < 10 N.I.
Fatty acids ● N.I.
Fluorine ● N.I.
Formic acids ● N.I.
Frigen (Freon) ● N.I.
Hydrazine ● N.I.
Hydro sulfide ● N.I.
Hydrobromic acid ● N.I.
Hydrocarbones ● N.I.
Hydrochloric acid ● N.I.
Hydrofluoric acid ● 140
Iodine ● N.I.
Iron chlorides ● N.I.
Iron sulfates ● N.I.
Isopropanole ● N.I.
Isopropyl acetates ● N.I.
Isopropyl ether ● N.I.
Kerosene ● N.I.
Lactic acid ● N.I.
M.E.K. (2-butanone) ● N.I.
Manganese sulfates ● N.I.
Mercaptoethylene < 50 N.I.
Methanol ● N.I.
Methylen chloride ● N.I.
Methylpentanone peroxide ● N.I.
Mineral oil ● N.I.
Monochlorbenzene ● N.I.
Nickel chloride ● N.I.
Nickel sulfate ● N.I.
Nitrating acid ■ N.I.
Nitric acid 85
Oils ● N.I.
Oleum ■ N.I.
Oleic acid ● N.I.
Oxalic acid ● N.I.
Oxygen ● 200
Oxygen liquid ● N.I.
Medium
Concentration
Temperature
up to °C
[%]
Paraldehyde ● N.I.
Perchlorethylene ● N.I.
Petrol (Fuel) ● N.I.
Petroleumether ● N.I.
Petroleum/-products ● N.I.
Phosphoric acid < 50 N.I.
Phosphorus trichloride ● N.I.
Potassium chlorate (melt) ■ N.I.
Potassium nitrate (melt) ■ N.I.
Propane ● N.I.
Sodium carbonate ● N.I.
Sodium chloride ● N.I.
Sodium hydroxide < 75 N.I.
Sodium hypochloride < 20 30
Sodium peroxide ■ N.I.
Steam ● N.I.
Stearic acid ● N.I.
Sulfur dioxide ● N.I.
Sulfur trioxide ■ N.I.
Sulfuric acid < 70 20
Sulfurous acid ● N.I.
Synthetic resins ● N.I.
Tartaric acid ● N.I.
Terpentine ● N.I.
Trichlor ethylene ● N.I.
Vinyl chloride ● N.I.
Water ● N.I.
Zinc chloride ● N.I.
● = suitable for any concentration
■ = unsuitable
N.I. = no influence
Subject to technical alterations. 4.99
Properties
Please note the resistance
table in the margin
The given concentrations and
temperatures might be exceeded if
the medium is not, or is only in
restricted contact with the graphite.
This case arises when edged and
spiral wound gaskets are used.
KLINGERgraphite is not
resistant to mixtures of nitric acid
and other stronger acids (e.g. nitra-
ting acid, aqua regia etc.), chromi-
um VI and permanganate solutions
as well as melts af alkali or alkaline
earth metals.The given recommen-
dations serve only as a guide
to the use of KLINGERgraphite.
We cannot give a guarantee
as function and durability depend Properties of flexible
on a variety of factors which we as
manufacturers cannot influence. KLINGERgraphite
If there are particular conditions of
admission these have to be
observed. – No flowing under pressure and
temperature loads
For information on other media
or operating conditions we are at
your disposal.
– temperature-resistant from -200 °C to + 450°C
( in inert atmosphere even higher)
– reliable sealing of gases and liquids
– excellent micro-sealing
– chemically resistant to nearly all medias
– excellent resistance to
temperature fluctuations
– high flat heat conductivity
– no health hazard
– unlimited shelf live
– no combination with glass and ceramics
Subject to technical alterations.
April 2002
 KLINGERmilam PSS

Basis High-Temperature Gasket Material

KLINGERmilam is an asbestos-free based on Mica with Perforated Stainless Steel
sealing material based on mica with a
perforated 0.1 mm thick stainless steel Reinforcement 1.4401 or AISI 316
reinforcement made of 1.4401 or
AISI 316 Typical values PSS 130 PSS 320
KLINGERmilam is specifically Compressibility ASTM F 36 A % 12-15 18-23
suitable at aggressive acids and high Recovery ASTM F 36 A % 50-55 45-50
temperatures. Stress relaxation DIN 52913 MPa 40 30
50 MPa, 16 h/300°C
It is also suitable above the typical Tensile strength DIN 52910 MPa 22 20
application temperatures of Graphite.
Tensile strength ASTM F 152 MPa 25 21
Ignition loss DIN 52911 % <5 <15
Sealability for nitrogen at 30 MPa and ml/min 0,20 on inq.
6 bar, temperature within 100 to 400°C
(Sample size 90 x 50 mm) max.
Thickness increase ASTM F 146 % 12 5
Oil JRM 903: 5 h/150°C
Weight increase ASTM F 146 % 26 281
Oil JRM 903: 5 h/150°C
Max. gasket load MPa 100 80
Density DIN 3754 g/cm3 2.1 1.8
Max. temperature* °C 900 900
Thickness mm 1.3 3.2
* depending on installation and service conditions.

Sizes available Function and durability

Dimensions of the standard sheets The function and durability of the
1000 x 1200 mm Klinger Gaskets depends lagely on the
installation conditions which we as
Thicknesses: manufacturers cannot influence.
PSS 130 = 1.3 mm, We therefore only guarantee a perfect
PSS 320 = 3.2 mm condition of our material.
Additional sizes on request.
With this in mind, please also
Tolerances: observe our installation instructions.
thickness +/- 10%
lenght and width +/- 50 mm

Certified according to
DIN EN ISO 9001.
3.002/ 8.2000

KLINGER Limited
Subject to technical alterations.
Status: August 2000 http://www.klinger.com.au
 KLINGERLASTIC Elastomers

Elastomeric sheet compounds mark the entry level to Klinger's sheet-sealing range of
products. Consisting of base polymers with the insertion of vulcanising agents, fillers,
pigments and various additives, elastomeric gaskets offer effective, low sealing stress
seals typically for low temperature, low pressure applications. Elastomeric gaskets
have relatively soft compression characteristics requiring relatively low loads to effect
a seal, incorporated with excellent recovery properties due to their self-energising
behaviour.

NATURAL RUBBER (NR)

Natural rubber exhibits exceptional elongation, tear strength and recovery properties.
It has poor resistance to ozone, oxygen and sunlight weathering. Natural rubber has
high wear and abrasion resistance. The material is suitable for moderate acids, alkalis,
salt solutions, petroleum and solvents. It is considered unsuitable for use with strong
acids, fats, greases and most hydrocarbons. Temperature range -50 to 120 deg C

NITRILE (NBR)

Nitrile is a synthetic rubber offering improved chemical resistance and temperature

capabilities to neoprene. The material offers good resistance to oils and solvents,
aromatic and aliphatic hydrocarbons, petroleum oils and gasolines, animal fats and
lacquer solvents. It offers poor resistance to strong oxidising agents, chlorinated
hydrocarbons, ketones and esters. Temperature range -50 to 120 deg C

VITON (FPM)

Viton (Fluorinated Hydrocarbon) offers excellent resistance to acids, aliphatic

hydrocarbons, oils gasoline and many industrial applications. The material offers
excellent resistance to temperature, weathering and gas permeability. It is not suitable
for use against amines, esters, ketones, steam or low temperature service.
Temperature range -30 to 200 deg C

…Sealing with Security Klingerlastic 01/04

 ETHYLENE PROPYLENE (EPDM)

EPDM offers good resistance to ozone, heat, steam, strong acids and alkalis. It is
not suitable for use in oils, solvents and aromatic hydrocarbons. Temperature
range -50 to 150 deg C

STYRENE BUTADIENE (SBR)

SBR synthetic rubber offers excellent abrasion resistance and is suitable for use
with weak organic acids and moderate chemicals. It is unsuitable for use with
ozone, strong acids and most carbon hydrocarbons. Temperature range -50 to
120 deg C

NEOPRENE (CR - POLYCHLOROPRENE)

Neoprene has good resistance to aging, ozone and weathering. It also has good
physical properties and resilience. It is resistant to a range of dilute chemicals
and mineral oils. Neoprene is not suitable for use with fuels. Temperature range
-50 to 110 deg C

SILICON (VQM)

The silicon range of rubbers offer excellent high and low temperature properties,
far superior to any other grades. They are also unaffected by sunlight and ozone.
They are unsuitable for use against steam and many hydrocarbons. Temperature
range -70 to 250 deg C

BUTYL (IIR)

Butyl rubber offers excellent resistance to acidic and alkaline environments.

Excellent weathering properties and ozone resistance. Low permeability to gases.
Poor resistance to mineral oils. Temperature range - 40 to 130 deg C

HYPALON (CSM - CHLOROSULPHONATED POLYETHYLENE )

Hypalon is noted for its good resistance to corrosive chemicals, ozone and
weathering. It also exhibits good aging, abrasion and heat resistance properties.
Hypalon also has low gas permeability. Hypalon offers poor resistance to fuels.
Temperature range -50 to 160 deg C

KLINGERLASTIC elastomers are available in a range of thicknesses and sizes.

Some elastomer types are available in a range of colours and with reinforcing
insertion.

Note the above properties and limits are intended as a guide only and may vary
depending on the application conditions. If a specific recommendation is
required, please consult Klinger for advice.

© KLINGER LIMITED.
All information and recommendations contained in this publication are to the best of our knowledge correct. Since conditions of use are beyond our control users must satisfy themselves
that products are suitable for the intended processes and uses. No warranty is given or implied in respect of information or recommendations or that any use of products will not infringe
rights belonging to other parties. We will not be liable for any loss or damage resulting in anyway from any reliance on this publication or from any goods manufactured by us. We reserve
the right to change product design and properties without notice. Nothing in this clause excludes, restricts or modifies any condition, warranty, right or remedy which is conferred on you
by the Trade Practices Act 1974 or any other consumer legislation.
PTFE Products

KLINGERsealex
KLINGERflon Threadseal Tape
KLINGERflon Spray
 KLINGERsealex

The following applications of KLINGERsealex in turbine con- KLINGERsealex adjusts extremely

KLINGERsealex will give you some
idea of the innovative uses of this
product. Further references are
available on request.
struction
Operating conditions:
8 bar at 240°C.
A sealing material was required for a
number of flanges in the low-pressure
area of the turbine house of a nuclear
power station.
KLINGERsealex succeeded in
replacing the traditional seals and
reduced the time needed to clean the
flange faces giving savings of some
40-workforce hours every time the
joints were replaced. These savings
are in addition to the savings made in
dismantling and assembling the joint
and in the cost of materials, which
would otherwise have been used.
well to all flange sealing conditions
and possess outstanding resistance
to paint solvents and cleaning agents.
KLINGERsealex as a temporary
solution in pipeline systems
Operating conditions:
Aggressive agents at 5 bar and 32°C.
An extremely aggressive mixture of
distilled water, vulcanisation agents,
carrier agents and pigments is
conveyed via a pumping station and
associated piping system.
KLINGERsealex is also employed
here for repairs in emergencies. The
results are surprising. An emergency
solution becomes a permanent

Quick & easy

fixture.
KLINGERsealex in dryer kilns
Operating conditions: 230°C.
Tunnel kilns for the kiln drying of
coated/lacquered steel and aluminium
metal elements on the air flow feed
and air extraction sides are sealed
with the new ”miracle of the roll”.
KLINGERsealex replaces woven tape
fabric, flocked side panel cladding
and other insulation materials with or
without asbestos.
to assemble –
Installation instructions
Clean flanges, cut off a lenght of
KLINGERsealex slightly longer than
the actual circumference of the seal.
Peel off the adhesive protection strip
KLINGERsealex adjacent to a bolt
hole and bolt up the mating surfaces
using the recommended clamping
force and bolt tightening patters.
Sealing on a
roll
and press KLINGERsealex into
position. Cross the free ends of

Sealex Minimum/Maximum clamping Minimum/Maximum clamping

force to effect seal at ambient* force to effect seal at 100°C*
All rights reserved to make technical Width/ mm Liquid N/mm Gas N/mm Liquid N/mm Gas N/mm
alterations.
Status: January 2000 3 85 – 400 170 – 400 150 – 400 350 – 400
5 125 – 500 250 – 500 215 – 500 400 – 500
Certified according to 7 170 – 750 340 – 750 300 – 750 550 – 750
DIN EN ISO 9001. Be prepared for every eventuality
10 220 – 950 435 – 950 375 – 950 650 – 950 with KLINGERsealex – ”safe sealing
KLINGER GmbH 14 280 – 1000 560 – 1000 490 – 1000 750 – 1000 on a roll”. Under service conditions of
P.O. Box 1370, D-65503 Idstein –196°C up to +260°C
17 300 – 1200 600 – 1200 525 – 1200 825 – 1200
Rich.-Klinger-Straße, D-65510 Idstein and pressure of
Tel +49 (0) 6126 950-0 20 395 – 1450 785 – 1450 685 – 1450 900 – 1450 up to 150 bar
Fax +49 (0) 6126 950 -340/341 25 510 – 1600 1000 – 1600 900 – 1600 1200 – 1600 KLINGER-
e-mail: mail@klinger-gmbh.de sealex offers secure
* Guideline for clamping force per mm of lenght sealing on a roll.
http://www.klinger-gmbh.de
 KLINGERsealex:
The universal sealing solution

What’s so unique about
KLINGERsealex?
KLINGERsealex is a PTFE product
manufactured from a unique,
physically networked fibrillated
material. It is composed of specially
prepared fluorocarbons with exellent
resistance to aggressive chemicals as
well as offering secure sealing under
high pressures - even permitting the
use of the material in applications up
to 150 bar internal pressure ratings.
KLINGERsealex can be applied
to any sealing face, giving excellent
sealing performance even at low bolt
loads.
The benefits to repair and
maintenance routines
You are prepared for every eventuality
with KLINGERsealex – the seal an a
roll. Maintenance Engineers have
already benefited from the versatility
of KLINGERsealex, since it can be
used practically anywhere.
When replacing defective seals,
first clean the flange as thoroughly as
possible. Since one of the strengths
of the product is its ability to
compensate for non-ideal flange
conditions, a small amount of
residue material on the flange face is
permissible.
Next apply the strips of sealant
straight from the roll onto the flange
surface as shown on the attached
photographs. Apply the tape either
overlapping at the ends or cut acutely
and abutted.
That`s all there is to it!
Should it be required, you can
use two strips of tape bonded over one
another.
When re-assembling the flange,
you can work with the usual assembly
torque – then fit and forget.
There is no need to re-tighten the
bolts with KLINGERsealex.
However, if it is possible to re-
tighten the flange assembly after 24
hours, then you can reduce the
applied bold load by half.
Despite its versatility and ease
of handling. KLINGERsealex should
not be viewed as a temporary solution,
but as a high grade permanent seal
with unique characteristics.
Important approval certifications
and tests:
”DVGW – Forschungsstelle Deutscher
Vereine des Gas- und Wasserfaches”
(Research and Development Centre for
German Gas and Water Utilities) –
new tests in preparation.
”BAM – Bundesanstalt für Material-
prüfung” (German Federal Government
Agency for Materials’ Testing).
Tested for oxygen at 60 bar and 125°C.
Also suitable for liquid oxygen.
TÜV – approved (”TÜV – Technischer
Überwachungsverein” – Geman
Federal Mechanical Testing Authority):
Certification No. 3/4872.

Replacement of conventional
gasket materials
KLINGERsealex offers particular
advantages in applications that
prove difficult for conventional
materials:
● When the sealing surface or the
stability of the flange prevents the
successful use of a conventional seal.
● When the geometry of the flange
seating demands an intricate gasket
shape, which is both difficult to
assemble and uneconomical to
manufacture.
● When the flange material will
only permit the use of low bolt loads
to seat the gasket while the media in
the system and the associated interior
pressure demands a high integrity
seal.
These are just some of the areas As can be seen, with just a few Width Thickness Roll
in which you can use KLINGERsealex. rolls of KLINGERsealex you have the mm ca. mm
You may have other ideas for its use, same level of security as with con-
either as a replacement for conven- ventional gaskets. With the ability to 3 1.5
tional gasketing or as a hidden solve a problem quickly, the small 5 2.0
reserve for unforeseen circumstances. stock of tape will very soon pay for
7 2.5
itself. Furthermore, you have the
secutity knowing that you are 10 3.0
equipped for all eventualities. 14 5.0
Nothing is left to chance with 17 6.0
KLINGERsealex. 20 7.0
25 8.0
Flange Should you have queries
length/m DN concerning the suitability of
KLINGERsealex for your application,
30 up to 50 we will gladly assist you with our
20 up to 200 experience. You may contact us
through our fax service. Let us have
15 up to 600
the details of your particular app-
8 up to 1,500 lication requirements and you will
5 from 1,500
receive reliable response and all
necessary information within
5 from 1,500 24 hours.
5 from 1,500 You can request a questionnaire
for submitting fax enquiries direct
5 from 1,500 from our Works.

What’s so unique about
KLINGERsealex?
KLINGERsealex is a PTFE product
manufactured from a unique,
physically networked fibrillated
material. It is composed of specially
prepared fluorocarbons with exellent
resistance to aggressive chemicals as
well as offering secure sealing under
high pressures, even permitting the
use of the material in applications up
to 150 bar internal pressure ratings.
Replacement of conventional
gasket materials
KLINGERsealex offers particular
advantages in applications which
prove difficult for conventional
materials:
KLINGERsealex can be applied
to any sealing face, giving excellent
sealing performance even at low bolt
loads.
The benefits to repair and
maintenance routines
You are prepared for every eventuality
with KLINGERsealex – the seal an a
roll. Maintenance Engineers have
already benefited from the versatility
of KLINGERsealex, since it can be
used practically anywhere.
When replacing defective seals,
first clean flange as thoroughly as
possible. Since one of the strengths
● When the sealing surface or the
stability of the flange prevents the
successful use of a conventional seal.
● When the geometry of the flange
seating demands an intricate gasket
shape, which is both difficult to
assemble and uneconomic to
manufacture.
● When the flange material with
only permit the use of low bolt loads
to seat the gasket but the media in
the system and the associated interior
pressure demands a high integrity
seal.
of the products is its ability to
compensate for non-ideal flange
conditions, a small amounts of
residue material on the flange face is
permissible.
Next apply the strips of sealent
straight from the roll onto the flange
surface, as shown in both the
photographs. Apply the tape either
overlapping at the ends or cut acutely
and abutted – as shown in the
photograph on the right. That`s all
there is to it!
These are just some of the areas
in which you can use KLINGERsealex.
You may have other ideas for its use,
either as a replacement for conven-
tional gasketing or as a hidden
reserve for unforeseen circumstances.
Please call us for a sample and
associated technical information on
the product.
Nothing is left to chance with
KLINGERsealex.
KLINGERsealex:
The universal sealing solution
If need be, you can use two
strips of tape bonded over one
another.
When re-assembling the flange,
you can work with the usual assembly
torque – then fit and forget.
There is no need to re-tighten the
bolts with KLINGERsealex.
As you can see, with just a few
rolls of KLINGERsealex you have the
same level of security as with
conventional gaskets.
Furthermore, you have the
secutity knowing that you are
equipped for all eventualities.
However, if it is possible to re- Important approval certifications
tighten the flange assembly after 24 and tests:
hours, then you can reduce the ”DVGW – Forschungsstelle Deutscher
applied bolt load by half. Vereine des Gas- und Wasserfaches”
Despite its versatility and ease (Research and Development Centre for
of handling. KLINGERsealex should German Gas and Water Utilities) –
not be viewed as a temporary solution, new tests in preparation.
but as a high grade permanent seal ”BAM – Bundesanstalt für Material-
with unique characteristics. prüfung” (German Federal Government
Agency for Materials’ Testing).
Tested for oxygen at 60 bar and 125°C.
Also suitable for liquid oxygen.
TÜV – approved (”TÜV – Technischer
Überwachungsverein” – Geman
Federal Mechanical Testing Authority):
Certification No. 3/4872.
Width Thickness Roll Flange Should you have queries
mm ca. mm length/m DN concerning the suitability of
KLINGERsealex for your application,
3 1.5 30 up to 50 we will gladly assist you with our
5 2.0 20 up to 200 experience. You may contact us
through our representatives. Let them
7 2.5 15 up to 600
have the details of your particular
10 3.0 8 up to 1,500 application requirements.
14 5.0 5 from 1,500
17 6.0 5 from 1,500
20 7.0 5 from 1,500
25 8.0 5 from 1,500
 KLINGERsealex

The following applications of KLINGERsealex in turbine con- KLINGERsealex adjusts extremely

KLINGERsealex will give you some
idea of the innovative uses of this
product. Further references are
available on request.
struction
Operating conditions:
8 bar at 240°C.
A sealing material was required for a
number of flanges in the low-pressure
area of the turbine house of a nuclear
power station.
KLINGERsealex succeeded in
replacing the traditional seals and
reduced the time needed to clean the
flange faces giving savings of some
40-workforce hours every time the
joints were replaced. These savings
are in addition to the savings made in
dismantling and assembling the joint
and in the cost of materials, which
would otherwise have been used.
well to all flange sealing conditions
and possess outstanding resistance
to paint solvents and cleaning agents.
KLINGERsealex as a temporary
solution in pipeline systems
Operating conditions:
Aggressive agents at 5 bar and 32°C.
An extremely aggressive mixture of
distilled water, vulcanisation agents,
carrier agents and pigments is
conveyed via a pumping station and
associated piping system.
KLINGERsealex is also employed
here for repairs in emergencies. The
results are surprising. An emergency
solution becomes a permanent

Quick, easy
fixture.
KLINGERsealex in dryer kilns
Operating conditions: 230°C.
Tunnel kilns for the kiln drying of
coated/lacquered steel and aluminium
metal elements on the air flow feed
and air extraction sides are sealed
with the new ”miracle of the roll”.
KLINGERsealex replaces woven tape
fabric, flocked side panel cladding
and other insulation materials with or
without asbestos.
to assemble –
Installation instructions
Clean flanges, cut off a lenght of
KLINGERsealex slightly longer than
the actual circumference of the seal.
Peel off the adhesive protection strip
KLINGERsealex adjacent to a bolt
hole and bolt up the mating surfaces
using the recommended clamping
force and bolt tightening patters.
sealing on a
roll
and press KLINGERsealex into
position. Cross the free ends of

Sealex Minimum/Maximum clamping Minimum/Maximum clamping

force to effect seal at ambient* force to effect seal at 100°C*
All rights reserved to make technical Width/ mm Liquid N/mm Gas N/mm Liquid N/mm Gas N/mm
alterations.
Status: January 2000 3 85 – 400 170 – 400 150 – 400 350 – 400
5 125 – 500 250 – 500 215 – 500 400 – 500
Certified according to 7 170 – 750 340 – 750 300 – 750 550 – 750
DIN EN ISO 9001. You are prepared for every eventuality
10 220 – 950 435 – 950 375 – 950 650 – 950 with KLINGERsealex – ”safe sealing
KLINGER Ltd 14 280 – 1000 560 – 1000 490 – 1000 750 – 1000 on a roll”. Under service conditions of
–196°C up to +260°C
17 300 – 1200 600 – 1200 525 – 1200 825 – 1200
and pressure of
20 395 – 1450 785 – 1450 685 – 1450 900 – 1450 up to 150 bar
25 510 – 1600 1000 – 1600 900 – 1600 1200 – 1600 KLINGER-
sealex offers secu-
* Guideline for clamping force per mm of lenght re sealing on a roll.
http://www.klinger.com.au
 KLINGERflon
Threadseal Tape

Product description
KLINGERflon Threadseal Tape serves
to seal screw joint unions of all kinds
and is manufactured of unsintered and
degreased PTFE KLINGERflon.

Delivery form:
Supplied on handy plastic
reels in 12 m lengths with a
width of 12 mm (approx).

Gauge of tape:
0.10 mm = Type S
with DVGW-approval

Gauge of tape:
0.08 mm = Type N
without DVGW-approval

Temperature resistance
From –196°C to +250°C

Order example:
100 reels of KLINGERflon
Threadseal Tape.

Application The tape will not swell nor

KLINGERflon Sealant Tape has been
proven to provide durable service for
the reliable, clean and timesaving
sealing of fittings and appliances
against the leakage of fluids, vapours
and gases for many years.
The slackening of all treated
screwed joints is easily possible after
many years of service.
become sticky. It is resistant
chemically to all chemical agents
(but not against fluorine and melted
alkaline metals).
Application is simple and easy.
The tape is wrapped around a screw
or bolt thread with slight tension and
little overlapping. The counterpart is
then applied and tightened as usual.
One or more layers may de required
dependent on the thread pitch.

Certified according to
DIN EN ISO 9001.
KLINGER Limited
3.002/ 8.2000

Subject to technical alterations.

Status: November 1998 http://www.klinger.com.au

Product description
KLINGERflon Spray is a separating-,
anti-seizing- and lubricating agent on
a TFE base (tetra-fluor-ethulentelimer)
– it is dispergent in CHC- and HCFC-
exempt solvents – and thinned with a
special benzene dilutant.
The handy KLINGERflon aerosol
ensures a clean and rapid application
of the agent.
Following application and
evaporation of the solvent, there
remains a thin white TFE coating
bound by a bonding agent, with the
typical characteristics of fluorine
plastics – such as:
■ a separating and anti-adhesive
effect
■ temperature resistant up to
+ 265°C
■ practically chemically inert,
resistant to acids, alkalis and
solvents
■ physiologically compatible
■ self-lubricating effect at low-rate
friction coefficients
Form of supply
TFE emulsion is supplied in thinned
form ready for use as:
KLINGERflon aerosols
of 379 gm content, in cartons of 12
Order example:
120 aerosols of KF Spray
of 379 gm content
3.002/ 10.2000
Subject to technical alterations.
Status: October 2000
KLINGERflon
Spray
Separating-, anti-seizing- and lubricating agent
Application
KF spray is a well proven CHC- and
HCFC- and silicon-exempt
separating agent for plastics,
elastomers (rubber) and
adhesives.
The layer of TFE prevents parts
baking the mould and assists in
enhancing the de-moulding rate in
extrusion-, laminating- and com-
pression cycles by means of rapid
and easy de-moulding routines.
Subsequent processing problems and
working faults, such as orange-peel
effects or the formation of bubbles,
will be reduced.
Coatings with KLINGERflon Spray
are completely free of grease, leave
behind no soiling and are non-
transference contaminating, i.e. no
Certified according to
DIN EN ISO 9001.
problems will be experienced during
subsequent printing operations,
metalizing routines, adhesive- or
varnish work with the moulded
sections. The coatings can be applied
to, and are compatible with practically
all plastic materials currently available
on the market today.
The KF Spray is a valuable
accessory in all branches of industry,
in workshops and in domestic areas,
where grease-free, dry and non-
contaminating lubrication is
required.
In order to obtain the best ad-
hesive properties of the TFE coating,
the surface of the work piece to be
coated should be completely dry and
free of any contamination and
repellent substances (e.g. grease, oil
and the link ).
The coating should be applied
only in thin layerings. Larger gauged
coatings need to be applied and built
up in several separate layers with
intermittent service live to permit the
curing of the individual coatings.
The KF Spray contains CHC- and
HCFC-reduced solvents, e.g. a
special form of benzene. Care should
however be taken to ensure, that
statutory ordinances and regulations
for the handling of flammable
solvents be followed.
The coating, when applied not be
exposed to naked flames or glowing
embers in the vicinity in order to
prevent ignition and the generating of
any decomposition products.
Good ventilated conditions are to be
ensured on site. All safety regulations
concerning the handling of aerosols
as well as the notices imprinted on
the spray can are to be taken into
consideration.
http://www.klinger.com.au
 Technical
specifications
at a glance
The slitting substrate supplied is of Dimensions and weights
3 mm gauge and has a diameter of
Equipment without drive with drive
400 mm. Diameters available are
Length max. 1,100 mm 1,200 mm
400 mm, 700 mm and 1270 mm.
Height max. 250 mm 250 mm
New: Width max. 170 mm 170 mm
Circular slitters Weight 6.5 kg 9.3 kg
of specially hardened steel Drive facility
Voltage 220/240V 50 cycles
Power rating 50 W, 0.23 A
Drive shaft revolutions 53 rpm
MCB protection IP 54
Overloading MCB, automatic thermal triggering
Slitting speed, dependent on workpiece and gauge 5.5 – 6.5 m/min
Working application
Min. circular feature diameter, dependent on gauge approx. 80 mm
Max. circular feature diameter 1,250 mm
Circular feature width, dependent on type of workpiece up to 1 mm
Circular feature width max. 160 mm
Slitting depth, dependent on type of workpiece up to 9 mm

All rights reserved for alterations to

The safe way to the right gasket
For your choice of the right gas-
ket we offer you a proved communica-
tion concept which leads you step by
step to the right decision.
technical specifications.
Status: September 2000.
2. Documentation of the product
A proper data sheet for every gasket
material. As a special help for your
decision you find the „pT“ diagram.
It demonstrates different behaviours
for your further choice.
3. Resistance to media:
Here you find statements on the re-
sistance of every KLINGER gasket to
more than 200 recognised chemicals.
Ring Cutting
Saw Equipment
6. Test it yourself
We deliver original gasket material for
a test under your service conditions.
7. On-the-spot advice:
With very difficult tasks we will advise
you on the spot. We offer you adapted
designs on the basis of our standard
grades and special designs suited to
your needs.

1. The matrix 4. Technical fax service

A comparison of the prevailing
sealing characteristics with criteria for
typical fields of application gives you
a first general survey.
Name the data for your gasket condi-
tions and you’ll get a reliable answer
from Klinger, often within 24 hours.
5. Choose your gasket on
your PC
The efficient selection program
KLINGERexpert ® for the experienced
expert. Answers all questions on
design, planning and maintenance.
A software with on-line help.
With a Klinger circular slitting saw
Certified according to you are equipped for any emergency.
DIN EN ISO 9001. You can manufacture rings, collars,
hoops and bands from 80 mm to
KLINGER GmbH 1250 mm diameter in all gauges –
P.O. Box 1370, D-65503 Idstein at the turn of a hand.
Rich.-Klinger-Straße, D-65510 Idstein And if required, the
Tel +49 (0) 6126 950-0 equipment
Fax +49 (0) 6126 950 -340/341 can be
e-mail: mail@klinger-gmbh.de supplied with
http://www.klinger-gmbh.de motorised drives.

Making the equipment
operational
First adjust the centring bolt 1
to the size of the required circular
slitter. For this purpose, employ the
incorporated tape line, by attaching
it to the centring bolt. The set radius
can be read off the slitter position.
Insert the slitter substrate on
the centring bolt and set the slitting
depth on the small hand wheel 2
so that the slitter just cuts into the
substrate but does not touch the
counter roller in the rail. This setting
should then to be secured with the
counter nut.
Thereafter, turn the slitter height
back to the initial position.
Slitting routines
You may now commence the circular
slitting operations. A centring boring
has already been tapped into the
small plate with the punch supplied.
By turning the large hand wheel
3 , the circular slitter 4 can then
be moved together with the small
plate. The depth the slitter can be
engaged, stage by stage, by the
small hand wheel per turn of the
workpiece, depends on the gauge
and the hardness of the plate
presented. The ideal gauge is
between 0.5 and 2.0 mm.
With experience the operator will
increasingly obtain a feeling for the
correct engagement.
A few tips from practice
When slitting circular features in
excess of 750 mm exterior diameter,
the edges of the plate cut should be
removed, so that the workpiece can
be turned without hinderance.
In cases of circular features over
3 mm gauge, we advise you to turn
the workpiece after slitting through
half of the thickness and recommen-
ce and complete the work from the
opposite side.
Cut Rings – manufactured in house –
in one quick cut,
with or without a motorised drive
Replacement slitters and
servicing
The circular slitter is disposable.
You can grind it back into condition
or merely dispose and replace it.
The slitter supplied is found on the
small hand wheel and is attached by
a central screw. The slitter drive
shaft should preferably be greased
at regular intervals. There are two
nipples available for greasing
routines.

1 4 2 3

Simple and rapid installation of
the electric drive facility
The following service routines apply
both to initial installation of the
circular slitter with the electric drive
facility or when re-equipping the
motor.
First, remove the crank on the
large hand wheel. This enables the
subsequent installation procedure for
the connection of the motor drive
facility.
Thereafter, the toothed pinion
supplied should be fixed to the free
shaft end of the large hand wheel*.
The stud screw should be screwed
into the boring on the shaft.
The electric drive motor is then
to be attached by means of sliding
the internally toothed plastic cou-
pling onto the toothed pinion, so that
the holder arm grips around the shaft
drive of the circular slitter saw from
below.
After closing and securing the
clamp, a firm fixture is obtained bet-
ween the equipment and the electric
drive motor and the installation is
complete. The lower illustration
shows the operational status of the
equipment.
When conducting motorised slit-
ting operations, care should be taken
to ensure that the equipment is offe-
red up to the work slowly, otherwise
the electric drive motor can stall.
Ensure that the transparent
protective cap covers the circular
slitter under motorised work
conditions. Otherwise their is a
hazard of bodily injury, e.g. when
slipping off the small hand wheel.
* The circular slitter shaft in the
older models of the equipment will
have to be replaced.

Our ”tiny one” for rapid servicing

work on customer workshops
The ”tiny one” is ideal for mobile
workshops. It is easy to transport,
quick to install and simple to handle
and comes equipped with slitting
work face, centering bolt, slitter and
slitter callipers. The equipment can
be employed to process all work
from 300 mm outside diameters to
25 mm inner diameters.

Making the equipment
operational
First adjust the centring bolt 1
to the size of the required circular
slitter. For this purpose, employ the
incorporated tape line, by attaching
it to the centring bolt. The set radius
can be read off the slitter position.
Insert the slitter substrate on
the centring bolt and set the slitting
depth on the small hand wheel 2
so that the slitter just cuts into the
substrate but does not touch the
counter roller in the rail. This setting
should then to be secured with the
counter nut.
Thereafter, turn the slitter height
back to the initial position.
Slitting routines
You can now commence the circular
slitting operations. A centring boring
has already been tapped into the
small plate with the punch supplied.
By turning the large hand wheel
3 , the circular slitter 4 can then
be moved together with the small
plate. The depth the slitter can be
engaged stage by stage by means of
the small hand wheel per turn of the
workpiece depends on the gauge and
the hardness of the plate presented.
The ideal gauge is between 0.5 and
2.0 mm.
With experience the operator will
increasingly obtain a feeling for the
correct engagement.
A few tips from practice
When slitting circular features in
excess of 750 mm exterior diameter,
the edges of the plate cut should be
removed, so that the workpiece can
be turned without hinderance.
In cases of circular features over
3 mm gauge, it is advisable to turn
the workpiece after slitting through
half of the thickness and recommen-
ce and complete the work from the
opposite side.
Cut Rings – manufactured in house –
in one quick cut,
with or without a motorised drive
Replacement slitters and
servicing
The circular slitter is disposable.
You can grind it back into condition
or merely dispose and replace it.
The slitter supplied is found on the
small hand wheel and is attached by
a central screw. The slitter drive
shaft should preferably be greased
at regular intervals. There are two
nipples available for greasing
routines.

1 4 2 3

Simple and rapid installation of
the electric drive facility
The following service routines apply
both to initial installation of the
circular slitter with the electric drive
facility or when re-equipping the
motor.
First, remove the crank on the
large hand wheel. This enables the
subsequent installation procedure for
the connection of the motor drive
facility.
Thereafter, the toothed pinion
supplied should be fixed to the free
shaft end of the large hand wheel*.
The stud screw should be screwed
into the boring on the shaft.
The electric drive motor is then
to be attached by means of sliding
the internally toothed plastic cou-
pling onto the toothed pinion, so that
the holder arm grips around the shaft
drive of the circular slitter saw from
below.
After closing and securing the
clamp, a firm fixture is obtained bet-
ween the equipment and the electric
drive motor and the installation is
complete. The lower illustration
shows the operational status of the
equipment.
When conducting motorised slit-
ting operations, care should be taken
to ensure that the equipment is offe-
red up to the work slowly, otherwise
the electric drive motor can stall.
Ensure that the transparent
protective cap covers the circular
slitter under motorised work
conditions. Otherwise their is a
hazard of bodily injury, e.g. when
slipping off the small hand wheel.
* The circular slitter shaft in
older models of the equipment
will have to be replaced.

Our ”tiny one” for rapid servicing

work on customer workshops
The ”tiny one” is ideal for mobile
workshops. It is easy to transport,
quick to install and simple to handle
and comes equipped with slitting
work face, centering bolt, slitter and
slitter callipers. The equipment can
be employed to process all work
from 300 mm outside diameters to
25 mm inner diameters.
 Technical
specifications
at a glance
The slitting substrate supplied is of Dimensions and weights
3 mm gauge and has a diameter of
Equipment without drive with drive
400 mm. Diameters available are
Length max. 1,100 mm 1,200 mm
400 mm, 700 mm and 1270 mm.
Height max. 250 mm 250 mm
New: Width max. 170 mm 170 mm
Circular slitters Weight 6.5 kg 9.3 kg
of specially hardened steel Drive facility
Voltage 220/240V 50 cycles
Power rating 50 W, 0.23 A
Drive shaft revolutions 53 rpm
MCB protection IP 54
Overloading MCB, automatic thermal triggering
Slitting speed, dependent on workpiece and gauge 5.5 – 6.5 m/min
Working application
Min. circular feature diameter, dependent on gauge approx. 80 mm

The
Max. circular feature diameter 1,250 mm
Circular feature width, dependent on type of workpiece up to 1 mm
Circular feature width max. 160 mm
Slitting depth, dependent on type of workpiece up to 9 mm

All rights reserved for alterations to

The safe way to the right gasket
For your choice of the right gas-
ket we offer you a proved communica-
tion concept which leads you step by
step to the right decision.
technical specifications.
Status: September 2000.
2. Documentation of the product
A proper data sheet for every gasket
material. As a special help for your
decision you find the „pT“ diagram.
It demonstrates different behaviours
for your further choice.
3. Resistance to media:
Here you find statements on the re-
sistance of every KLINGER gasket to
more than 200 recognised chemicals.
Circular Slitting
Saw Equipment
6. Test it yourself
We deliver original gasket material for
a test under your service conditions. from
Klinger
7. On-the-spot advice:
With very difficult tasks we will advise
you on the spot. We offer you adapted
designs on the basis of our standard
grades and special designs suited to
your needs.

1. The matrix 4. Technical fax service

A comparison of the prevailing
sealing characteristics with criteria for
typical fields of application gives you
a first general survey.
Name the data for your gasket condi-
tions and you’ll get a reliable answer
from Klinger, often within 24 hours.
5. Choose your gasket on
your PC
The efficient selection program
KLINGERexpert ® for the experienced
expert. Answers all questions on
design, planning and maintenance.
A software with on-line help.
With a Klinger circular slitting saw
Certified according to you are equipped for any emergency.
DIN EN ISO 9001. You can manufacture rings, collars,
hoops and bands from 80 mm to
KLINGER Limited 1250 mm diameter in all gauges –
at the turn of a hand.
And if required, the
equipment
can be
supplied with
http://www.klinger.com.au motorised drives.
 3
Metal Gaskets

KLINGER spiral-wound gaskets

KLINGERmaxiflex BS 4504/ mm
KLINGERmaxiflex ASME B 16.20/ inch
KLINGERmaxiflex ASME B 16.20/ mm
KLINGERmaxiflex ASME B 16.20/ inch/mm
KLINGERmaxiflex API 605/ inch
KLINGERmaxiflex MSS SP 44/ inch
KLINGERmaxiflex BS 10/ inch
KLINGERmaxiflex BS 3381/ inch
KLINGERmaxiflex BS 3381/ mm
KLINGERmaxiflex NF-M-87621/ mm
KLINGERmaxiflex JIS flanges/ mm

T108, T109, RTJ and PSM with inner eyelet

 KLINGERmaxiflex
mounting instructions

The principle Mounting

The KLINGERmaxiflex function is
based on the metal winding/ filler re-
lationship and the flange surfaces.
The surface roughness should be
approx. Ra 3.2 µm. KLINGERmaxiflex
gaskets can be used in flanges with
larger surface roughnesses, but in this
case the bolt loads should be increa-
sed so as to ensure proper function of
the gasket.
When the KLINGERmaxiflex gas-
ket is compressed during mounting,
the homogeneous filler „flows“ into
the irregularities of the flange. The
metal windings enclose the filler and,
at the same time, ensure the strength
and elasticity of the gasket.
The bolts should be free of damage
and lubricated with high-temperature
resistant greases before mounting.
Insert the gasket and fasten bolts
finger-tight.
Next, tighten the bolts crosswise
(see sketch) in at least 3 to 4 passes.
The more passes you perform, the
more uniform the force which is intro-
duced into the flange-gasket system.
In the last pass, the bolts must be
tightened only clockwise.
1
7 5

KLINGER
If the gasket is equipped with an
PTFE filler it must have an inner ring 4 3
since the PTFE permits no further
compression, as is the case with other
fillers. On the one hand, it prevents 6 8
the gasket from springing open and 2
on the other, penetration of the flo-
wing PTFE in the pipeline. The larger
the surface roughnesses in the flange
surface, the larger the surface load
required to permit a flow of the PTFE

Spiral Wound
in the irregularities.

Mounting
Flange surface condition:
1. metallically clean

Gaskets
2. plane-parallel
3. dry
4. fat free
Do not use separating agents
or sealing aids!

All information is provided in

accordance with the current state of
knowledge. As we cannot influence the
specific application conditions, we Summary of the eight versions
would ask you to consider this as a of KLINGER SWGs,
non-binding recommendation. the design
We can assume no liability for any principle,
resulting damage. materials
We reserve the right to technical and mounting
modifications. instructions.
 KLINGER KLINGERmaxiflex
Spiral-Wound Gaskets spiral-wound gaskets

Type R Type CR Type RIR Type CRIR Type CRIR/ Type CRIR/
PTFE inner ring KLINGERgraphite inner ring

Wide choice of materials for metal
strip and filler.
Suitable for high pressures and
temperatures.
Recommended for flanges with
tongue and groove.
Solid metal outer ring used as a
centerring device and compression
stop.
Used on raised face and flat face
flanges.
Solid metal inner ring.
Use with high pressures and
temperatures.
Male to female flanges.
Solid metal outer and inner rings.
For use at high pressures and
temperatures.
Suitable for raised face or flat face
flanges.
Prevents turbulences and protects
the flanges from erosion.
Protects the inner windings of the
gasket element from high
temperatures.
Solid metal outer ring, PTFE inner
ring.
Suitable for raised face or flat face
flanges.
PTFE inner ring acts as an additional
gasket and protects the inner windings
of the gasket element from the fluid.
Solid metal inner ring with KLINGER-
graphite facing.
For use at high pressures and
temperatures.
Suitable for raised face or flat face
flanges.
Suitable for corrosive media.
Graphite inner ring acts as an
additional gasket.

Standard Metal strip materials Gasket thicknesses Standard materials outer ring Standard materials inner ring Fillers and temperature limits
1.4301 304 Nominal Compressed Guide ring Carbon steel, Stainless steel Ceramics approx. 800°C
1.4401 316 thickness thickness thickness colour-powder coated acc. to the standard metal strip KLINGERgraphite* approx. 600°C
1.4404 316 L 3.2 mm 2.3 - 2.5 mm 2 - 2.2 mm Stainless steel materials PTFE approx. 260°C
1.4541 321 4.5 mm 3.2 - 3.4 mm 3 - 3.3 mm acc. to the standard metal strip Nonas approx. 460°C
1.4571 316 Ti 7.2 mm 5.0 - 5.5 mm 5 - 5.5 mm materials *pure graphite standard 98% purity
Special version: or 99.85% nuclear grade
Monel 400 ®, InConel 600 ®, InConel 625 ®, InConel X750 ®,
Nickel 200 ®, Titanium, Incoloy 800 ®, Incoloy 825 ®
Other materials on request

The design principle of the
KLINGER Spiral-Wound
Gaskets
The basic element of every gasket is
the wound core. The V-shaped metal
strip is spirally wound with the soft-
material filler.
To improve the mechanical
strength and other sealing character-
istics, some layers at the beginning
and at the end are wound without soft
material and spot-welded over the
total circumference.
The constant tensile force during
the complete winding process permits
a defined, constant thickness of the
structure.
This gives the gasket recovery
forces which provide for a reliable
surface load even at fluctuating oper-
ating conditions.
In the present 8 versions, the
basic element is added by inner
and/or outer rings as needed.
 KLINGERmaxiflex KLINGER
spiral-wound gaskets Spiral-Wound Gaskets

Type R Type CR Type RIR Type CRIR Type CRIR/ Type CRIR/
PTFE inner ring KLINGERgraphite inner ring

Wide choice of materials for metal
strip and filler.
Suitable for high pressures and
temperatures.
Recommended for flanges with
tongue and groove.
Solid metal outer ring used as a
centerring device and compression
stop.
Used on raised face and flat face
flanges.
Solid metal inner ring.
Use with high pressures and
temperatures.
Male to female flanges.
Solid metal outer and inner rings.
For use at high pressures and
temperatures.
Suitable for raised face or flat face
flanges.
Prevents turbulences and protects
the flanges from erosion.
Protects the inner windings of the
gasket element from high
temperatures.
Solid metal outer ring, PTFE inner
ring.
Suitable for raised face or flat face
flanges.
PTFE inner ring acts as an additional
gasket and protects the inner windings
of the gasket element from the fluid.
Solid metal inner ring with KLINGER-
graphite facing.
For use at high pressures and
temperatures.
Suitable for raised face or flat face
flanges.
Suitable for corrosive media.
Graphite inner ring acts as an
additional gasket.

Standard Metal strip materials Gasket thicknesses Standard materials outer ring Standard materials inner ring Fillers and temperature limits
1.4301 304 Nom. Recommended Carbon steel, Stainless steel Ceramics approx. 800°C
1.4401 316 gasket thickness thickness in loaded condition colour-powder coated acc. to the standard metal strip KLINGERgraphite* approx. 500°C
1.4404 316 L 3.2 mm 2.3 – 2.5 mm Stainless steel materials PTFE approx. 260°C
1.4541 321 4.5 mm 3.2 – 3.4 mm acc. to the standard metal strip Mica approx. 900°C
1.4571 316 Ti 7.2 mm 4.8 – 5.0 mm materials *pure graphite standard 98% purity
Special version: or 99.85% nuclear grade
Monel 400 ®, InConel 600 ®, InConel 625 ®, InConel X750 ®,
Nickel 200 ®, Titanium, Incoloy 800 ®, Incoloy 825 ®
Other materials on request

The design principle of the
KLINGERmaxiflex spiral-wound
gaskets
The basic element of every gasket is
the wound core. The V-shaped metal
strip is spirally wound with the soft-
material filler.
To improve the mechanical
strength and other sealing character-
istics, some layers at the beginning
and at the end are wound without soft
material and spot-welded over the
total circumference.
The constant tensile force during
the complete winding process permits
a defined, constant thickness of the
structure.
This gives the gasket recovery
forces which provide for a reliable
surface load even at fluctuating oper-
ating conditions.
In the present 8 versions, the
basic element is added by inner
and/or outer rings as needed.
 KLINGER KLINGERmaxiflex
Spiral-Wound Gaskets types CR, CRIR
Suitable for flanges in accordance with DIN and BS 4504,
measures in mm
Type RHD Type R with Type HTX for DN d1 d2 d3 d4
KLINGERgraphite facing heat
10–320 10–320 PN 10–40 PN 64–320 10 16 25 40 64 100 160 250
exchan-
gers 10 18 24 36 36 46 46 46 46 56 56 56 67
15 22 28 40 40 51 51 51 51 61 61 61 72
20 27 33 47 47 61 61 61 61 74 74 74 79
25 34 40 54 54 71 71 71 71 82 82 82 82
32 43 49 65 65 82 82 82 82 90 90 90 100
40 48 54 70 70 92 92 92 92 102 102 102 108
50 57 66 84 84 107 107 107 107 112 118 118 123
65 73 82 102 104 127 127 127 127 137 143 143 153
80 86 95 115 119 142 142 142 142 147 153 153 170
100 108 120 140 144 162 162 167 167 173 180 180 202
125 134 146 168 172 192 192 193 193 210 217 217 242
Spiral wound sealing element. KLINGERgraphite facing 0.5 mm. Combined inner and outer rings. 150 162 174 196 200 217 217 223 223 247 257 257 284
Wound high density. For use in manhole gaskets. The inner ring could have pass bars 175 183 195 221 227 247 247 253 265 277 287 284 316
Wide choice of materials for metal Suitable for use with low bolt loads or could carry either a metal clad or
200 213 225 251 257 272 272 283 290 309 324 324 358
strip and filler material. and uneven gasket surfaces. soft gasket with pass bars.
For use in high-pressure pumps, Double sealing effect. 250 267 286 307 315 327 328 340 352 364 391 388 442
high-pressure valves and gas 300 318 337 358 366 377 383 400 417 424 458 458 538
applications. 350 363 382 405 413 437 443 457 474 486 512 – –
Low emission tested. 400 414 433 458 466 488 495 514 546 543 572 – –
500 518 537 566 574 593 617 624 628 657 704 – –
600 618 637 666 674 695 734 731 747 764 813 – –
700 718 737 770 778 810 804 833 852 879 – – –
800 818 837 874 882 917 911 942 974 988 – – –
Recommended
sealing strip roughness Ra micrometer 900 910 930 974 982 1,017 1,011 1,042 1,084 1,108 – – –
These gaskets are capable of giving However, as a general guide we general 3.2 – 5.1 1,000 1,010 1,030 1,078 1,086 1,124 1,128 1,154 1,194 1,220 – – –
an excellent seal over a wide range of recommend the following: critical 3.2 1,200 1,210 1,230 1,280 1,290 1,341 1,342 1,364 1,398 1,452 – – –
flange surface finishes. vacuum 2.0 1,400 1,420 1,450 1,510 – 1,548 1,542 1,578 1,618 – – – –
1,600 1,630 1,660 1,720 – 1,772 1,764 1,798 1,830 – – – –
(Larger flange surface finishes require 1,800 1,830 1,860 1,920 – 1,972 1,964 2,000 – – – – –
higher bolt loads) 2,000 2,020 2,050 2,120 – 2,182 2,168 2,230 – – – – –
2,200 2,230 2,260 2,330 – 2,384 2,378 – – – – – –
2,400 2,430 2,460 2,530 – 2,594 – – – – – – –
2,600 2,630 2,660 2,730 – 2,794 – – – – – – –
2,800 2,830 2,860 2,930 – 3,014 – – – – – – –
3,000 3,030 3,060 3,130 – 3,228 – – – – – – –

CR CRIR

d2 d1
Subject to technical alterations. d3 d2
d4 d3
Status: April 1999 d4
 Mounting Instructions
The principle
The spiral wound function is
based on the metal winding/ filler re-
lationship and the flange surfaces.
The surface roughness should be
approx. Ra 3.2 µm. These gaskets
can be used in flanges with larger
surface roughnesses, but in this
case the bolt loads should be
increased so as to ensure proper
function of the gasket.
When the gasket is
compressed during mounting,
the homogeneous filler „flows“ into
the irregularities of the flange. The
metal windings enclose the filler and,
at the same time, ensure the strength
and elasticity of the gasket.
If the gasket is equipped with a
PTFE filler it must have an inner ring
since the PTFE permits no further
compression, as is the case with other
fillers. On the one hand, it prevents
the gasket from springing open and
on the other, penetration of the flo-
wing PTFE in the pipeline. The larger
the surface roughnesses in the flange
surface, the larger the surface load
required to permit a flow of the PTFE
in the irregularities.
Mounting
Flange surface condition:
1. metallically clean
2. plane-parallel
3. dry
4. fat free
Do not use separating agents
or sealing aids!
Mounting
The bolts should be free of damage
and lubricated with high-temperature
resistant greases before mounting.
Insert the gasket and fasten bolts
finger-tight.
Next, tighten the bolts crosswise
(see sketch) in at least 3 to 4 passes.
The more passes you perform, the
more uniform the force which is intro-
duced into the flange-gasket system.
In the last pass, the bolts must be
tightened only clockwise.
1
7 5
KLINGER-
4 3
6 8
2
maxiflex
spiral-wound
gaskets
All information is provided in
accordance with the current state of
knowledge. As we cannot influence the
specific application conditions, we Summary of the eight versions
would ask you to consider this as a of KLINGERmaxiflex,
non-binding recommendation. the design
We can assume no liability for any principle,
resulting damage. materials
KLINGER reserve the right to and mount-
technical modifications. ing instructions.
 KLINGER SWG
types CR/CRIR
Suitable for flanges in accordance with DIN and BS 4504,
measures in mm
DN d1 d2 d3 d4
10 – 10 – PN 10 – PN 64 – 10 16 25 40 64 100 160 250
320 320 40 320

Subject to technical alterations. CR CRIR

Status: April 1999
Certified according to
DIN EN ISO 9001.

d2 d1
d3 d2
d4 d3
d4
 KLINGER SWG KLINGERmaxiflex
types CR/CRIR types CR/CRIR
Gaskets in accordance with ASME B 16.20, Gaskets in accordance with ASME B 16.20,
flanges according ANSI B 16.5, measures in inch flanges according ANSI B 16.5, measures in mm
d3 d2 d4 d3 d2 d4

Nominal width
Nominal width
øA of øI øA øA of øI øA
sealing elem. of sealing element of centering ring sealing elem. of sealing element of centering ring
Press. st. [lbs] Pressure stage [lbs] Pressure stage [lbs] Press. st. [lbs] Pressure stage [lbs] Pressure stage [lbs]
150 900 150 300 400 600 900 1,500 2,500 150 300 400 600 900 1,500 2,500 150 900 150 300 400 600 900 1,500 2,500 150 300 400 600 900 1,500 2,500
300 1,500 300 1,500
400 2,500 400 2,500
600 600

Subject to technical alterations. CR CRIR Subject to technical alterations. CR CRIR

Status: October 2000 Status: October 2000

Pantone Blau 541 Pantone Rot 206

d2 d1 d2 d1
d3 d2 d3 d2
d4 d3 d4 d3
d4 d4

Certified according to Certified according to

DIN EN ISO 9001. DIN EN ISO 9001.
KLINGER GmbH
P.O. Box 1370, D-65503 Idstein
Rich.-Klinger-Straße, D-65510 Idstein
Tel +49 (0) 61 26 950-0

4.757 Maxiflex 95
Fax +49 (0) 61 26 950 340/341
e-mail: mail@klinger-gmbh.de
http://www.klinger-gmbh.de
 KLINGERmaxiflex KLINGER SWG
types CR/CRIR types CR/CRIR
Gaskets in accordance with ASME B 16.20, Gaskets in accordance with ASME B 16.20,
flanges according ANSI B 16.5, measures in inch flanges according ANSI B 16.5, measures in mm
d3 d2 d4 d3 d2 d4

Nominal width
Nominal width
øA of øI øA øA of øI øA
sealing elem. of sealing element of centering ring sealing elem. of sealing element of centering ring
Press. st. [lbs] Pressure stage [lbs] Pressure stage [lbs] Press. st. [lbs] Pressure stage [lbs] Pressure stage [lbs]
150 900 150 300 400 600 900 1,500 2,500 150 300 400 600 900 1,500 2,500 150 900 150 300 400 600 900 1,500 2,500 150 300 400 600 900 1,500 2,500
300 1,500 300 1,500
400 2,500 400 2,500
600 600

Subject to technical alterations. CR CRIR Subject to technical alterations. CR CRIR

Status: October 2000 Status: October 2000

Pantone Blau 541 Pantone Rot 206

d2 d1 d2 d1
d3 d2 d3 d2
d4 d3 d4 d3
d4 d4

Certified according to Certified according to

DIN EN ISO 9001. DIN EN ISO 9001.
KLINGER GmbH
P.O. Box 1370, D-65503 Idstein
Rich.-Klinger-Straße, D-65510 Idstein
Tel +49 (0) 61 26 950-0

4.757 Maxiflex 95
Fax +49 (0) 61 26 950 340/341
e-mail: mail@klinger-gmbh.de
http://www.klinger-gmbh.de
 KLINGERmaxiflex KLINGER SWG
types CR/CRIR Inner ring dimension
Flanges in accordance with BS10, measures in inch Gaskets according ASME B 16.20, flanges according ANSI B 16.5,
measures in inch/mm
Nominal width d1 d2 d3 d4 d2 d3 d4 d2 d3 d4 d2 d3 d4 d1
Inner Sealing Centering Sealing Centering Sealing Cente- Sealing Cente- Pressure stage [lbs]

Nominal
width
ring element ring element ring element ring element ring
ring ring
150 300 400 600 900 1500 2500
o/I o/I o/A o/A o/A o/I o/A o/A o/I o/A o/A o/I o/A o/A

313/128 78.7
3109/128 97.8
4115/128 124.5
551/64 147.3
73/4 196.9
911/16 246.1

Subject to technical alterations. CRIR

Status: October 2000

Pantone Blau 541 Pantone Rot 206

d1
d2
d3
d4

Subject to technical alterations. CR CRIR

Status: October 2000

Certified according to Certified according to

DIN EN ISO 9001. DIN EN ISO 9001.
KLINGER GmbH
P.O. Box 1370, D-65503 Idstein
Rich.-Klinger-Straße, D-65510 Idstein
d2
Tel +49 (0) 61 26 950-0 d1

4.757 Maxiflex 95
d3 d2
d4 d3
Fax +49 (0) 61 26 950 340/341 d4

e-mail: mail@klinger-gmbh.de
http://www.klinger-gmbh.de
 KLINGER SWG KLINGERmaxiflex
types CR/CRIR types CR/CRIR
Large flanges in accordance with API 605, measures in inch Large flanges in accordance with MSS SP 44, measures in inch
Nominal width d1 d2 d3 d4 d1 d2 d3 d4 d1 d2 d3 d4 d1 d2 d3 d4 d1 d2 d3 d4 d1 d2 d3 d4 d1 d2 d3 d4 d1 d2 d3 d4

Nominal width
Pressure stage [lbs] Pressure stage [lbs] Pressure stage [lbs] Pressure stage [lbs] Pressure stage [lbs] Pressure stage [lbs] Pressure stage [lbs] Pressure stage [lbs]
150 300 600 900 150 300 600 900
Inner Sealing Cen- Inner Sealing Cen- Inner Sealing Cen- Inner Sealing Cen- Inner Sealing Cen- Inner Sealing Cen- Inner Sealing Cen- Inner Sealing Cen-
ring element tering ring element tering ring element tering ring element tering ring element tering ring element tering ring element tering ring element tering
ring ring ring ring ring ring ring ring
øI øI øA øA øI øI øA øA øI øI øA øA øI øI øA øA øI øI øA øA øI øI øA øA øI øI øA øA øI øI øA øA

Subject to technical alterations. CR CRIR

Status: 1995 Subject to technical alterations. CR CRIR
Status: 1995

Pantone Blau 541 Pantone Rot 206

d2 d1
d3 d2
d4 d3 d2 d1
d4 d3 d2
d4 d3
d4

Certified according to Certified according to

DIN EN ISO 9001. DIN EN ISO 9001.
KLINGER GmbH
P.O. Box 1370, D-65503 Idstein
Rich.-Klinger-Straße, D-65510 Idstein
Tel +49 (0) 61 26 950-0

4.757 Maxiflex 95
Fax +49 (0) 61 26 950 340/341
e-mail: mail@klinger-gmbh.de
http://www.klinger-gmbh.de
 KLINGERmaxiflex KLINGER SWG
types CR/CRIR types CR/CRIR
Large flanges in accordance with API 605, measures in inch Large flanges in accordance with MSS SP 44, measures in inch
Nominal width d1 d2 d3 d4 d1 d2 d3 d4 d1 d2 d3 d4 d1 d2 d3 d4 d1 d2 d3 d4 d1 d2 d3 d4 d1 d2 d3 d4 d1 d2 d3 d4

Nominal width
Pressure stage [lbs] Pressure stage [lbs] Pressure stage [lbs] Pressure stage [lbs] Pressure stage [lbs] Pressure stage [lbs] Pressure stage [lbs] Pressure stage [lbs]
150 300 600 900 150 300 600 900
Inner Sealing Cen- Inner Sealing Cen- Inner Sealing Cen- Inner Sealing Cen- Inner Sealing Cen- Inner Sealing Cen- Inner Sealing Cen- Inner Sealing Cen-
ring element tering ring element tering ring element tering ring element tering ring element tering ring element tering ring element tering ring element tering
ring ring ring ring ring ring ring ring
øI øI øA øA øI øI øA øA øI øI øA øA øI øI øA øA øI øI øA øA øI øI øA øA øI øI øA øA øI øI øA øA

Subject to technical alterations. CR CRIR

Status: 1995 Subject to technical alterations. CR CRIR
Status: 1995

Pantone Blau 541 Pantone Rot 206

d2 d1
d3 d2
d4 d3 d2 d1
d4 d3 d2
d4 d3
d4

Certified according to Certified according to

DIN EN ISO 9001. DIN EN ISO 9001.
KLINGER GmbH
P.O. Box 1370, D-65503 Idstein
Rich.-Klinger-Straße, D-65510 Idstein
Tel +49 (0) 61 26 950-0

4.757 Maxiflex 95
Fax +49 (0) 61 26 950 340/341
e-mail: mail@klinger-gmbh.de
http://www.klinger-gmbh.de
 KLINGER SWG KLINGERmaxiflex
types CR/CRIR Inner ring dimension
Flanges in accordance with BS10, measures in inch Gaskets according ASME B 16.20, flanges according ANSI B 16.5,
measures in inch/mm
Nominal width d1 d2 d3 d4 d2 d3 d4 d2 d3 d4 d2 d3 d4 d1
Inner Sealing Centering Sealing Centering Sealing Cente- Sealing Cente- Pressure stage [lbs]

Nominal
width
ring element ring element ring element ring element ring
ring ring
150 300 400 600 900 1500 2500
o/I o/I o/A o/A o/A o/I o/A o/A o/I o/A o/A o/I o/A o/A

313/128 78.7
3109/128 97.8
4115/128 124.5
551/64 147.3
73/4 196.9
911/16 246.1

Subject to technical alterations. CRIR

Status: October 2000

Pantone Blau 541 Pantone Rot 206

d1
d2
d3
d4

Subject to technical alterations. CR CRIR

Status: October 2000

Certified according to Certified according to

DIN EN ISO 9001. DIN EN ISO 9001.
KLINGER GmbH
P.O. Box 1370, D-65503 Idstein
Rich.-Klinger-Straße, D-65510 Idstein
d2 d1
Tel +49 (0) 61 26 950-0

4.757 Maxiflex 95
d3 d2
d4 d3
d4 Fax +49 (0) 61 26 950 340/341
e-mail: mail@klinger-gmbh.de
http://www.klinger-gmbh.de
 KLINGER SWG KLINGERmaxiflex
types CR/CRIR types CR/CRIR
Flanges in accordance with BS 3381, ANSI B 16.5, Flanges in accordance with BS 3381, ANSI B 16.5,
measures in inch measures in mm
Nominal width d1 d2 d3 d4 d2 d3 d4 d2 d3 d4 d1 d2 d3 d4 d2 d3 d4 d2 d3 d4

Nominal width
Pressure stage [lbs] P. s. [lbs] Pressure stage [lbs] Pressure stage [lbs] Pressure stage [lbs] P. s. [lbs] Pressure stage [lbs] Pressure stage [lbs]
150 300 bis 1500 300 400 600 900 1500 2500 150 300 bis 1500 300 400 600 900 1500 2500
Inner Sealing Cente- Sealing Centering ring Sealing Cente- Inner Sealing Cente- Sealing Centering ring Sealing Cente-
ring element ring element element ring ring element ring element element ring
ring ring ring ring
[inch] o/I o/I o/A o/A o/I o/A o/A o/I o/A o/A [inch] o/I o/I o/A o/A o/I o/A o/A o/I o/A o/A

Subject to technical alterations. CR CRIR Subject to technical alterations. CR CRIR

Status: 1995 Status: 1995

Pantone Blau 541 Pantone Rot 206

d2 d1 d2 d1
d3 d2 d3 d2
d4 d3 d4 d3
d4 d4

Certified according to Certified according to

DIN EN ISO 9001. DIN EN ISO 9001.
KLINGER GmbH
P.O. Box 1370, D-65503 Idstein
Rich.-Klinger-Straße, D-65510 Idstein
Tel +49 (0) 61 26 950-0

4.757 Maxiflex 95
Fax +49 (0) 61 26 950 340/341
e-mail: mail@klinger-gmbh.de
http://www.klinger-gmbh.de
 KLINGERmaxiflex KLINGER SWG
types CR/CRIR types CR/CRIR
Flanges in accordance with BS 3381, ANSI B 16.5, Flanges in accordance with BS 3381, ANSI B 16.5,
measures in inch measures in mm
Nominal width d1 d2 d3 d4 d2 d3 d4 d2 d3 d4 d1 d2 d3 d4 d2 d3 d4 d2 d3 d4

Nominal width
Pressure stage [lbs] P. s. [lbs] Pressure stage [lbs] Pressure stage [lbs] P. s. [lbs] Pressure stage [lbs] Pressure stage [lbs]
150 300 bis 1500 300 400 600 900 1500 2500 150 300 bis 1500 300 400 600 900 1500 2500
Inner Sealing Cente- Sealing Centering ring Sealing Cente- Inner Sealing Cente- Sealing Centering ring Sealing Cente-
ring element ring element element ring ring element ring element element ring
ring ring ring ring
[inch] o/I o/I o/A o/A o/I o/A o/A o/I o/A o/A [inch] o/I o/I o/A o/A o/I o/A o/A o/I o/A o/A

Subject to technical alterations. CR CRIR Subject to technical alterations. CR CRIR

Status: 1995 Status: 1995

Pantone Blau 541 Pantone Rot 206

d2 d1 d2 d1
d3 d2 d3 d2
d4 d3 d4 d3
d4 d4

Certified according to Certified according to

DIN EN ISO 9001. DIN EN ISO 9001.
KLINGER GmbH
P.O. Box 1370, D-65503 Idstein
Rich.-Klinger-Straße, D-65510 Idstein
Tel +49 (0) 61 26 950-0

4.757 Maxiflex 95
Fax +49 (0) 61 26 950 340/341
e-mail: mail@klinger-gmbh.de
http://www.klinger-gmbh.de
 KLINGER SWG KLINGERmaxiflex
types CR/CRIR types CR/CRIR
In accordance with the french standard NF–M–87621, Fitting to JIS flanges.
measures in mm Nominal pressure 10 k and 16 to 20 k, measures in mm
Nominal width d2 d3 d4 d2 d3 d4 d2
d3 d4 d2 d3 d4 d2 d3 d4 d2 d3 d4
Nominal width Pressure stage [lbs] d1 d2 d3 d4 d1 d2 d3 d4

width

width
Nominal

Nominal
150 300 600 900 1500 2500 Nominal pressure 10 k Nominal pressure 16 k to 20 k
Sealing Cente- Sealing Cente- Sealing Cente- Sealing Cente- Sealing Cente- Sealing Cente-
Inner- Sealing Centering Inner- Sealing Centering
element ring element ring element ring element ring element ring element ring
ring element ring ring element ring
ring ring ring ring ring ring
o/I o/I o/A o/A o/I o/I o/A o/A
[mm] [inch] o/I o/A o/A o/I o/A o/A o/I o/A o/A o/I o/A o/A o/I o/A o/A o/I o/A o/A

Subject to technical alterations. CR CRIR

Status: 1995

Subject to technical alterations. CR CRIR

Pantone Blau 541 Pantone Rot 206

Status: October 2000

d2 d1
d3 d2
d4 d3
d4

d2 d1
d3 d2
d4 d3
Certified according to Certified according to d4

DIN EN ISO 9001. DIN EN ISO 9001.

KLINGER GmbH
P.O. Box 1370, D-65503 Idstein
Rich.-Klinger-Straße, D-65510 Idstein
Tel +49 (0) 61 26 950-0

4.757 Maxiflex 95
Fax +49 (0) 61 26 950 340/341
e-mail: mail@klinger-gmbh.de
http://www.klinger-gmbh.de
 KLINGERmaxiflex KLINGER SWG
types CR/CRIR types CR/CRIR
In accordance with the french standard NF–M–87621, Fitting to JIS flanges.
measures in mm Nominal pressure 10 k and 16 to 20 k, measures in mm
Nominal width d2 d3 d4 d2 d3 d4 d2
d3 d4 d2 d3 d4 d2 d3 d4 d2 d3 d4
Nominal width Pressure stage [lbs] d1 d2 d3 d4 d1 d2 d3 d4

width

width
Nominal

Nominal
150 300 600 900 1500 2500 Nominal pressure 10 k Nominal pressure 16 k to 20 k
Sealing Cente- Sealing Cente- Sealing Cente- Sealing Cente- Sealing Cente- Sealing Cente-
Inner- Sealing Centering Inner- Sealing Centering
element ring element ring element ring element ring element ring element ring
ring element ring ring element ring
ring ring ring ring ring ring
o/I o/I o/A o/A o/I o/I o/A o/A
[mm] [inch] o/I o/A o/A o/I o/A o/A o/I o/A o/A o/I o/A o/A o/I o/A o/A o/I o/A o/A

Subject to technical alterations. CR CRIR

Status: 1995

Subject to technical alterations. CR CRIR

Pantone Blau 541 Pantone Rot 206

Status: October 2000

d2 d1
d3 d2
d4 d3
d4

d2 d1
d3 d2
d4 d3
Certified according to Certified according to d4

DIN EN ISO 9001. DIN EN ISO 9001.

KLINGER GmbH
P.O. Box 1370, D-65503 Idstein
Rich.-Klinger-Straße, D-65510 Idstein
Tel +49 (0) 61 26 950-0

4.757 Maxiflex 95
Fax +49 (0) 61 26 950 340/341
e-mail: mail@klinger-gmbh.de
http://www.klinger-gmbh.de
 METAL CORE LAMINATE TYPE 108
KLINGERtype 108 gaskets have become widely
accepted as an excellent seal for high pressure
and temperature applications where a soft,
compliant facing is required to fill surface
imperfections and irregularities.

Maximum operating temperature 450°C *

Thickness increase ASTM F146 after
fluid immersion** 2% max.
Seal ability acc. to DIN 3535/6 0.8 ml/min
Chloride content max. 40 ppm
Purity Graphite 98% min.

* In a neutral or reducing atmosphere (ie. no internal/external exposure to oxygen) 1000°C and subject
to design pressure, please consult your KLINGER representative.
** ASTM Oil No. 3, 5h/150°C

•Low sealing stress alternative to Metal Clad Note: Alternative are Maxiprofile Gaskets
Gaskets that have improved sealing and
thermocycling capabilities for Heat
• Excellent seal under a low seating stress Exchangers.
including flange with rough and pitted
surfaces
•Available with Mica soft facing for high
temperature service
•Available with FDA-compliant PTFE facing
where a non-contaminating sealing solution is
required (limited to 260°C)
• Easily installed

All information and recommendations contained in this publication are to the best of our knowledge correct. Since conditions of use are beyond our control users must satisfy themselves that
products are suitable for the intended processes and uses. No warranty is given or implied in respect of information or recommendations or that any use of products will not infringe rights
belonging to other parties. We will not be liable for any loss or damage resulting in way from any reliance on this publication or from any goods manufactured by us. We reserve the right to
change product design and properties without notice. Nothing in this clause excludes, restricts or modifies any condition, warranty, right or remedy which is conferred on you by the Trade
Practices Act 1974 or any other consumer legislation.

…Sealing with Security RKA 8990108 08/01

 METAL CORE LAMINATE TYPE 109
KLINGERtype 109 exhibit excellent results,
particularly where high pressures, temperatures
and therefore, high bolt loads are to be
controlled.
A solid metal ring is machined on each contact
face to provide a serrated surface finish. Under
compression the finish develops high surface
stress values enabling the soft coating to fill any
imperfections in the flange facing. A variety of
surface coatings can be applied to service high
temperature, pressure or corrosive media
applications.
Temperatures range from cryogenic to 1090°C
with a wide chemical resistance.

Materials Other Profiles Available

• Support Ring
Stainless Steel 316L (standard)
Available ex stock are 304L, 321, mild steel.
Other materials available on request include
inconel, monel, hastelloy, duples, nickel and
titanium
• Coating Material
Graphite and PTFE.
LA1 – Lateral profiled joint with guide ring.
For high temperature applications (ie. above Most often used for standard flanges.
LA2 – Lateral profiled joint. Most often
400°C in oxidising environments) ask about
used with or without pass bars for heat
Maxiprofile HT gaskets. exchangers.
LA – Lateral profiled joint with floating
guide ring.

All information and recommendations contained in this publication are to the best of our knowledge correct. Since conditions of use are beyond our control users must satisfy themselves that
products are suitable for the intended processes and uses. No warranty is given or implied in respect of information or recommendations or that any use of products will not infringe rights
belonging to other parties. We will not be liable for any loss or damage resulting in way from any reliance on this publication or from any goods manufactured by us. We reserve the right to
change product design and properties without notice. Nothing in this clause excludes, restricts or modifies any condition, warranty, right or remedy which is conferred on you by the Trade
Practices Act 1974 or any other consumer legislation.
 NEW !
MADE IN AUSTRALIA

Advantages
PSM Eyelet Gasket
ƒ Unique Anti-stick coating – no Combines the advantages of PSM with a
unnecessary cleaning of flanges. metallic eyelet at the gasket’s inner
diameter.
ƒ High blowout resistance
compared to non-metallic Gasket Cross-section
gaskets.
PSM Graphite facing
ƒ No possible leakage through with unique anti-stick
gasket body. coating
Metal PSM
ƒ Excellent high temperature Eyelet tanged
vacuum seal. core
(no glue)
ƒ Tanged graphite combined with
metal eyelet provides a high
resistance to graphite extrusion
preventing contamination of the
line. ƒ 316Ti and galvanised carbon steel
are standard eyelet grades.
ƒ Broad chemical resistance.
ƒ Tanged insert prevents excessive
ƒ Low emission seal graphite relaxation under high
temperatures / pressures.
ƒ Maximum temperature 450°C
when exposed to air /oxygen –
higher temperatures possible in
oxygen-free or reducing
environments.

ƒ Seals poor condition flanges

due to graphite sealing while the
eyelet material can be suited to
the process media.
Fluid Instrumentation

Liquid Level Gauges and Accessories

Magnetic Level Gauges and Accessories
 Fluid Control

Borosilicate
gauge glasses
Reflex gauge glasses
Transparent gauge glasses
Circular gauge glasses

Edition 2003
 Borosilicate gauge glasses
long and circular types

The quality of a sight (gauge) glass de-

pends mainly on the chemical compo-
sition and mechanical strength of the
glass material.

Constant glass quality is provided

through glass analyses and acid/alkali
tests. The mechanical strength is at-
tained through thermal pre-stressing.

Liquid level gauges

The gauge glass is the most important
component of the liquid level gauge.
Stress-optical view of thermally pre-stressed circular and long gauge glasses in
polarized light
KLINGER gauge glasses are suit-
able for installation in liquid level
gauges of almost any make.
We manufacture our gauge glasses our-
selves and use exclusively “extra-hard”
borosilicate glass which is subse-
quently heat-treated.

KLINGER gauge glasses have high me-

chanical strength and are exceptionally
resistant to alkalis, acids and boiler wa-
ter (within the service limitation). Our
glass testing laboratory carries out con-
tinuously quality control tests: purity of
glass, flaws in glass, dimensional accu-
racy, etc. This ensures the high quality
standard of KLINGER gauge glasses. KLINGER transparent glass (above) and reflex glass (underneath)
We manufacture reflex and transparent
glasses according to the most varied
international standards.

Fields of application:
• Oil refineries
• Petro-chemical plants
• Pharmaceutical manufacture
• Chemical processing
• Mechanical engineering, especially
manufacture of boilers and storage
vessels
• Foodstuffs and beverages industry
• Water engineering
• Paper and cellulose industry
• Textile industry
• Marine engineering
Circular gauge glasses made from borosilicate glass “extra-hard”
• Nuclear engineering

2
 Reflex and transparent gauge glasses
made of borosilicate glass “extra-hard”, long types

Reflex glasses
The side facing the medium chamber is
provided with moulded grooves set at
90° angles. The moulding process in-
creases the resistance of the glass
grooves to wear; the “skin” which the
glass attains during moulding gives it
maximum smoothness and hardness.
This makes it extremely resistant to the
attack of boiler water.

Applications:
Up to 35 bar saturated steam, reflex
glasses provide the optimum solution:
they are corrosion resistant and provide
an absolutely clear indication.
Reflex glasses can be used with all me-
dia except steam at service conditions
up to 400 bar or temperatures up to KLINGER transparent glass (left side) and reflex glass (right) in polarized light
400 °C.

Transparent glasses
KLINGER transparent glasses are also
manufactured from “extra-hard” boro-
silicate glass. The surfaces on both
sides are finely ground and polished to
ensure optimal transparency.

Applications:
In steam service above 35 bar and with
media with a high pH-value.
KLINGER transparent glasses must be
protected by a mica shield on the side
facing the medium chamber. Transpar-
ent glasses should always be chosen
for contaminated, viscous or corrosive
media. Within the given service limita-
tions they may be used for all media ex- KLINGER package units for gauge glasses, sealing gaskets and cushion gaskets
cept steam at pressures up to 340 bar
or temperatures up to 400.°C.
glasses, mica shields, sealing gaskets Esso Eng. Spec. 123 (Esso Research &
Packing and cushion gaskets. Engineering Co. – New Jersey)
KLINGER gauge glasses are packed in S..O..D. Spec. 123 (Standard Oil Devel-
individual cardboard boxes. In addition Standards opment Company – New Jersey)
to the glass, each package contains a We manufacture reflex and transparent BS 3463 (British Standard Institution).
KLINGER sealing gasket and cushion glasses in series to the following stan-
gasket and forms a complete unit ready dards:
for installation. Quality control
OeNORM M 7354 (long gauge glasses) KLINGER reflex and transparent glasses
Note DIN 7081 (long gauge plate glasses) are subject to continuous control dur-
Only KLINGER original parts guarantee JIS B 8211 (Japanese Industrial Stan- ing manufacture in order to guarantee
a trouble free operation of the gauge dard) exact dimensions, stress conditions,
glasses. Therefore it is recommended to OMV-Spez. H 2009 (OMV-AG, Vienna) material composition and resistance to
use only original spare parts for gauge MIL-G-16356 D (US-Navy-Ships) bending strain.

3
 Reflex and transparent gauge glasses
technical datas

Reflex glasses A, B, H

Overall dimension (mm)

Size Type A Weight Type B Weight Type H Weight
L B S g/piece L B D g/piece L B S g/piece
0 – – – – 95 34 17 110 – – – –
I 115 30 17 118 115 34 17 132 115 34 22 176
II 140 30 17 146 140 34 17 162 140 34 22 214
III 165 30 17 176 165 34 17 195 165 34 22 254
IV 190 30 17 200 190 34 17 228 190 34 22 294
V 220 30 17 237 220 34 17 264 220 34 22 344
VI 250 30 17 265 250 34 17 301 250 34 22 392
VII 280 30 17 303 280 34 17 338 280 34 22 445
VIII 320 30 17 334 320 34 17 387 320 34 22 503
IX 340 30 17 359 340 34 17 410 340 34 22 536
X – – – – 370 34 17 461 – – – –

KLINGER gauge glasses Type A 1) Type B 1) Type H

Applicational range reflex glasses bar °C bar °C bar °C
For media with no significant glass attack, e..g. 400 120 265 120 300 120
oils, hydrocarbons 150 400 180 400 200 400
0.–.10 430 0.–.10 430 0.–.10 430
For media with significant glass attack, e..g. 2)
saturated steam, HPHW, alkalis 35 243 35 243 253
42
1) Glass types to OeNORM M 7354 or DIN 7081. 2) For steam pressures above 35 bar we recommend the use of transparent glasses with mica shields.

Transparent glasses A, B, H, TA, 28

Overall dimension (mm)

Size Type A Weight Type B Weight Type H Weight Type TA 28 Weight
L B S g/piece L B D g/piece L B S g/piece L B S g/piece
I 115 30 17 122 115 34 17 137 – – – – 113 27,6 16,8 114
II 140 30 17 152 140 34 17 172 140 34 22 218 – – – –
III 165 30 17 176 165 34 17 204 165 34 22 260 163 27,6 16,8 168
IV 190 30 17 211 190 34 17 238 190 34 22 302 188 27,6 16,8 194
V 220 30 17 250 220 34 17 280 220 34 22 357 218 27,6 16,8 226
VI 250 30 17 280 250 34 17 317 250 34 22 400 248 27,6 16,8 258
VII 280 30 17 314 280 34 17 356 280 34 22 460 278 27,6 16,8 290
VIII 320 30 17 360 320 34 17 407 320 34 22 530 318 27,6 16,8 334
IX 340 30 17 387 340 34 17 430 340 34 22 562 338 27,6 16,8 356
X – – – – 370 34 17 480 – – – – – – – –

KLINGER gauge glasses Type A 1) Type B 1) Type H Type TA 28 4)

Applicational range transparent glasses bar °C bar °C bar °C bar °C
For media with no significant glass attack, e..g. 240 120 290 120 340 120 – –
oils, hydrocarbons 160 400 200 400 230 400 – –
0.–.10 430 0.–.10 430 0.–.10 430 – –
For media with significant glass attack, e..g. 2) 2) 2) 3)
saturated steam, HPHW, alkalis 243 243 253 324
35 35 42 120
300 300 300 356
70 85 85 180
1) Glass types to OeNORM M 7354 or DIN 7081.
2) For steam pressures above 35 bar we recommend the use of transparent glasses with mica shields.
3) For steam pressures above 120 bar only TA 28 glasses. size I. may be used.
4) TA glasses may only be used with mica shields.

4 All measurements in mm In the interest of technical progress, designs and dimensions are subject to modification
 Sealing and cushion gaskets & mica shields
for reflex and transparent gauge glasses

Sealing gasket, cushion gasket made from asbestos-free material

Overall dimension (mm)

Sealing gasket and protective gasket 1) Cushion gasket 2)
Size Type A Type B/H
TA 28 TA 28
L L1 B B1 L L1 B B1 L L1 B B1 L L1 B B1
0 95 70 30 15 95 70 34 15 – – – – – – – –
I 115 90 30 15 115 90 34 15 133 97 47 19 112 97 27 17
II 140 115 30 15 140 115 34 15 – – – – – – – –
III 165 140 30 15 165 140 34 15 183 147 47 19 162 147 27 17
IV 190 165 30 15 190 165 34 15 208 172 47 19 187 172 27 17
V 220 195 30 15 220 195 34 15 238 202 47 19 217 202 27 17
VI 250 225 30 15 250 225 34 15 268 232 47 19 247 232 27 17
VII 280 255 30 15 280 255 34 15 298 262 47 19 277 262 27 17
VIII 320 295 30 15 320 295 34 15 338 302 47 19 317 302 27 17
IX 340 315 30 15 340 315 34 15 358 322 47 19 337 322 27 17
Sealing and cushion gaskets s.=.1,5 mm 1) Protective gasket s.=.0,5 mm 2) Cushion gasket s.=.0,5 mm

Mica shields

Overall dimension (mm)

Type A Type B/H Type TA 28
Size
L2 B2 L2 B2 L2 B2
0 95 30 95 34 – –
I 115 30 115 34 133 47 1)
II 140 30 140 34 – –
III 165 30 165 34 183 47 2)
IV 190 30 190 34 208 47 2)
V 220 30 220 34 238 47 2)
VI 250 30 250 34 268 47 2)
VII 280 30 280 34 298 47 2)
VIII 320 30 320 34 338 47 2)
IX 340 30 340 34 358 47 2)
s=0,15.–.0,20 s=0,15.–.0,20 1) s=0,60 2) s=0,30.–.0,40

Material
A and B micas: stained first quality
TA 28 micas: stained A quality

KEL-F shield
Size like mica shields
Type B/H standard thickness = 1 mm

All measurements in mm In the interest of technical progress, designs and dimensions are subject to modification 5
 Reflex and transparent gauge glasses
technical datas according to OeNORM 7354 and DIN 7081
KLINGER packing for gauge glasses,
sealing gaskets and cushion gaskets
Material:
Borosilicate glass, thermally pre-
stressed, optically tested, properties as
laid down in DIN and OeNORM.
Resistance to bending strain:
=120 N/mm2.
Mean coefficient of linear
expansion:
20/300 4.5 . 10–.6 . K–1; tested to
DIN 523328.
Transition temperature:
tg=500.°C, tested to DIN 52324.
Chemical resistance
Alkali resistance:
alkali class 2, tested to ISO 675.
Water resistance:
hydrolytic class 1, tested ISO 719.
Acid resistance:
acid class 1, tested to DIN 12116.
6
Quality components
The quality of gauge glass depends on
its:
• chemical composition
The chemical composition as well as
the coefficient of expansion is continu-
ously checked through glass analyses.
• mechanical strength
Optimum mechanical strength of a
gauge glass is attained through heat
treatment (pre-stressing) in which – as
in the hardening of steel – the glass is
brought to a high temperature and
quickly cooled down in a stream of air.
This procedure increases the bending
and shock resistance of the gauge glass
to the value demanded by standards.
The thermal pre-stressing of a gauge
glass can be checked by means of a po-
larizing filter: as may be seen in the pic-
tures on page 2 and 3, the stress lines
are visible on the outer walls of the
gauge glass as interference colours. A
non-pre-stressed glass does not dis-
play these stress lines.
• dimensional accuracy
We check the dimensional accuracy of
every glass using special instruments.
Mica protection
The mica shield must be supported by a This limiting pH-value applies for feed-
glass with a perfectly flat surface.
Therefor only transparent (plate)
glasses can be mica-protected; this is
not possible for glasses provided with at a temperature rise up to 300.°C.
reflex grooves.
As already mentioned, gauge glasses
must be mica protected on the side fac- • Observation of processes in indus-
ing the medium when used with steam
at pressures over 35 bar or with media
which cause rapid wear of glass.
Mica is a naturally-occurring sub-
stance. Only high-quality mica offers
the desired gauge glass protection. Pu-
rity-wise our micas meet the require-
ments of ISO 2185: “stained first qual- • Indication of liquid level e..g. of oil
ity” up to 70 bar and “stained A quality”
above 70 bar. Minimum light
transmittancy is 1200 lux and it guaran-
tees optimum readability of the liquid
level. KLINGER mica shields are indi-
vidually packed to protect them against
scratching. An exact, multi-language
installation and maintenance leaflet is
contained in each package.
Problems of glass wear
Gauge glasses in liquid level gauges on
steam boilers are exposed to very high
mechanical and chemical stresses. The
interface between steam and water is
continuously in motion: water evapo-
rates, condensate forms.
Above all, the condensate running
down the gauge glasses leaves traces of
abrasion.
Boiler water is always chemically
treated water from which mineral sub-
stances have been extracted. The de-
mineralised water tends, however, to in-
crease its mineral content and extracts
this from glass. This chemical attack on
the glass is largely determined by pres-
sure, temperature and pH-value of the
boiler water.
With unprotected gauge glasses, steam
pressures should not exceed 35 bar nor
should it exeed the pH-value of 10, if
an economic service life is required.
water at about 20.°C. It should be noted
that the pH-value decreases with in-
creasing temperature – 1.5 pH degrees
Areas of application:
trial ovens, driers, filters, strainers,
agitators and mixers.
• Observation of vessels such as
tanks, boilers, silos ....
• Supervision of transportation of
materials, e..g. in the solid state or
liquids such as condensate or cool-
ing fluids.
level in large gear boxes or of the
medium level in impregnation or
pouring plants, high capacity trans-
formers, washing plants ....
 Circular sight glasses
made from borosilicate glass “extra-hard”

From our standard range

Glass Permiss. PB**) Gasket
Diameter mm Thickness mm bar O..D. mm I..D. mm Thickness mm
31,75 12,7 175 *) *) *)
40 12 50 42 30 1,5
45 10 40 47 32 1,5
45 12 50 47 32 1,5
50 10 25 52 35 1,5
50 12 40 52 35 1,5
60 10 16 62 45 1,5
60 12 25 62 45 1,5
60 15 40 62 45 1,5
63 10 16 65 48 2 Technical datas
63 12 25 65 48 2
63 15 40 65 48 2
Material:
70 12 25 72 55 2
80 12 16 82 65 2 Borosilicate glass, thermally pre-
80 15 25 82 65 2 stressed, optically tested, properties as
80 20 40 82 65 2 laid down in DIN and OeNORM.
90 10 10 92 75 2
Extract from the OeNORM: “Chemical
100 10 8 102 80 2
100 15 16 102 80 2 pre-stressing of glasses is not permis-
100 20 25 102 80 2 sible. For safety reasons soda-lime
100 25 40 102 80 2 glasses may not be used.”
110 20 25 112 90 2
120 10 8 122 100 2
125 15 10 127 100 2 Resistance to bending strain:
125 20 16 127 100 2 .160 N/mm2
125 25 25 127 100 2
150 15 8 152 125 2
150 20 10 152 125 2 Mean coefficient of linear
150 25 16 152 125 2 expansion:
150 30 25 152 125 2 20/300 .4.5 .10–.6 . K–.1, tested to DIN
170 15 8 172 140 2
52328.
175 20 10 177 150 2
175 25 16 177 150 2
175 30 25 177 150 2 Transition temperature:
200 20 8 202 175 2
tg=550.°C, tested to DIN 52324.
■ Dimensions not in DIN 7080 or OeNORM M7353
*) Gasket set and micas for high-pressure steam gauges **) PB=working pressure (gauge)
Chemical resistance
Calculation of the correct glass thickness
Alkali resistance:
alkali class 2, tested to ISO 675.

Water resistance:
hydrolytic class 1, tested ISO 719.

p ⋅S Acid resistance:
s = 0,55 ⋅ d m acid class 1, tested to DIN 12116.
10 ⋅ σbB
s: Theoretical minimum thickness in mm
d1 + d 2 moulded – ground – polished –
dm: Mean diameter of gasket thermally pre-stressed
2
d1: O..D. of glasses and gasket
d2: I..D. of gasket Temperatur resistance:
p: Max. permissible working pressure (gauge) in bar suitable for temperatures from –.273.°C
bB : Minimum bending strength in N/mm2 to +.300.°C, size 31.75/12.7 up to
S: Safety factor 356.°C

All measurements in mm In the interest of technical progress, designs and dimensions are subject to modification 7
 Circular sight glasses
Fluid Control
made from borosilicate glass “extra-
hard”

KLINGER Package unit:

Sight glasses are packed in individual
cardboard boxes. In addition to the
glass, each package contains a
KLINGER sealing gasket and cushion
gasket and forms a complete unit ready
for installation. Handy, shock-proof
package.

Standards
We manufacture reflex and transparent
glasses in series acc. to the following
standards:
OeNORM M 7353 (Austrian Standard)
DIN 7080 (German Standard)
BS 3463 (British Standard Institution).
JIS 8211 (Japanese Industrial Stan-
dard)
At request we supply circular sight
glasses in any desired dimension. Dimensionals tolerances:
Glass DIN 7080 KLINGER
OeNORM M 7353 house standard
31,75 mm – ±.0,13 mm
to 125 mm ±.0,5 mm ±.0,5 mm
150 to 200 mm ±.0,8 mm ±.0,5 mm
Glass thickness
12,7 mm – ±.0,05 mm
10 bis 20 mm ±.0,5 mm ±.0,5 mm
above 20 mm ±.0,8 mm ±.0,5 mm
 Fluid Control

Piston valves KVN KX-

GT

Edition 2003
 KLINGER piston valves
Application examples

2 In the interest of technical progress, designs and dimensions are subject to modification
 KLINGER piston valves
Advantages and summary of types

KVN Advantages KVN 10.–.50 m.c. III, VI, VIII, Xc KVN 65.–.150 m.c. III
■ Reliably tight – across
the ports and to the
athmosphere
■ Environmentally safe
and energy efficient
■ Asbestos-free
■ No erosion on the seal-
ing surfaces
■ Insensitive to impurities
due to maintenance-free
sealing system KVNB 65.–.200 m.c. III KVN 65.–.200 m.c. VI, VIII

■ Unbeatable in a compar-
ison of profitability
■ Maintenance-free
■ Easy to install
■ Valve rings are replace-
able in the line
■ Excellent control charac-
teristics
■ Fire-safe tested accord-
ing to API 6FA KVMN 1/2 – 2 m.c. III, VIII, Xc KVSN 1/2 – 2 m.c. VIII
■ Inspected according to
EPA-emission-test
■ Conforms to TA-Luft
■ VdTÜV license 1065 type
approval
■ Suitable for oxygen
(BAM)

KVSN 15.–.50 m.c. VIII

In the interest of technical progress, designs and dimensions are subject to modification 3

Piston valves KVN
Excellent ideas are lasting
In the year 1922 Richard KLINGER the
founder of this company had an idea,
the principle of which is still valid to-
day. He designed the first piston valve.
He replaced the sealing system of a
conventional globe valve with a cylin-
drical piston and two elastic replaceable
jointing rings.
Environmentally safe and energy
efficient
Constant research and further develop-
ment yield a quality, which comes
through brilliantly in extreme applica-
tions and is marked by the slightest of
leak rates. KLINGER piston valves are
the best solution in hot water-, steam-,
heat transfer medium- and dry gas ap-
plication.
Tested and certified
KLINGER KVN piston valves have been
tested by independent research insti-
tutes under the toughest conditions.
4 In the interest of technical progress, designs and dimensions are subject to modification
KLINGER piston valves
Optimization through experience
They passed the Fire-safe test accord-
ing to API 6FA as well as the Helium-
leakage test with best results. These re-
sults impressively prove the exceptional
efficiency of KLINGER piston valves.
Today, piston valves are manufactured
based on the state of the art technique
and according to the highest quality re-
quirements of ISO 9001.
Efficiency and reliability
The sealing element is formed by two
elastic valve rings enveloping a stain-
less steel piston. The upper valve ring
seals to the outside, the lower ring
seals across the port. Due to the large
piston skirt the sealing effect is optmal.
As the valve closes the piston removes
impurities which the medium might
contain from the inside of the lower
valve ring. In this way the valve reliably
seals off even contaminated media. In
principle, damage to the sealing surface
is precluded and tightness is guaran-
teed as a result.
Excellent control characteristics
The standard version of the KLINGER
piston valve is already very well suited
for controlling the flow. Because the
piston is guided by the upper and the
lower valve ring vibration and instability
in the pipe does not occure. KLINGER
piston valves have proved to be excel-
lent as by-pass control valves.
Through simple replacement of the pis-
ton and the lantern bush the KVN can
be retrofitted to act as a special preci-
sion control valve.
In-line valve ring replacement
A newly installed piston valve does not
require any maintenance for a long time
after. However, the spindle should be
regularly lubricated. If nevertheless a
valve ring wears out it can be replaced
without problems while remaining in
the line and, if assembly instructions
are followed, it can be changed by in-
house personnel.
After replacement the valve is like new.
 KX-GT: Competitiveless in sealing
Environmentally safe and energy efficient

The core of the piston valve: The

valve rings KX-GT
The high quality valve ring KX-GT is
made of graphite laminate with tang
metal sheet inserts made of stainless
steel. The valve is absolutely asbestos-
and maintenance-free. The variable
thermal expansions which occur under
alternating thermal loads are completely
compensated by KX-GT-valve rings,
which were presealed in a built-in con-
dition.

Long term sealing even at highest

demands
Media in the temperature range between
–.40 °C and +.400 °C and at pressures
of up to 63 bar, can be reliably con-
trolled. KX-GT valve rings are excellent
for the use in temperature shock opera-
tion as well as steam condensate alter-
nating-operation. (Flash-application).

Pressure releaved piston are pressure releaved. The spindle is

In order to ensure convenient actuation sealed with a gland and an additional
at high differential pressures, the pis- valve ring provides the sealing between
tons of the KVN range are made of cast the body and the bonnet.
steel, whereof the sizes DN 65 to 200

Cost justification
Piston valve – seat valve – bellow seal valve

Leakage in comparison
Standard deduced leakage rates
Piston valve
8.× .10-3 mbar x l/s
2 ppm
Bellow seal valve
3,9.× .10-2 mbar x l/s
50 ppm
TA-Luft
1.× .10-2 mbar x l/s
13 ppm
EPA
3,9.× .10-1 mbar x l/s
500 ppm

In the interest of technical progress, designs and dimensions are subject to modification 5

Electro mechanical actuator
Various designs at request
6 In the interest of technical progress, designs and dimensions are subject to modification
Actuators for KVN
Electro mechanical and pneumatic actuators
Pneumatic actuator
The pneumatic actuator is single acting
and offers an ON/OFF-function. It is of-
ten preferred to the electro mechanical
actuator for many reasons.
The actuator closes the valve with
spring force (security !) and opens it
with air pressure. Safe control media
are compressed air and nitrogen at a
maximum of 6 bar. Compresssed air
supply: R 1/4 , measurement, weight
and valve lift at request.
Pneumatic actuators can be applied at
ambient temperatures between –.30 °C
and +.90 °C. The standard version in-
cludes pneumatic diaphragm actuator,
end switch, stroke scale and a mechani-
cal valve lifting stop. Special design
with hand emergency-switch is availa-
ble.
 KLINGER piston valves
Technical data

Type DN PN material connection overall length page

KLINGER flanged-valves
KVN 32.–.50 6 cast iron EN 1092-2 EN 558-1 GR1 8
KVN 65.–.150 6 cast iron EN 1092-2 EN 558-1 GR1 9
KVN 15.–.50 16 cast iron EN 1092-2 EN 558-1 GR1 8
KVN 65.–.150 16 cast iron EN 1092-2 EN 558-1 GR1 9
KVNB 65.–.150 16 cast iron EN 1092-2 EN 558-1 GR1 10
KVN 65.–.200 16 spheroidal cast iron EN 1092-2 EN 558-1 GR1 11
KVN 10.–.50 40 spheroidal cast iron EN 1092-2 EN 558-1 GR1 8
KVN 10.–.50 40 cast steel EN 1092-1 EN 558-1 GR1 8
KVN 10.–.50 40 stainless steel EN 1092-1 EN 558-1 GR1 8
KVN 65.–.200 40 cast steel EN 1092-1 EN 558-1 GR1 11
KLINGER valves with female screwed ends
KVMN ½ –2 16 cast iron ISO 228-1 DIN 3202-M9 12
KVMN ½ –2 16 cast iron NPT-thread ANSI B 2.1 DIN 3202-M9 12
KVMN ½ –2 63 cast steel ISO 228-1 DIN 3202-M9 12
KVMN ½ –2 63 cast steel NPT-thread ANSI B 2.1 DIN 3202-M9 12
KVMN ½ –2 63 stainless steel ISO 228-1 DIN 3202-M9 12
KVMN ½ –2 63 stainless steel NPT-thread ANSI B 2.1 DIN 3202-M9 12
KLINGER valves with weld ends
KVSN ½ –2 63 cast steel EN 12 760 DIN 3202-M9 13
KVSN 15.–.50 63 cast steel EN 12 627 14
Pressure/temperature-diagrams 15
Connection dimensions 16
Material code 16
Technical data 17
Special design
Piston valve witrh heating jacket
KVN 10.–.200 18
Piston valve for Fire-safe application
KVN 10.–.200 18
Piston valve for TA-Luft and EPA application
KVN 10.–.200 19
Certifications 20

In the interest of technical progress, designs and dimensions are subject to modification 7
 Piston valves KVN
Flange acc. to EN 1092-2 PN 16, flange acc. to EN 1092-1 PN 40
Material: cast iron, spheroidal cast iron, cast steel, stainless steel;
valve ring KX-GT

KVN 10.–.50
PN 40
DN 10.–.50
material code VI, VIII, Xc
PN 16
DN 15.–.50
material code III
PN 6
DN 32.–.50
material code III
overall length
acc.to EN 558-1
Grundreihe 1

Pressure and temperatur

limits see page 15
Material code and flange
dimension see page 16

1 Body EN-GJL-250 EN-JS 1025 1.0619 1.4581

2 Bonnetl EN-GJL-250 EN-JS 1025 1.0619 1.4581
3 Handwheel EN-GJL-200 EN-GJL-200 EN-GJL-200 EN-GJL-200 2)
5 Lantern bush Sint C10 Sint C10 Sint C10 1.4408
6 Split nut 1.0715 gal 1.0715 gal 1.0715 gal 1.4571
7 Piston 1.4104 1.4104 1.4104 1.4404
8 Spindle 1.4021 1.4021 1.4021 1.4404
9 Upper valve ring KX-GT KX-GT KX-GT KX-GT
11 Gewindebüchse 1) – Sint C11 spez. Sint C11 spez. 1.4401
12 Tension pin 1) – spring steel spring steel 1.4305
13 Bonnet nut 1.1181 1.1181 1.1181 A4
Suggested order specification 14 Handwheel nut 1.1181 1.1181 1.1181 A4
15 Stud bolt KVN10.–.25 1.1181 1.1181 1.1181 A4
Shut off valve PN 40, PN 16, PN 6
15 Stud bolt KVN32.–.50 1.7709 1.7709 1.7709 A4
designed as straight-through piston 16 Belleville washer 50CrV4 50CrV4 50CrV4 1.4310
valve, sealed off by 2 flexible valve 18 Disc 1.4401 1.4401 1.4401 1.4401
rings – body made of cast iron, spher- 19 Serrated lock washer spring steel spring steel spring steel A2
oid EN 558-1al cast iron, cast steel or 21 Type plate Al Al Al Al
stainless steel. Handwheel made of cast 1) only DN 40 and DN 50 2) rilsanisiert
iron, piston made of special Niro-steel, Overall length in mm approx. weight (kg)
overall length to EN 558-1, flanges m.c. III/PN 16 PN 40
DN L H Hub A PN 6 m.c. III
drilled to EN 1092-1 resp. EN1092-2. m.c. VI/PN 40 m.c. VIII/Xc
Make: KLINGER 10 130 105 23 100 – – 2,50
Type: KVN VI KX für DN 10.–.50 15 130 105 23 100 – 2,50 2,70
20 150 120 28 120 – 4,15 4,60
25 160 139 33 140 – 5,40 5,90
Ordering example: 32 180 156 37 160 8,00 8,50 9,10
KVN 10-VIII KX, PN 40 40 200 186 44 180 10,20 10,90 11,40
50 230 211 51 200 13,70 14,20 16,30

8 All measurements in mm In the interest of technical progress, designs and dimensions are subject to modification
 Piston valves KVN
Flange acc. to EN 1092-2 PN 16
Material: cast iron; valve ring KX-GT

KVN 65.–.150
PN 16
material code III
PN 6
material code III
overall length
acc.to EN 558-1
Grundreihe 1

Pressure and temperatur

limits see page 15
Material code and flange
dimension see page 16

Suggested order specification

1 Body EN-GJL-250
Shut off valves PN 16, PN 6
2 Bonnetl EN-GJL-250
3 Handwheel EN-GJL-200 Designed as a straight-through piston
4 Piston 1.4136 valve, sealed off by 2 flexible valve
5 Lantern bush EN-GJL-200 rings – body and handwheel made of
8 Threaded bush Sint C11 special grey cast iron, piston made of special
9 Spindle 1.4021
Niro-steel, overall length to EN 558-1,
11 Split nut 1.4401
12 Disc 1.4401
flanges drilled to EN 1092-2.
13 Piston nose cone 1.4401 Make: KLINGER
14 Upper valve ring KX-GT Type: KVN III KX for DN 65.–.150
16 Serrated lock washer spring steel
17 Washer St37 / mat nickel Ordering example:
18 Securing ring 1.4310K
KVN 65-III KX, PN 16
19 Stud bolt 1.1181
20 Handwheel nut 5
21 Bonnet nut 5
22 Belleville washer 50CrV4
24 Tension pin spring steel
25 Type plate Al

Overall length in mm approx. weight (kg)

DN L H Hub A PN 6 PN 16
65 290 194,5 50 265 19,00 20,30
80 310 219 58 265 26,00 27,60
100 350 260 78 300 36,50 38,30
125 400 303 86 400 52,20 55,00
150 480 331 98 400 80,00 85,00

All measurements in mm In the interest of technical progress, designs and dimensions are subject to modification 9
 Piston valves KVNB
Flange acc. to EN 1092-2 PN 16
Material: cast iron; valve ring KX-GT

KVNB 65.–.200
PN 16
material code III
overall length
acc.to EN 558-1
Grundreihe 1

Pressure and temperatur

limits see page 15
Material code and flange
dimension see page 16

Suggested order specification

III
Shut-off valve PN 16 1 Body EN-GJL-250
Designed as straight-through piston 2 Bonnetl EN-GJL 250
valve, backseat relieved, sealed off by 3 3 Handwheel EN-GJL-200
flexible valve rings, stuffing box self 4 Piston 1.4086
5 Lantern bush EN-GJL-200
retightening by means of belleville 9 Spindle 1.4021
washer. Body and handwheel made of 10 Piston shaftt 1.4104
cast iron, piston made of special niro- 11 Gland retainer EN-JS 1030
steel. Overall length acc. To EN 558-1 12 Disc 1.4401
13 Piston nose cone 1.4401
GR1, flange drilled acc. to EN 1092-2
14 Upper valve ring KX-GT
Make: KLINGER 16 OT-valve ring Grafit-L
Type: KVNB III KX for DN 65.–.200 17 Stuffingbox ring KX-GT
18 Thrust piece EN-GJL-200
19 Back seat 1.4104
Ordering example:
20 Threaded bush EN-GJL-200
KVNB 65-III KX, PN 16 21 Split nut 1.4401
22 Washer St 37 gal
23 Disc 1.4401
24 Swing bolt 5.6
25 Stud bolt 5,6
26 Securing ring 1.4310K
PN 16 27 Bonnet nut 5
approx. 28 Bonnet nut gekerbt AISI 304
Overall length in mm
weight 29 Bonnet nut 5
DN L H Hub A (kg) 30 Bonnet nut 5
65 290 194,5 50 265 24,0 31 Tension pin spring steel
80 310 219 58 265 30,5 32 Notched parallel pin 6.8
100 350 260 78 300 46,5 33 Belleville washer 50CrV4
125 400 303 86 400 69,0 34 Belleville washer 50 CrV4
150 480 331 98 400 85,0 36 Serrated lock washer spring steel
200 600 561 118 400 157,5 37 Type plate Al

10 All measurements in mm In the interest of technical progress, designs and dimensions are subject to modification
 Piston valves KVN
Flanges acc. to EN 1092-2 VI, flanges acc. to EN 1092-1 VIII
Material: spheroidal cast iron, cast steel; valve ring KX-GT

KVN 65.–.200
PN 40
DN 65.–.200
material code VI, VIII
PN 16
DN 65.–.200
material code VI
overall length
acc.to EN 558-1
Grundreihe 1

Pressure and temperatur

limits see page 15
Material code and flange
dimension see page 16

Suggested order specification

VI / PN 16 VI / PN 16
Shut-off valves PN 40, PN 16 1 Body EN-JS 1025 EN-JS 1025 1.0619 21 Split nut 1.4401 1.4401 1.4401
Designed as straight-through piston 2 Bonnetl EN-JS 1025 EN-JS 1025 1.0619 22 Washer St12.03 St12.03 St12.03
valves, beackseat-relieved, sealed off by 3 Handwheel
EN-GJL- EN-GJL- EN-GJL- 23 Disc A4 A4 A4
200 200 200
3 flexible valve rings – stuffing box self 4 Piston 1.4086 1.4086 1.4086
24 Swing bolt 5.6 5.6 5.6
25 Stud bolt 1.7709 1.7709 1.7709
retightening by means of belleville EN-GJL- EN-GJL- EN-GJL-
5 Lantern bush 26 Securing ring 1.4310K 1.4310K 1.4310K
washer, body made of spheroidal cast 200 200 200
27 Bonnet nut 1.1181 1.1181 1.1181
9 Spindle 1.4021 1.4021 1.4021
iron or cast steel. handwheel made of 28 Hexagon nut
5 black 5 black 5 black
10 Piston shaftt 1.4104 1.4104 1.4104 notched
cast iron, piston made of special Niro- 11 Gland retainer EN-JS 1030 EN-JS 1030 EN-JS 1030
29 Bonnet nut 1.1181 1.1181 1.1181
steel, overall length to EN 558-1, 12 Disc 1.4401 1.4401 1.4401 30 Bonnet nut 1.1181 1.1181 1.1181
flanges drilled to EN1092-1 resp. 13 Piston nose cone 1.4401 1.4401 1.4401 spring spring spring
31 Tension pin
EN1092-2 14 Upper valve ring KX-GT KX-GT KX-GT steel steel steel
16 OT-valve ring Grafit-L Grafit-L Grafit-L 32 Notched parallel
Make: KLINGER 17 Stuffingbox ring KX-GT KX-GT KX-GT pin
6.8 6.8 6.8

Type: KVN VIII KX for DN 65.–.200 18 Thrust piece 1.0308 1.0308 1.0308 33 Belleville washer 50CrV4 50CrV4 50CrV4
19 Back seat 1.4104 1.4104 1.4104 34 Belleville washer 50 CrV4 50 CrV4 50 CrV4
36 Serrated lock spring spring spring
Ordering example: 20 Threaded bush
Sint C11 Sint C11 Sint C11
washer steel steel steel
special special special
KVN 65-VIII KX, PN 40 37 Type plate Al Al Al

PN 40 PN 16
approx. approx.
Overall length in mm Overall length in mm
weight weight
DN L H Hub A (kg) DN L H Hub A (kg)
65 290 306 49 250 25,0 65 290 194,5 50 265 20,3
80 310 327 59 250 31,8 80 310 219 58 265 27,6
100 350 375 63 280 47,8 100 350 260 78 300 38,3
125 400 447 83 320 75,8 125 400 303 86 400 55,0
150 480 477 93 360 107,5 150 480 331 98 400 85,0
200 600 561 118 400 180,0 200 600 561 118 400 180,0

All measurements in mm In the interest of technical progress, designs and dimensions are subject to modification 11
 Piston valves KVMN
Female screwed ends with pipe thread acc. to ISO 228-1,
femal screwed ends with NPT-thread acc.to. ANSI B2.1
Materials: cast iron, cast steel, stainless steel, valve ring KX-GT

KVMN
1/2 –2
1/2 –2 NPT
PN 63
DN 1/2 –2
material code VIII, Xc
PN 16
DN 1/2 –2
material code III
Overall length to
DIN 3202-M9

Pressure and temperatur

limits see page 15
Material code and flange
dimension see page 16

III VIII Xc
1 Body EN-GJL-250 1.0619 1.4581
2 Bonnetl EN-GJL-250 1.0619 1.4581
3 Handwheel EN-GJL-200 EN-GJL-200 EN-GJL-200 rilanisiert
5 Lantern bush Sint C10 Sint C10 1.4408
7 Piston 1.4104 1.4104 1.4404
8 Spindle 1.4021 1.4021 1.4404
9 Upper valve ring KX-GT KX-GT KX-GT
10 Bonnet nut 1.1181 1.1181 A4.–.70
11 Handwheel nut 1.1181 1.1181 A4.–.70
12 Stud bolt 1/2 – 1 1.1181 1.1181 A4.–.70
Stud bolt 1 1/4 – 2 1.7709 1.7709 A4.–.70
13 Threaded bush 1) – Sint C11 special Sint C11 special
14 Tension pin 1) – spring steel spring steel
15 Belleville washer 50CrV4 50CrV4 1.4310
16 Split nut 1.0715 1.0715 1.4571
Suggested order specification 17 Disc 1.4401 1.4401 1.4401
Shut-off valve PN 63, PN 16 18 Serrated lock washer spring steel spring steel A2
21 Type plate Al Al Al
Designed as straight through piston
1) only DN 40 and DN 50
vlave, sealed-off by 2 flexible valve
rings – body made of cast iron, cast
steel or stainless steel. Handwheel Overall length in mm approx. weight (kg)
DN L H Hub A PN 16 PN 63
made of grey cast iron, piston made of ½ 100 105 23 100 1,40 1,50
special Niro-steel. Overall length to DIN ¾ 120 120 28 120 2,35 2,45
1 135 138 33 140 3,50 3,60
3202-M9, bushes with pipe threads to 1¼ 160 156 37 160 5,70 5,90
ISO 228-1, bushes with NPT threads to 1½ 185 186 44 180 8,10 8,50
2 220 211 51 200 11,00 11,50
ANSI B2.1.
Make: KLINGER PN 16, PN 63
DIN Anschlussmuffen NPT Anschlussmuffen
Type: KVMN VIII KX for DN 1/2 –2 DN
d1 t1 t2 SW d1 t1 t2
KVMN KX VIII for DN 1/2 –2 NPT ½ R½ 15,5 19,5 36 ½ -14 NPT 13,5 19,5
¾ R¾ 16,0 20,0 41 ¾ -14 NPT 14,0 20,0
1 R1 17,0 22,0 50 1 –.11½NPT 17,0 24,0
Odering example: 1¼ R1 ¼ 19,0 25,0 65 1 ¼ -11½NPT 17,5 24,5
1½ R1 ½ 19,0 24,0 75 1 ½ -11½NPT 17,5 24,5
KVMN 1/2 -III KX, PN 16 2 R2 26,0 31,0 90 2 –.11½NPT 18,0 25,0

12 All measurements in mm In the interest of technical progress, designs and dimensions are subject to modification
 Piston valves KVSN
Socket weld ends acc. to EN 12 760
Material: cast steel; valve ring KX-GT

KVSN 1/2 –2
PN 63
DN 1/2 –2
material code VIII
Overall length to
DIN 3202-M9

Pressure and temperatur

limits see page 15
Material code and flange
dimension see page 16

Connection dimensions in mm Part name Material code VIII

DN
d1 t1 SW 1 Body 1.0619
1/2 21,80 10 36 2 Bonnetl 1.0619
3/4 27,10 13 41 3 Handwheel EN-GJL-200
1 33,80 13 50 5 Lantern bush Sint C10
1 1/4 42,60 13 65 7 Piston 1.4104
1 1/2 48,70 13 75 8 Spindle 1.4021
2 61,20 16 90 9 Upper valve ring KX-GT
10 Bonnet nut 1.1181
11 Handwheel nut 1.1181
12 Stud bolt 1/2 – 1 1.1181
Stud bolt 1 1/4 – 2 1.7709
13 Threaded bush 1) Sint C11 special
14 Tension pin 1) spring steel
15 Belleville washer 50CrV4
Suggested order specification 16 Split nut 1.0715
Shut-off valve PN 63 17 Disc 1.4401
Designed as straight-through piston 18 Serrated lock washer spring steel
21 Type plate Al
valve, sealed-off by 2 flexible valve
rings, body made of cast steel and 1) only DN 40 and DN 50
handwheel made of cast iron, piston
made of special Niro-steel, overall KVSN 1/2 – 2
length to DIN 3202-M9. Overall length in mm weight
Socket weld ends to EN 12 760 DN L H Hub A (kg)
1/2 100 105 23 100 1,50
Make: KLINGER
3/4 120 120 28 120 2,45
Type: KVSN VIII KX für DN 1/2 –2
1 135 138 33 140 3,60
1 1/4 160 156 37 160 5,90
Ordering example: 1 1/2 185 186 44 180 8,50
KVSN 1/2 -VIII KX, PN 63 2 220 211 51 200 11,50

All measurements in mm In the interest of technical progress, designs and dimensions are subject to modification 13
 Piston valves KVSN
butt weld ends acc. to EN 12 627
Material: cast steel; valve ring KX-GT

KVSN 15.–.50
PN 63
DN 15.–.50
material code VIII
Overall length acc.
to Klinger-standard

Pressure and temperatur

limits see page 15
Material code and flange
dimension see page 16

Connection dimensions in mm Part name Material code VIII

DN d s 1 Body 1.0619
15 21,3 3,25 2 Bonnetl 1.0619
20 26,9 3,25 3 Handwheel EN-GJL-200
25 33,7 4,00 4 Pipe thread 1.0305
32 42,4 4,00 5 Lantern bush Sint C10
40 48,3 4,00 7 Piston 1.4104
50 60,3 4,50 8 Spindle 1.4021
9 Upper valve ring KX-GT
10 Bonnet nut 1.1181
11 Handwheel nut 1.1181
12 Stud bolt 15.–.25 1.1181
Stud bolt 32.–.50 1.7709
13 Threaded bush 1) Sint C11 special
14 Tension pin 1) spring steel
15 Belleville washer 50CrV4
Suggested order specification 16 Split nut 1.0715
Shut-off valves PN 63 17 Disc 1.4401
18 Serrated lock washer spring steel
Designed as a straight-through piston 21 Type plate Al
valve, sealed off by 2 flexible valve
1) only DN 40 and DN 50
rings, body made of cast steel,
handwheel made of cast iron, piston
made of special Niro-steel, butt weld approx. weight
Overall length in mm
(kg)
ends acc. to EN 12 627 DN L H Hub A
Make: KLINGER 15 145 105 23 100 1,70
Type: KVSN VIII KX für DN 15.–.50 20 170 120 28 120 2,55
25 200 138 33 140 3,80
Ordering example: 32 230 156 37 160 6,20
40 270 186 44 180 8,90
KVSN 15-VIII KX, PN 63 50 320 211 51 200 12,20

14 All measurements in mm In the interest of technical progress, designs and dimensions are subject to modification
 Pressure-/temperature diagrams
Economical consideration
Application limitations

KVN 10.–.50 KVN 65.–.150 KVNB 65.–.200

KVN 65.–.200 KVMN 1/2 – 2 KVSN

Pressure-/temperature diagrams
This pressure-/temperature diagram
helps you to choose the most eco-
nomical of the KLINGER piston valves
KVN.

In the interest of technical progress, designs and dimensions are subject to modification 15
 Technical data

Connection dimensions in mm

Loch- DN D b g f Lochzahl l k
DN D b g f l k
zahl 15 95 16 46 2 4 14 65
32 120 14 69 3 4 14 90 20 105 16 56 2 4 14 75
40 130 14 78 3 4 14 100 25 115 18 65 3 4 14 85
50 140 14 88 3 4 14 110 32 140 18 76 3 4 19 100
65 160 14 108 3 4 14 130 40 150 19 84 3 4 19 110
80 190 19 124 3 4 19 150 50 165 19 99 3 4 19 125
100 210 19 144 3 4 19 170 65 185 19 118 3 8 19 145
125 240 19 174 3 8 19 200 80 200 19 132 3 8 19 160
150 265 19 199 3 8 19 225 100 235 19 156 3 8 23 190
125 270 23,5 184 3 8 28 220
150 300 26 211 3 8 28 250
Loch- 200 375 30 284 3 12 31 320
DN D b g f l k
zahl
15 95 16 46 2 4 14 65
20 105 18 56 2 4 14 75
DN D b g f Lochzahl l k
25 115 18 65 3 4 14 85
10 90 16 40 2 4 14 60
32 140 18 76 3 4 19 100
15 95 16 45 2 4 14 65
40 150 18 84 3 4 19 110
20 105 18 58 2 4 14 75
50 165 18 99 3 4 19 125
25 115 18 68 2 4 14 85
65 185 20 118 3 4 19 145
32 140 18 78 2 4 18 100
80 200 22 132 3 8 19 160
40 150 18 88 2 4 18 110
100 220 24 156 3 8 19 180
50 165 20 102 2 4 18 125
125 250 26 184 3 8 19 210
150 285 26 211 3 8 23 240
DN D b g f Lochzahl l k
200 340 30 266 3 12 23 295
65 185 22 122 2 8 18 145
80 200 24 138 2 8 18 160
100 235 24 162 2 8 22 190
125 270 26 188 2 8 26 220
150 300 28 218 2 8 26 250
200 375 34 285 2 12 30 320

Material code (m.c.)

m.c. Body Bonnetl internal parts colour of body
Primary criterion for the material code
number is the basic material of the
III cast iron cast iron without copper alloy parts grey
body and bonnet.
spheroidal cast spheroidal cast
VI without copper alloy parts green
iron iron
VIII cast steel cast steel without copper alloy parts blue
Xc stainless steel stainless steel stainless steel polished, pickled

Flow coefficient and zeta-values

Type KVN KV = Flow coefficient (m3/h)
DN 10 15 20 25 32 40 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 = Zeta-value
kV 2 4,5 8 12,5 20,5 32 50 69 104 163 233 335 582
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 6 6 6 7,2 7,2 7,2

The values shown in the table have an Graphs and exact flow calculations for
accuracy of ± 10% and apply to water at all KLINGER valves are available at re-
a temperature of 20 °C and a density of quest
approx. 1000 kg/m3.

16 In the interest of technical progress, designs and dimensions are subject to modification
 Technical data

Application limitations with KX-GT

Permissible working pressure (bar) at pressure Lowest permissible working temperature in 1) with A4 screws
Service rating °C KVN KX
category 2) with lantern made of stainless
63 40 25 16 10 III VI VIII Xc
63 steel
40 3) Material 1.4408 is admitted up
I 25 –.10 –.10 –.10 3) to –.196 °C
16
–.10
10
48
30
II 19 –.60 2) –.60 1) 2) –.60 3)
12
–.10
10
16
10
III 6 –.60 1) 2) –.60 1) 2) –.85 3)
4
–.10
2,5

Belleville washers, stud bolts

Body – Bonnetl Bonnetl – Gland retainer
DN belleville washer stud bolts belleville washer stud bolts
Dimension piece*) Dimension piece Dimension piece Dimension piece
10/15 20.× .10,2.× .1 4 M 10.× .30 2
20 20.× .10,2.× .1 6 M 10.× .30 3
25 20.× .10,2.× .1 8 M 10.× .30 4
32 28.× .12,2.× .1,5 8 M 12.× .35 4
40 28.× .12,2.× .1,5 8 M 12.× .35 4
50 28.× .12,2.× .1,5 8 M 12.× .35 4
65 34.× .16,3.× .2 8 M 16.× .55 4 20.× .10,2.× .1 4 M 10.× .50 2
80 34.× .16,3.× .2 12 M 16.× .55 6 20.× .10,2.× .1 4 M 10.× .50 2
100 34.× .16,3.× .2 16 M 16.× .60 8 20.× .10,2.× .1 4 M 10.× .50 2
125 40.× .20,4.× .2,25 12 M 20.× .70 6 20.× .10,2.× .1 4 M 10.× .50 2
150 40.× .20,4.× .2,25 16 M 20.× .70 8 20.× .10,2.× .1 4 M 10.× .50 2
200 50.× .25,4.× .2,5 16 M 24.× .75 8 20.× .10,2.× .1 4 M 10.× .50 2

Dimensions of valve rings and stuffing box rings

DN 10.–.50 m.c. III, VI, VIII, Xc DN 65.–.200 m.c. III (KVNB), VI, VIII
outside inside outside inside
Type item H Type item H
diameter diameter diameter diameter
KVN KX 10 2 valve rings 23,5 15 8.0 2 valve rings 82 60 13.3
KVN KX 1 bonnet valve ring
82 69 10.0
KVN KX 15 2 valve rings 23,5 15 8.0 65
3 stuffing box rings 36 24 8.0
KVN KX 20 2 valve rings 30 20 9.3
2 valve rings 94 70 14.6
KVN KX 25 2 valve rings 38 25 10.6 KVN KX 1 bonnet valve ring
94 80 10.0
80
KVN KX 32 2 valve rings 45 30 14.6 3 stuffing box rings 36 24 8.0
KVN KX 40 2 valve rings 58 40 14.6 2 valve rings 112 90 14.6
KVN KX 1 bonnet valve ring
KVN KX 50 2 valve rings 70 50 16.0 112 100 11.0
100
3 stuffing box rings 46 30 10.0
DN 65.–.150 m.c. III 2 valve rings 135 110 16.0
KVN KX 1 bonnet valve ring
135 121 13.0
outside inside 125
Type item H 3 stuffing box rings 46 30 10.0
diameter diameter
2 valve rings 155 130 17.3
KVN KX 65 2 valve rings 82 60 13.3 KVN KX 1 bonnet valve ring
155 141 13.0
KVN KX 80 2 valve rings 94 70 14.6 150
3 stuffing box rings 46 30 10.0
KVN KX 100 2 valve rings 112 90 14.6 2 Ventilringe 200 170 18.6
KVN KX 125 2 valve rings 135 110 16.0 KVN KX 1 bonnet valve ring
200 184 15.0
200
KVN KX 150 2 valve rings 155 130 17.3 3 stuffing box rings 46 30 10.0

In the interest of technical progress, designs and dimensions are subject to modification 17
 Special designs
KVN with heating jacket
KVN Fire-safe

KVN with heating jacket

All KLINGER piston valves KVN can be
provided with heating jacket.
Overall- / connection dimensions and
application range, see the appropriate
product pages.
KLINGER piston valves with heating
jacket are designed for the use with vis-
cous media or media which solidify
when cold.
The jacket is made of stainless steel
1.4541 and may be used with all heat-
ing fluids for which steel piping is suit-
able. Two heating connections and a
drain connection are provided on the
heating jacket. The max. heating fluid
pressure is 6 bar. Since considerable
condensation may be expected in the
heating jacket when steamheating is
used, it is advisable to connect a steam
trap to the drain connection of the
jacket. Max. pressure of heating me-
dium 6 bar.

Pressure rating of the heating

jacket:
up to DN 100: PN 25
DN 125.–.200: PN 16

KVN Fire-safe tested

acc. to API 6FA
The Fire-safe test was conducted by
TÜV in
Austria, acc. to API Standard GEA and
ISO 10497.
The Fire-safe-type KVN requires a spe-
cial type of sealing elements across the
port which the KVN is supplied with
and can also be retrofitted without
problems. This is the advantage of the
KLINGER-modular systems.

Die Fire-Safe-Ausführung der KVN ver-

langt besondere Dichtelemente im
Durchgang. Diese Fire-Safe-Dichtele-
mente werden direkt im Werk montiert,

18 In the interest of technical progress, designs and dimensions are subject to modification
 Special designs
KVN KX1 for TA-Luft and EPA applications

KVN KX-1 for TA-Luft and EPA

applications
The standard KX-GT valve ring of this
special design is equipped with addi-
tional Klingerflon gaskets. These addi-
tional rings are joined to the upper
valve ring resp. the stuffing box. This
system guarantees lowest leakage rates
(2 ppm !) and meets the TA-Luft and
EPA-requirements even better than con-
ventional sealings.
All other parts of the valves are as in the
standard design and the according
specifications.
Media in the temperature range from
–.196 °C to +.300 °C and pressures up
to 63 bar can be reliably sealed with the
KLINGER piston valve KVN with KX-1
sealing system.

All KLINGER piston valves already in

service can easily be equipped with the
KX-1 system without dissambly.

TA-Luft = Technische Anleitung Luft

(technical guidelines air) Germany

EPA = Environmental Protection Agency

USA

Part name Material

1 Upper valve ring KX-GT
2 Lantern bush Sint C10
3 Sealing K-Flon
4 OT-Valve ring Grafit-L
KVN 10.–.50 KVN 65.–.200
5 Stuffingbox ring KX-GT

In the interest of technical progress, designs and dimensions are subject to modification 19
 KVN certification

Manufacturer- and type approvals

Certificate resp.
No. Tests and approvals Testing institute
registration Nr.
1 Quality system ISO 9001 TÜV CERT Austria 20 100 0918
Manufacturer approval acc. to AD-
2 TÜV Bayern 21878
Merkblatt HPO and TRB 801 No. 45
Welding approval acc. to
3 TÜV Süddeutschland 21878
DIN EN 729.–.2
Welding approval acc.to
4 TÜV Austria PZ/00/S/091/HVK
OENORM EN 729.–.2
Manufacturer approval for welding
5 acc. to OENORM M 7812 Part TÜV Austria V 1225/Sei/85
name 1
Approval acc. to Pressure Equip-
6 ment Directive 97/23/EG/DGVO TÜV Austria Q02/00
426/99
Type approval for KVN 10.–.50 acc.
7 TÜV Bayern TÜV.AR.086.–.96
to VdTÜV 1065
Type approval for KVN 10.–.50 for
8 TÜV Bayern TÜ.AGG.252.–.95
tankers (RID/ADR+TRT)
Fire-safe-test KVN 2“ Class 300 acc. Southwest Research Insti-
9 Test No. 6.–.298
to API 6F tute / USA
Fire-safe-test KVN 50 PN 40 acc. to
10 TÜV Austria V 371/MK/WR
API 6F
Fire-safe-test KVN 100 PN 40 acc.to
11 TÜV Austria V 1798/SEI/HA
API 6F
Release for oxygen service for KVN
12 BAM Berlin Tgb.Nr. 6494/96 IV
10.–.200
TA-Luft-tests with KVN 50 PN 40
13 TÜV Hessen W 8000/2
with KX-1/rings
TA-Luft-tests for KVN 100 PN 40
14 TÜV Austria WP 1430/GÖ/FUK
with KX-1/rings
TA-Luft-tests for KVN 50 PN 40 with
15 TÜV Austria WP 919/MK/BE
TFM 1600/rings
Registrations of KVN in Canada
16 TSSA Cabada CRN OC....
TSSA Cabada

Leakage rates

KVN KX1-GT 50.000 cycle test

20 In the interest of technical progress, designs and dimensions are subject to modification
 Table of chemical resistance

All given recommendations are intended to help in select- Explanation of symbols

ing suitable materials and valve types. No guarantee can be for metallic materials:
given since performance and service life of the products de- 0 = practically resistant, loss in weight less than
pend on a series of factors on which the manufacturer has no 2,4 g/m2/day
influence. Special regulations must be observed. Please con- 1 = fairly resistant, loss in weight 2,4.–.24 g/m2/day
tact us in cases of doubt. Solid media listed in the table 2 = low resistance, loss in weight 24.–.72 g/ m2/day
are to be understood as aqueous solutions or suspensions. 3 = non-resistant, loss in weight more than 72 g/m2/day
EN-JL1040 Cast iron to EN 1561 – = not tested or not customary
EN-JS 1030 Spheroidal cast iron to EN 1563
1.0619 mild cast steel acc. to EN 10213 for sealing materials:
1.4581 stabilised chrome-nickel-molybdenum steel • = suitable
acc. to EN 10213 – = not suitable

Sealing ring materials: Abbreviations:

KX GT special sealing based on graphite Bp. = boiling point
TFM-1600 special sealing PTFE-based satd. sol. = saturated solution
hyd.sol. = hydrous solution
conc. = concentrated

Fluid Chemical formular Concentration Sealing ring Metallic materials Material code
and temperature materials m.c.
% °C
EN-GJL 250
EN-JS 1025

1.0619

1.4581
K-Flon
KFC

Aceton CH3COCH3 20 • • 0 0 0 all

Acetylen C 2H 2 • • III, VIII, X, Xc
Air, dry • • 0 0 0 all
Alum KAI(SO4)2 10 20 • • – – 0 X, Xc
Alum KAI(SO4)2 10 100 • • – – 0 X, Xc
Aluminium acetate (CH3COO)3Al • • 3 3 0 X, Xc
Aluminium ethylate Al(OC2H5)2 • • 0 0 0 alle
Aluminium chlorate Al(CIO3)3 • • – – 0 X, Xc
Aluminium fluoride AIF3 • • 0 0 3 III, VIII
Aluminium oxyde Al2 O3 • • 0 0 0 alle
Ammonium bicarbonate (NH4)HCO3 • • 0 0 0 III, VIII, X, Xc
Ammonium chloride NH4CI 5 20 • • 1 1 0 all
Ammonium chloride NH4CI 10 20 • • 1 1 0 all
Ammonium chloride NH4CI 10 100 • • 3 3 0 X, Xc
Ammonium chloride NH4CI 50 20 • • 1 1 0 all
Ammonium diphosphate (NH2)2HPO4 • • 1 1 0 III, VIII, X, Xc
Ammonium carbonate (NH4)2CO3 Kp • • 2 2 0 X, Xc
Ammonium nitrate NH4NO3 20 • • 2 2 0 X, Xc
Ammonium sulphate (NH4)2SO4 20 • • 3 3 0 X, Xc
Ammonium hydroxyde NH4 OH 10 20 • • 0 0 0 III, VIII, X, Xc
Ammonium hydroxyde NH4OH 10 100 • • 0 0 0 III, VIII, X, Xc
Aniline C6H5NH2 • • 0 0 0 all
Arsenic acid H3As04 • • 2 2 0 X, Xc
Asphalt (tar) • • – – 0 X, Xc
Beer • • 0 0 0 all
Benzene C 6H 6 • • 0 0 0 all
Benzine • • 3 3 0 X, Xc
Bleaching liquor (chloride of lime) • • – – 1 X, Xc
Borax Na2B407 10 H20 • • – – 0 X, Xc

In the interest of technical progress, designs and dimensions are subject to modification 21
Fluid Chemical formular Concentration Sealing ring Metallic materials Material code
and temperature materials m.c.
% °C

EN-GJL 250
EN-JS 1025

1.0619

1.4581
K-Flon
KFC
Boric acid H3BO3 4 20 • • 2 2 0 X, Xc
Boric acid H3BO3 4 100 • • 2 2 0 X, Xc
Boric acid H3BO3 100 100 • • 2 2 0 X, Xc
Butane C4H10 • • 0 0 0 all
Buttermilk 20 • • – – 0 X, Xc
Butyl acetate CH3C00C4H9 • • 0 0 0 all
Butyl alcohol C4H9OH • • 0 0 0 all
Calcium bisulphite Ca(HS 03)2 20 • • 2 3 0 X, Xc
Calcium bisulphite Ca(HS 03)2 200 • • 2 3 0 X, Xc
Calcium chloride CaCl2 20 • • 1 1 0 X, Xc
Calcium chloride CaCl2 100 • • 2 2 1 X, Xc
Calcium hydroxide (milk of lime) Ca(OH)2 • • 0 0 0 all
Calcium hypochlorite Ca(CIO)2 • • 2 2 1 X, Xc
Calcium sulphate CaSO4 • • 0 0 0 all
Carbon dioxyde, dry CO2 bis 150 • • 0 0 0 all
Carbon dioxyde, dry CO2 400 – • 0 0 0 VII, X, Xc
Carbon disulfide CS2 20 • • 0 0 0 III, VIII, X, Xc
Carbon tetrachloride CCl4 • • 1 1 0 all
Chloroform HOSO2Cl Kp • • 1 1 3 all
Chloroform
Chlor sulphonic acid
Chromic acid H2CroO4 10 20 • • 1 0 0 III, VIII, X, Xc
Chromic acid H2CroO4 10 Kp • • – – 0 X, Xc
Chromic acid H2CroO4 50 20 • 0 0 0 III, VIII, X, Xc
Citric acid (CH2COOH)2C 20 • • 3 3 0 X, Xc
(OH)COOH
Citric acid CH2COOH)2C Kp • • 3 3 0 X, Xc
(OH)COOH
Clophen T 64 • • 0 0 0 all
Copper acetate wat. sol. (CH3COOO)2Cu 20 • • 0 0 0 all
Copper acetate wat. sol (CH3COOO)2Cu Kp • • 2 2 0 X, Xc
Copper sulphate CuSO4 20 • • 3 2 0 X, Xc
Copper sulphate CuSO4 Kp • • 3 2 0 X, Xc
Diazotation bath,(weakly acid) 20 • • 2 2 1 X, Xc
Diazotation bath,(weakly acid) 80 • • 2 2 1 X, Xc
Diesel oil 20 • • 0 0 0 all
Diphyl • • 0 0 0 all 3)
Dowtherm A • • 0 0 0 all 3)
Dye liquor, alkaline or neutral 20 • • – – – X, Xc
Dye liquor, alkaline or neutral dye li- Kp • • – – 0 X, Xc
quor, organic acid 20 • • – – 0 X, Xc
Dye liquor, organic acid Kp • • – – 0 X, Xc
Dye liquor,weakly sulphuric acid H2SO4 under Kp • • – – 0 X, Xc
Dye liquor, strongly sulphuric acid 0,3%
Dye liquor, strongly sulphuric acid H2SO4 above 0,3% 20 • • – – 0 X, Xc
H2SO4 above 0,3%
Kp • • – – 1 X, Xc
Ethane C 2H 6 • • 0 0 0 all
Ethanol C2H5OH • • 0 0 0 all
Ethyl ether C2H5OC2H6 • • 1 1 0 all
Ethyl acetate CH3COOC2H5 Kp • • 0 0 0 all
Ethylene C 2H 4 • • 0 0 0 all
Ethylen chloride (Dichlorethan) (CH2Cl)2 20 • • 0 0 0 all

22 In the interest of technical progress, designs and dimensions are subject to modification
Fluid Chemical formular Concentration Sealing ring Metallic materials Material code
and temperature materials m.c.
% °C

EN-GJL 250
EN-JS 1025

1.0619

1.4581
K-Flon
KFC
Fatty acids from C6 • • 1 1 0 all
Formaldehyde HCHO 40 20 • • 3 3 0 X, Xc
Formaldehyde HCHO 40 Kp • • 3 3 0 X, Xc
Formic acid HCOOH 10 20 • • 3 3 0 X, Xc
Formic acid HCOOH 10 100 • • 3 3 1 X, Xc
Formic acid HCOOH 100 20 • • 3 3 0 X, Xc
Formic acid HCOOH 100 100 • • 3 3 1 X, Xc
Freon • • 0 0 0 all
Glacial acetic acid CH3COOH 10 20 • • 2 2 0 X, Xc
Glacial acetic acid CH3COOH 10 Kp • • 2 2 0 X, Xc
Glacial acetic acid CH3COOH 50 20 • • 3 2 0 X, Xc
Glacial acetic acid CH3COOH 50 Kp • • 3 2 1 X, Xc
Glacial acetic acid CH3COOH 80 20 • • 3 2 1 X, Xc
Glacial acetic acid CH3COOH 80 Kp • • 3 2 1 X, Xc
Glacial acetic acid CH3COOH 20 • • 2 2 0 X, Xc
Glycerine (CH2OH)2CHOH 20 • • 2 2 0 X, Xc
Glycerine (CH2OH)2CHOH 100 • • 2 2 0 X, Xc
Grape vinegar 20 • • – – 0 X, Xc
Heat transfer oils • • 0 0 0 all 3)
Hydrochloric acid, dry HCI 20 • • 1 1 1 all
Hydrochloric acid, dry HCI 100 • • 1 1 2 all
Hydrochloric acid HCI 0,2 20 • • 3 3 0 X, Xc
Hydrochloric acid HCI 0,2 50 • • 3 3 1 X, Xc
Hydrochloric acid HCI 1 20 • • 3 3 1 X, Xc
Hydrogen H2 • • 0 0 0 all 4)
Hydrogen peroxide H2O2 20 • • 3 3 0 X, Xc
Hydrogen peroxide H 2O 2 50 • • 3 3 0 X, Xc
Hydrogen sulphide, gas, dry H 2S 20 • • – – 0 X, Xc
Hydrogen sulphide, gas,wet H 2S 20 • – – 0 X, Xc
Hydroxylamine sulphate (NH2OH)H2SO4 10 20 • • – – 0 X, Xc
Hydroxylamine sulphate (NH2OH)H2SO4 10 Kp • • – – 0 X, Xc
Illuminating gas • • 0 0 0 all
Kreosote 20 • • – – 0 X, Xc
Kreosote Kp • • – – 0 X, Xc
Lead acetate (lead sugar) Pb(CH3C00)2 100 Kp • • 3 3 2 X, Xc
Lead arsenate Pb(As04)2 • • – – 0 X, Xc
Linseed oil 20 • • – – 0 X, Xc
Linseed oil 100 • • – – 0 X, Xc
Magnesium sulphate MgSO4 20 • • 1 1 0 all
Magnesium sulphate MgSO4 Kp • • 1 1 0 all
Manganous chloride MnCl2 20 • • 2 2 0 X, Xc
Manganous chloride MnCl2 Kp • • 2 2 0 X, Xc
Mercury Hg 20 • • 1 1 0 III, VIII, X, Xc
Mercury (II) chloride HgCl2 20 • • 3 3 0 X, Xc
Mercury (II) nitrate Hg(NO3)2 20 • • 3 3 0 X, Xc
Methyl alcohol CH3OH 20 • • all
Methyl alcohol CH3OH Kp • • all
Methylene chloride CH2Cl2 20
Methylene chloride CH2Cl2 Kp
M.E.K (Butanone) CH3COC2H5 Kp
Milk of lime Ca(OH)2 20 • • 0 0 0 all
Milk of lime Ca(OH)2 Kp • • 0 0 0 all
Milk • • 2 2 0 X, Xc

In the interest of technical progress, designs and dimensions are subject to modification 23
Fluid Chemical formular Concentration Sealing ring Metallic materials Material code
and temperature materials m.c.
% °C

EN-GJL 250
EN-JS 1025

1.0619

1.4581
K-Flon
KFC
Natrium acetate CH3COONa 20 20 • • 1 1 0 all
Natural gas • • 1 0 0 all
Nitric acid HNO3 10 20 • • 3 3 0 X, Xc
Nitric acid HNO3 10 Kp • • 3 3 0 X, Xc
Nitric acid HNO3 40 20 • • 3 3 0 X, Xc
Nitric acid HNO3 40 Kp • xx 3 3 0 X, Xc
Nitric acid HNO3 konz. 20 • • 3 3 0 X, Xc
Nitric acid HNO3 konz. Kp • 3 2 1 X, Xc
Nitrogen N2 • • 0 0 0 all
Oils (lubricating oils, mineral) 20 • • 0 0 0 all
Oils (vegetable) 20 • • 0 0 0 all
Oleic acid C17H33COOH • • 0 0 0 all
Oxalic acid COOHCOOH • • 2 2 8 X, Xc
Oxygen 02 20 • • 0 0 0 all
Penthyl acetate CH3COOC5H11 • • 0 0 0 all
Petroleum ether 20 • • 0 0 0 all
Phenol C6H5OH • • 2 2 0 X, Xc
Phosphoric acid H3PO4 10 20 • • 2 2 0 X, Xc
Phosphoric acid H3PO4 10 Kp • • 3 3 0 X, Xc
Phosphoric acid H3PO4 50 20 • • 2 2 0 X, Xc
Phosphoric acid H3PO4 50 Kp • • 3 3 1 X, Xc
Phosphoric acid H3PO4 80 20 • • 3 3 0 X, Xc
Phosphoric acid H3PO4 80 Kp • • 3 3 2 X, Xc
Potassium acetate CH3COOK Kp • • 0 0 0 all
Potassium dichromate K2Cr2O7 25 20 • • 0 0 0 all
Potassium dichromate K2Cr2O7 Kp • • 2 2 0 X, XC
Potassium hydrogenartrate COOH(CHOH) 20 • • – – 0 X, Xc
Potassium hydrogenartrate (at 100 o, 2COOK Kp • • – – 1 X, Xc
sat.sol.) COOH(CHOH)
2COOK
Potassium carbonate K2CO3 50 20 • • 1 0 0 all
Potassium carbonate (potash) K2CO3 Kp • • 1 0 0 all
Potassium chlorate KCIO3 Kp • • 2 2 0 X, Xc
(at 100 o, sat.sol.)
Potassium chromium sulphate KCr(SO4)212H2O 20 • • – – 0 X, Xc
Potassium chromium sulphate (chro- KCr(SO4)212H2O Kp • • – – 3
mic alum) KOH 25 20 • • 0 0 0 all
Potassium hydroxyde KOH 25 Kp • • – – 0 X, Xc
Potassium hydroxyde KOH 50 20 • • 0 0 0 all
Potassium hydroxyde KOH 50 Kp • • 3 3 0 X, Xc
Potassium hydroxyde KOCI 20 • • 2 2 1 X, Xc
Potassium hydrochlorite KOCI 40 • • 2 2 1 X. Xc
Potassium hydrochlorite up to 20.g KJ Kp • • 2 2 0 Xc
akt. Cl2/l KJ • • 1 1 0 III, VIII, X, Xc
Potassium iodide KNO3 20 0 0 0 all
Potassium iodide KNO3 Kp 2 2 0 X, Xc
Potassium nitrate KMnO4 20 0 0 0 all
Potassium nitrate KMnO4 Kp 3 3 0 X, Xc
Potassium permanganaet
Potassium cyanide solution KCN 5 20 • 5) • 1 1 0 III, VIII, X, Xc
Propane C 3H 8 20 • • 0 0 0 all
Salicylic acid C6H4OHCOOH 20 • • 2 2 0 X, Xc
Salpeter • • 0 0 0 all

24 In the interest of technical progress, designs and dimensions are subject to modification
Fluid Chemical formular Concentration Sealing ring Metallic materials Material code
and temperature materials m.c.
% °C

EN-GJL 250
EN-JS 1025

1.0619

1.4581
K-Flon
KFC
Sea water 20 • • 3 3 0 X, Xc
Sea water Kp • • 3 3 0 X, Xc
Silicone oil • • 0 0 0 all
Soap • • 0 0 0 all
Sodium carbonate Na2CO3 20 • • 0 0 0 all
Sodium carbonate Na2CO3 Kp • • 1 1 0 all
Sodium hydroxide NaOH 20 Kp • • 0 0 0 all
Sodium hydroxide NaOH 35 20 • • – – 0 X, Xc
Sodium hydroxide NaOH 35 Kp • • 0 0 0 all
Sodium hydroxide NaOH • • 3 3 0 X, Xc
Sodium sulphate Na2SO4 • • 0 0 0 all
Sole NaCl 20 • • 3 3 1 X, Xc
Spinbath (up to 10% H2SO4) 80 • • 3 3 0 X, Xc
Starch solution • • 2 2 0 X, Xc
Steam (water vapour) • • 0 0 0 all
5)

Stearic acid C17H35 COOH • • 2 2 0 X, Xc

Sugar 20 • • 1 1 0 all
Sugar 80 • • 1 1 0 all
Sulphite lye (fresh cooking liquor, Ca(HSO3)2 20 • • – – 0 X, Xc
spent liquor)
Sulphite lye (fresh cooking liquor, Ca(HSO3)2 80 • • – – 0 X, Xc
spent liquor)
Sulphur dioxide SO2 • •x 3 3 0 X, Xc
Sulphurous acid (cold) sat.sol. H2SO3 • • 3 3 0 X, Xc
Sulfphuric acid H2SO4 1 20 • • 3 3 0 X, Xc
Sulfphuric acid H2SO4 10 20 • • 3 3 0 X, Xc
Sulfphuric acid H2SO4 90 20 • • 1 1 0
Sulfphuric acid H2SO4 konz. 20 • • 0 0 0 all
Tannic acid C76H52O46 10 20 • • 2 2 0 X, Xc
Tannic acid C76H52O46 10 Kp • • 3 3 0 X, Xc
Tannic acid C76H52O46 50 20 • • 2 2 0 X, Xc
Tar (neutral) 180 • • 1 1 0 III, VII, X, Xc
Tartaric acid (CHOHCOOH)2 20 • • 2 2 0 X, Xc
Toluol C6H5CH3 20 • • 0 0 0 all
Trichlorethylene C2HCI3 • • 1 1 0 all
Turpentine oil 20 • • 0 0 0 all
Urea (NH2)2CO 20 • • 1 1 0 all
Water (fresh-a.drinking water) H 2O • • 0 0 0 all
Water vapour <.140 °C • • 0 0 0 VII, VIII
Water vapour >.140 °C • • 0 0 0 VII, VIII
Water glass (K- and Na-silicate) K2SiO3Na2HCI3 • • 0 0 0 all
Xylene C6H4(CH3)2 20 • • 0 0 0 all

1) Piston and piston shaft in 1.4404 (please specify
when ordering).
2) Discoloration may occur.
3) With heat-transfer media please inquire in our
Gumpoldskirchen factory regarding choice of valve
rings. Please state the type of medium and the tem- 4) All ferrous materials are resistant to hydrogen; it is
perature range. Cast iron is chemically resistant to pointed out, however, that hydrogen diffuses through
heat transfer media but, in view of the ability of these cast iron and can cause embrittlement.
media to penetrage the pores, it is not recommended 5) 150 °C

In the interest of technical progress, designs and dimensions are subject to modification 25
 Types of KVN valves

KVN 10.–.50, VIII cast steel KVNB 65.–.200, VIII cast steel

KVN 65.–.150, III cast iron KVN 10.–.50, Xc stainless steel

KVMN 1/2 – 2 , III cast iron KVN ANSI, VIII cast steel

26 In the interest of technical progress, designs and dimensions are subject to modification
 KLINGER piston valves
Security over years

In the interest of technical progress, designs and dimensions are subject to modification 27
 KLINGER product range

Product range

Liquid level gauges

for steam boiler and process applica-
tion

Reflex and transparent gauges

Piston valves Circular sight-glasses

made of grey cast iron, nodular cast
iron, steel and stainless cast steel
AB cocks
Packing-sleeve cocks and pressure-
gauge cocks in brass, steel and stain-
less steel

Key role
Link
Innovation
Navigation
Growth
Efficiency
Routine
 Water Level
Gauges
AB12 Bronze
Water Gauge Cocks
Quality System

Quality
Endorsed
Company
ISO 9002 & QS 9000

Manufactured in Australia
Lic QS0048
Standards Australia
_______________________________________________________
Sleeve-Packed Water Gauge Cocks
AB12 Bronze Klinger Sleeve-Packed Shut off Cocks. These are standard pattern Klinger Gauge shut-off
mounts for boilers operating up to 260 PSI (1800 kpa) saturated steam and are available only in a cast finish
with the following standard vessel connections.

Flanged 114 x 15mm undrilled F/F. Screwed 20mm BSP Male (Locking nut
AB12 BR Shut off mount with flanged connections; available).
R/H or L/H AB12 BR Shut off mounts with screwed
With this unit safety shut off balls are fitted to the top connections; R/H and L/H operation
and bottom gauge mount assemblies. In the top A single safety shut off ball is fitted to the bottom
mount assembly the safety shut off ball is located at gauge mount assembly and can be removed or
the back of the flanges and can be removed or examined by unscrewing the cleaning plug
examined by unscrewing the ball retainer plug (P/No.16). No safety ball is fitted to the top gauge
(P/No.28). The safety ball in the bottom gauge mount assembly.
assembly is located in the stuffing box head and
examination or removal of the safety ball can be Please note: Screwed 15mm BSP Male connection
performed by unscrewing the cleaning plug (P/No. is available only on request and is subject to
16). machining charges at cost of turning down
connections from 20mm BSP Male to 15mm Male
Please note: The AB12 BR Double Ball Flanged connections.
gauge mount has DLI (VIC) approval for use on
unattended boilers

IT E M D E S C R IP T IO N N O .P E R M A T E R IA L IT E M D E S C R IP T IO N N O .P E R M A T E R IA L IT E M D E S C R IP T IO N N O . P E R M A T E R IA L
SET SET SET
1 TO P C O C K B O D Y 1 B R O N ZE 14 G LA N D B U S H 2 B R O N ZE 27 LO C K N U T (E X T R A ) 2 B R O N ZE
2 B O TTO M C O C K B O D Y 1 B R O N ZE 15 P A C K IN G R IN G 2 K LIN G E R A S T IC O N LY F LA N G E D M O U N T S
3 D R A IN C O C K B O D Y 1 B R O N ZE 16 C LE A N IN G P LU G 2 B R O N ZE 28 R E T A IN E R P LU G 2 B R O N ZE
4 P LU G 3 S T A IN LE S S S T E E L 17 S A F E T Y B A LL 1 PHO SPHO R B R O N ZE 29 D R A IN C O C K B U S H 1 B R O N ZE
5 N EC K B U SH 3 B R O N ZE 18 T A IL P IP E 1 B R A SS 30 B O T T O M IN G R IN G 1 B R O N ZE
6 T IG H T E N IN G N U T 3 B R O N ZE 19 U N IO N N U T 1 B R O N ZE 31 1 2 m m S A F E T Y B A LL 2 PHO SPHO R B R O N ZE
7 P A C K IN G S LE E V E A B 1 2 3 K LIN G E R IT 20 G LA S S T U B E 1 B O R O S ILIC A T E G LA S S
8 H A N D LE 3 B R O N ZE 21 T O P P R O T E C T O R P LA T E 1 B R O N ZE
9 T U B E C LE A N IN G P LU G 1 B R O N ZE 22 B O T T O M P R O T E C T O R P LA T E 1 B R O N ZE
10 C O N ES 2 K LIN T E R A S T IC 23 P R O JE C T O R G LA S S 3 T O U G H E N E D P LA T E G LA S S
11 G LA N D N U T 2 B R O N ZE 24 JO IN T 6 K LIN G E R 'S T A T IT E '
12 G LA N D R IN G 2 B R O N ZE 25 P R O JE C T O R R O D 4 B R A SS
13 D E LE T E D 26 LO C K IN G S C R E W 1 B R A SS
 Tubular Glass Type Level Gauge
______________________________________________________
AB12 Bronze Klinger Gauge shut off mounts can
be fitted with a variety of level gauges with the
Gauge Glass Protectors
most common being the tubular gauge glass As shown on Page 2. Three-pane glass protectors are
type. available in either plate or armoured glass. Additionally,
Tubular gauge glasses are available in 20mm, wire rod protectors can be supplied.
16mm, 13mm outside diameter. Fitting of the (Please note: Protectors are non-stick items as vessel
various sizes of glass tubes is easily effected by centre variations prevent stocking of particular sizes.)
simply fitting a gauge glass cone (P/No. 10) of the When ordering gauge glass protectors, quote the type of
corresponding size. protector required, actual vessel centres, dimensions of
Klingerlastic rings can be supplied if required and stuffing box, tightening nuts and type of Klinger mount.
are recommended for low pressure applications. They must suit as no return or refunds are possible.
For sizing the glass tube length, use vessel
centres less 45mm. Reflex Level Gauge type R100
Alternatives to Glass Tubes with AB12 Gauge Mounts
and Protectors
Compared to the relatively short service of glass
tubes, the Klinger R100 Reflex Level Gauges can
provide cost effective alternatives to the glass
tube range. For more complete details, a
separate catalogue is available. When using
R100 gauges special graphite rings are
recommended.

S iz e C . to c . L e n g th o f V is ib le L e n g th o f W e ig h t*
d is ta n c e body le n g th g la s s R 100
M m in K S G kg
III 330 178 143 165 1 1 .9
IV 335 203 168 190 1 2 .4
V 385 233 198 220 1 3 .3
VI 415 263 228 250 1 4 .3
V II 445 293 258 280 1 4 .6
V III 485 333 298 320 1 5 .8
IX 505 353 318 340 1 6 .3
* A p p ro x . w e ig h t in c lu d e s A B 1 2 F la n g e d G a u g e C o c ks Note: Pressure vessel codes may require minimum sight length.
 Commissioning and
Maintenance Instructions
____________________________ __________________________
AB12 Gauge Mounts
Commissioning
1. With the top and bottom gauge mounts shut,
open the drain cock then crack the top mount to
allow a small flow of steam to pass through the
gauge until it is thoroughly warmed.
2. Close the drain cock, allowing the resulting
condensate to gradually fill the gauge.
3. Open the bottom gauge mount fully.
4. During the warming up period the gauge glass
seals and joint will settle and it is therefore
essential to follow up the Stuffing Box tightening
nut (P/No. 11) and packing sleeve tightening - Loosen the tightening bolts and remove all
nuts. The top and bottom mounts should be in component pieces.
open position during this operation. - Clean the sealing and cushion surfaces very
Procedure for removing Gauge Glass Tube carefully, making sure that they are clear of
1. Isolate gauge from the source of pressure. any remnants of joints.
2. Relieve gauge of internal pressure. - Smear the threads with a thin layer of anti-seize
3. Loosen stuffing box tightening nuts. grease.
4. Remove gauge glass tube cleaning plug
5. Remove gauge tube through the top mount Reassembling
assembly. - Fit in a new glass with new joints (never re-use
joints which have already been in service!)
To reassemble, reverse the above procedure. - Re-assemble all the components in the right
(Please note: It is always advisable to replace the sequence. Tighten the bolts thoroughly.
Klingerlastic seals). - Never grip the level gauge body in a vice during
_____________________________ the reassembling, but put it on a plane
Reflex Level Gauges surface.
- Never use adhesive or hermetic mastics.
Service Maintenance
Remember that all surfaces must be perfectly
- After the level gauge is first put into service, or after clean.
change of glass once the level gauge has
reached its normal operating temperature and Spare Parts
pressure, carefully compress the glass joints by - When ordering spare parts, please state:
following up the tightening bolts. Working at i. type and style of level gauge
opposite sides alternately, starting from the ii. item number of the spare part,
middle. THIS MUST BE REPEATED SEVERAL as shown on the above list
TIMES WITHIN THE FIRST HOURS, and in case iii. construction material.
any sign of leaks should appear. - As regards reflex glasses and their joints, please
- If perfect sealing cannot be obtained in this way it will remember that each level gauge is fitted with
be necessary to replace the joints and eventually one reflex glass type “B” (section: 34 x
the glass too. 17mm), the size of which suits the gauge
Dismantling body size.
- Shut off the cocks and remove the level gauge body
from the cocks.

Sealing the Future

_________________________________________________________
All information and recommendations contained in this publication are to the best of our knowledge correct. Since conditions of use are beyond our control users must satisfy themselves
that products are suitable for the intended processes and uses. No warranty is given or implied in respect of information or recommendations or that any use of products will not infringe
rights belonging to other parties. In any event or occurrence our liability is limited to our invoice value of the goods delivered by us to you. We reserve the right to change product design
and properties without notice.
Magnetic Level Gauges

Instrumentation Division

The well proven TC Klinger Magnetic
Level Gauge is particularly suitable for
duties where dangerous and toxic liquids
or gases are involved and where the
following features, benefits and options
are required:-
Design Considerations
Magnetic Level Gauges, depend not only on the
integrity of the chamber but also on the float design
and the ability to satisfy all design parameters, ie.
specific gravity, pressure and temperature, without
compromising the magnetic linkage to the display and
associated controls. Many competitive systems
sacrifice display performance by using smaller and
weaker magnet systems to achieve low SG and higher
pressures, invariably with detrimental effect. Others
use guided and vented floats to achieve the same
result, which again can prove limiting and
troublesome.
The Advantages Of The System
The system, built on many years experience, has taken
all these factors into consideration and designed out
these problem areas. This unique system uses a
patented ferrite moulded wafer system, which
combined with a sealed guide-free float carrying a
powerful omni-directional magnet system, provides
ultimate performance and reliability, even under the
most severe conditions.
2
> Immediate and accurate response to level
changes, giving clear and sharp legibility.
> Continuous indication of liquid level.
> Local and remote display.
> Point switching facilities.
> Robust, shockproof and completely sealed
for safety.
> No leakage to atmosphere.
> Particularly suitable for dangerous or toxic
fluids.
> Ideal for liquid interface applications.
> Powerful omni-direction magnet system –
guide-free float.
> Display can be rotated through 360o
irrespective of float position.
> Automatic float warning.
> High pressure capability – up to 200 bar
unvented.
> High temperature capability – standard up
to 400oC.
> Standard SG range 0.4 – 2.2
> Unlimited length.
> Top mounted options.
> PTFE/PFA lined, PP, PVDF and uPVC versions.
> Simple to engineer and easy to install.
> Eliminates preventive maintenance.
> An economical alternative to:-
Conventional level gauges and other level
measuring systems.
> Display unit protection IP67.
Operation
The TC Klinger Magnetic gauge is designed so that the
liquid being measured is enclosed within a sealed
chamber.
A stainless steel, titanium or plastic float fitted with a
permanent omni-directional magnet moves freely inside
the chamber and actuates the magnetic wafers within
the indicator. As the float rises or falls with the liquid
level each wafer rotates 180o and so presents a
contrasting colour. Those wafers above the float show
white, whilst those level and below show red – the
indicator then presents a clearly defined and accurate
level of the liquid in the chamber.
The wafers resist accidental disturbance
(e.g. vibration) due to their edge magnetisation
and mutual attraction.
To complement the range, the Magnetic Gauge can be
supplied with Alarm Switches or Transmitter and
Controller to remotely display the liquid level.
 STANDARD DESIGN
(see enquiry form for other options) ‘X’

‘T’

‘S’ SIGHT
‘M’ CRS
‘U’

OMNI
■ Features and Benefits DIRECTIONAL
MAGNET
SYSTEM
> Indicator Aluminium or Stainless Steel outer housing can be
assembled to any length and mounted to suit the best viewing
position.

> Coloured Wafers 25mm wide, red and white (or green, red and
yellow) remain magnetically locked in the vertical position until NON GUIDED SYSTEM
disturbed by the greater magnetic force of the float magnet.

> Automatic Float Warning The wafers at the bottom of the

indicator are mounted with their colours reversed. Should the CHAMBER
ALUMINIUM OR
float reach that level, they again present a sharp, immediately STAINLESS STEEL
INDICATOR
readable indication of float failure.

> Sealed Float of reinforced stainless steel, titanium or corrosion

resistant plastic.

> Sealed Chamber fabricated from stainless steel tubing.

COLOURED
> Interface The gauge is ideally suited for measuring liquid WAFERS
SEALED GUIDE
FREE FLOAT
interfaces. Floats are available with a variety of specific gravities
to suit the liquids being monitored.

> Point Switches Switches can be fitted on the gauge at any level
and so provide signals at high, low and intermediate points.
AUTOMATIC
> Transmission and Monitoring for Remote Display Can be WARNING
offered as a complete original equipment package or retro-fitted
to an existing Magnetic Gauge.

> Versatility The simple concept of the Magnetic Gauge allows for
flexible design to adapt to a variety of installation needs. Gauges
can be manufactured to an almost unlimited length and in any
configuration.

3
Magnetic Level Gauge SWITCHES

Simple Latching Operation Suitable for IS Circuits with Approved Barriers

Readily Adjustable Explosion Proof Designs
0.5 to 6 Amp Options Micro Switch and Inductive proximity Options

TC Klinger Magnetic Gauge switches, attached to the side of the chamber

can be used to provide a variety of alarm functions. The range comprises of
three basic types, DR2, DR3 and DR8 (BGUV) series for a low cost solution
on temperatures up to 150OC, with connection via a flying lead - available in
non-hazardous, intrinsically safe and explosion proof options. The DR4
(STMU) for high temperature applications in non-hazardous environments
(with inductive proximity variants) and the DR6 (MDA) for explosion proof Type DR2, DR3, DR8 (BGUV)
applications, plus heavy duty switching via microswitch operation.

Other options are available on request including:-

> Special variants for switching in control circuits for PLC’s
> NAMUR Circuit options to DIN 50227
> Pneumatic operation

Type DR2, DR3, DR8 (BGUV)

Contact Reed Contact
Contact Type 1 SPDT (Bistable)
Switch Rating 230V AC, 60VA, 1 AMP
230V DC, 30W, 0.5 AMP
Max.Temperature 150OC LATCHING CHANGEOVER
Cable Connection 3 metre silicon (longer on request) BLUE (1)
(Junction Box available on request)
Housing Stainless Steel BROWN (2)
Housing Protection IP65 (IP68 EExd version)
BLACK (3)
Marking DR3 Non Hazardous - None
DR2 Intrinsically Safe - II 1G EEx ia IIC T3-T6 Type DR4 (STMU)
DR8 Explosion Proof - II 2G EEx d IIC T3-T6
LCIE 01 ATEX 6047X

Type DR4 (STMU)

Contact Reed Contact (Latching Rocker Arm)
Contact Type 1 SPDT (Bistable)
Switch Rating 230V AC, 60VA, 1 AMP
230V DC, 30W, 0.5AMP
Max.Temperature 380OC LATCHING CHANGEOVER
Cable Connection M20 Entry BLUE (1)
Housing Aluminium (Coated Red)
Housing Protection IP65 BROWN (2)

(Note - Inductive Proximity Version available on request) BLACK (3)

Type DR6 (MDA)

Type DR6 (MDA)

Contact Reed Contact
Contact Type 1 SPDT (Bistable)
Switch Rating 230V AC, 60VA, 1 AMP
230V DC, 30W, 0.5 AMP
Max.Temperature 150OC
Cable Connection 1 x M20 entry (2 plugged 3/4" NPT)
Housing Aluminium (Coated Grey)
Housing Protection IP66
Marking Explosion proof - II 2G EEx d IIC T5 - T6
LCIE 02 ATEX 6056 LATCHING CHANGEOVER

BLUE (1)

(Note - Micro switch option available - up to 6amp capacity)

BROWN (2)

BLACK (3)

4
 Magnetic Level Gauge TRANSMITTERS

INTEGRAL HEAD
ELECTRONICS Liquid Level Transmitter
WITH M20 CABLE
CONNECTIONS KTX.IS (Intrinsically Safe)

* II 1/2G EEx ia IIC T4-T6 KEMA 01 ATEX 1052X

KTX.EXD (Explosion Proof)

II 2G EEx d IIC T4-T6 LCIE 03 ATEX 6155

> Two wire 4-20mA current loop.

TRANSMITTER
> Resolution 5mm, 10mm, 20mm Standard.
> Remote display and control.
> Transmits up to 6Km.
> No media contact.

* > Simple application.

> Can be retro-fitted.
> Cost effective level measuring system.
> Approved EEx ia IIC T4-T6, EEx d IIC T4-T6.
> Low cost Non Approved version.
> HART ® - Protocol (optional).
> PROFIBUS® PA (optional).
KTX TRANSMITTER > FOUNDATIONTM FIELDBUS (optional).
* Alternative Mounting

The transmitter is attached to the side of the magnetic level gauge chamber
where it senses the position of the float. It can be supplied as an original
equipment package or retro-fitted to an existing magnetic gauge, without
interrupting the process.

The transmitter consists of a sensor tube containing a series of reed switches

and resistors and an electronic circuit contained within a connection head,
which can be supplied orientated to suit any gauge configuration or cable
45mm
MIN

arrangement.
*
As the float rises and falls within the gauge chamber the corresponding reed
switch closes altering the circuit resistance, this resistance is converted into a
4-20mA output signal by the electronic circuit.

The transmitter is approved intrinsically safe to EEx ia IIC T4-T6 when used
with approved barriers.
For explosion proof duty approved to EEx d IIC T4-T6.

■ Specification
Supply voltage 10-30Vdc. Polarity protected
* Output 4-20mA (profiled optional)
Float warning - Default Signal
Connections via epoxy coated aluminium head mounted junction box
with M20 cable entry
Protection IP65
Lengths to suit magnetic level gauge
Stainless Steel headshell option

FLANGED END CONNECTED For enquiry information: Refer to Separate Order Form
ARRANGEMENT

5
 ■ Specification
STANDARD MATERIALS

Body: Austenitic stainless

steel to suit
customers
requirements.

Flanges: Austenitic stainless

or carbon steel
depending upon
application.
Float: Austenitic stainless
steel, titanium or
corrosion resistant
plastic.

Display Housing: Aluminium Alloy

6063T6 or
Stainless Steel Clad.
RATINGS Process Pressures
up to 200 bar
(2900 psi).
Saturated Steam
pressure up to
110 bar.
Temperatures up
to 400oC.
Higher temperatures
on application.

SPECIAL CHAMBER MATERIAL

Alloy 825, Titanium, Hasteloy, Sanicro
28/Duplex, Monel 400.
Others on request.

■ Approvals
PRESSURE EQUIPMENT DIRECTIVE
97/23/EC CATEGORY IV
Type Approval COV 0312119/TEC
Module B
Certificate of Conformity COV 0312785/01
Module D
II 1/2Gc T2-T6 KEMA 02 ATEX2106X
Note: this approval is not available on
all options, contact design office for
information.

DISTRIBUTED BY

TC Fluid Control Ltd. TC Fluid Control Ltd. Instrumentation Division

Valves and Steam Division Unit 49A, Victoria Industrial Park,
Broadgate, Broadway Business Park,
Chadderton, Oldham, Lancashire OL9 9XA.
Victoria Road, Dartford, Kent DA1 5AJ
Telephone: +44 (0)161 684 7488. Telephone: +44 (0)1322 622400
Fax: +44 (0)1322 285660
03/04/2

Fax: +44 (0)161 684 7487.

e-mail: energy@tc-fluidcontrol.com e-mail: instruments@tc-fluidcontrol.com
web site: www.tc-fluidcontrol.com website: www.tc-fluidcontrol.com

6
 Magnetic Level Gauge
Magnetic Level Gauge SWITCHES

Simple Latching Operation Suitable for IS Circuits with Approved Barriers

Readily Adjustable Explosion Proof Designs
0.5 to 6 Amp Options Micro Switch and Inductive proximity Options

TC-Klinger Magnetic Gauge switches, attached to the side of the chamber

can be used to provide a variety of alarm functions. The range comprises of
three basic types, DR2, DR3 and DR8 (BGUV) series for a low cost solution
on temperatures up to 150OC, with connection via a flying lead - available in
non-hazardous, intrinsically safe and explosion proof options. The DR4
(STMU) for high temperature applications in non-hazardous environments
(with inductive proximity variants) and the DR6 (MDA) for explosion proof
applications, plus heavy duty switching via microswitch operation. Type DR2, DR3, DR8 (BGUV)

Other options are available on request including:-

> Special variants for switching in control circuits for PLC’s
> NAMUR Circuit options to DIN 50227
> Pneumatic operation

Type DR2, DR3, DR8 (BGUV)

Contact Reed Contact
Contact Type 1 SPDT (Bistable)
Switch Rating 230V AC, 60VA, 1 AMP
230V DC, 30W, 0.5 AMP
Max.Temperature 150OC
Cable Connection 3 metre silicon (longer on request)
LATCHING CHANGEOVER
(Junction Box available on request)
BLUE (1)
Housing Stainless Steel
Housing Protection IP65 (IP68 EExd version)
BROWN (2)
Marking DR3 Non Hazardous - None
DR2 Intrinsically Safe - II 1G EEx ia IIC T3-T6 BLACK (3)

DR8 Explosion Proof - II 2G EEx d IIC T3-T6 Type DR4 (STMU)

LCIE 01 ATEX 6047X

Type DR4 (STMU)

Contact Reed Contact (Latching Rocker Arm)
Contact Type 1 SPDT (Bistable)
Switch Rating 230V AC, 60VA, 1 AMP
230V DC, 30W, 0.5AMP
Max.Temperature 380OC
Cable Connection M20 Entry
Housing Aluminium (Coated Red) LATCHING CHANGEOVER

Housing Protection IP65 BLUE (1)

(Note - Inductive Proximity Version available on request) BROWN (2)

BLACK (3)

Type DR6 (MDA) Type DR6 (MDA)

Contact Reed Contact
Contact Type 1 SPDT (Bistable)
Switch Rating 230V AC, 60VA, 1 AMP
230V DC, 30W, 0.5 AMP
Max.Temperature 150OC
Cable Connection 1 x M20 entry (2 plugged 3/4" NPT)
Housing Aluminium (Coated Grey)
Housing Protection IP66
Marking Explosion proof - II 2G EEx d IIC T4 - T6
LCIE 02 ATEX 6056
(Note - Micro switch option available - up to 6amp capacity) LATCHING CHANGEOVER

BLUE (1)

BROWN (2)

BLACK (3)

Trouvay & Cauvin Trouvay & Cauvin Instrumentation Division

Valves and Steam Division
Broadgate, Broadway Business Park,
Chadderton, Oldham, Lancashire OL9 9XA.
Telephone: +44 (0)161 684 7488.
Fax: +44 (0)161 684 7487.
e-mail: tc@trouvay-cauvin.co.uk
web site: www.trouvay-cauvin.co.uk
Marlowe House, 109 Station Road, Sidcup,
Kent, DA15 7ET.
Telephone: +44 (0)20 8308 1888
Fax: +44 (0)20 8302 8145
e-mail: sales.kfi@trouvay-cauvin.co.uk
website: www.trouvay-cauvin.co.uk
Magnetic Level Gauge
Magnetic Level Gauge TRANSMITTERS

INTEGRAL HEAD
ELECTRONICS
WITH M20 CABLE
CONNECTIONS Liquid Level Transmitter
KTX.IS (Intrinsically Safe)
*
II 1/2G EEx ia IIC T4-T6 KEMA 01 ATEX 1052X

KTX.EXD (Explosion Proof)

II 2G EEx d IIC T4-T6 LCIE 03 ATEX 6155

TRANSMITTER > Two wire 4-20mA current loop.
> Resolution 5mm, 10mm, 20mm Standard.
> Remote display and control.
> Transmits up to 6Km.
> No media contact.
* > Simple application.
> Can be retro-fitted.
> Cost effective level measuring system.
> Approved EEx ia IIC T4-T6, EEx d IIC T4-T6.
> Low cost Non Approved version.
> HART ® - Protocol (optional).

KTX TRANSMITTER The transmitter is attached to the side of the magnetic level gauge chamber
* Alternative Mounting
where it senses the position of the float. It can be supplied as an original
equipment package or retro-fitted to an existing magnetic gauge, without
interrupting the process.
The transmitter consists of a sensor tube containing a series of reed switches
and resistors and an electronic circuit contained within a connection head,
which can be supplied orientated to suit any gauge configuration or cable
arrangement.
45mm
MIN

As the float rises and falls within the gauge chamber the corresponding reed
* switch closes altering the circuit resistance, this resistance is converted into a
4-20mA output signal by the electronic circuit.
The transmitter is approved intrinsically safe to EEx ia IIC T4-T6 when used
with approved barriers.
For explosion proof duty approved to EEx d IIC T4-T6.

■ Specification
Supply voltage 10-30Vdc. Polarity protected
Output 4-20mA (profiled optional)
* Float warning - Default Signal
Connections via epoxy coated aluminium head
mounted junction box with M20 cable entry
Protection IP65
Lengths to suit magnetic level gauge
Stainless Steel headshell option

For enquiry information: Refer to Separate Order Form

FLANGED END CONNECTED
ARRANGEMENT

07/03/1

Trouvay & Cauvin Trouvay & Cauvin Instrumentation Division

Valves and Steam Division
Broadgate, Broadway Business Park,
Chadderton, Oldham, Lancashire OL9 9XA.
Telephone: +44 (0)161 684 7488.
Fax: +44 (0)161 684 7487.
e-mail: tc@trouvay-cauvin.co.uk
web site: www.trouvay-cauvin.co.uk
Marlowe House, 109 Station Road, Sidcup,
Kent, DA15 7ET.
Telephone: +44 (0)20 8308 1888
Fax: +44 (0)20 8302 8145
e-mail: sales.kfi@trouvay-cauvin.co.uk
website: www.trouvay-cauvin.co.uk
 MAGNETIC LEVEL GAUGES
Magnetic
Enquiry Form Level Gauge
1 2
PLEASE FAX TO: +61 8 9350 9286 01322 285660

PHOTOCOPY THIS PAGE FOR RE-USE

Customer: ..................................................................................................................................
Customer Ref: ...........................................................................................................................
Contact: .....................................................................................................................................
Tel. No: ........................................................... Fax No: .........................................................

DUTY
Qty of Gauges ............................................. Operating Pressure .....................................
Fluid Description ......................................... Operating Temperature ............................... Flanged
Standard Arrangement Vent and
Fluid S.G. .................................................... Design Pressure .......................................... Side/Back Connected Drain
Interface ...................................................... Design Temperature ....................................
3 4
SPECIFICATIONS
Flange Connection ......................................❏ Size and Rating ............................................
Screwed Connections .................................❏ Thread Size ...................................................
Centre to Centre or Face to Face .............................................................................................
Visible Lengths ............................................ U Restriction .................................................
Display ..........................Aluminium ❏ Stainless Steel Outer Housed ❏

ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
Switches ......................................................❏ Number .........................................................
Transmitter ...................................................❏
Length ............................................................. Resolution 20mm ❏ 10mm ❏ 5mm ❏
Screwed Side/Back via
Approved .....................................................❏ Non Approved ..........................................❏ Side & Top Connected Union Connections

Intrinsically Safe ...........................................❏ Explosion Proof .........................................❏

EExia ..................................❏ EExd .................................❏ 5 6

Area Classification .....................................................................................................................

Environmental Conditions ........................................................................................(Temp etc)
Baragraph Indicator ..................................................................................................................
Power Supply ............................................................................................................................

CONFIGURATION Please refer to diagrams 1- 8 opposite and specify

Arrangement required .................................. If Top Mounted (7) Specify ......................❏
...................................................................... Overall Vessel Depth ...................................
...................................................................... Maximum Level ...........................................

MATERIALS
PVDF, PP,
Gauge ..............................................S/St ❏ Standard Paint Finish ..............................❏ uPVC
All Butt Magnetic
Flanges ................C/S ❏ ................S/St ❏ North Sea Paint .......................................❏ Welded Gauge

Shut Off ................C/S ❏ ................S/St ❏ Steam Heating .........................................❏

Type ..........................................................❏ Insulation Jacket ......................................❏ 7 8

Drain/Vent ............C/S ❏ ................S/St ❏ Non Frost Block .......................................❏

Shut Off Type ........................................... ❏ Graduated Scale .....................................❏
Standard Finish Natural ...................S/St ❏

QUALITY REQUIREMENTS NOTES

Specify .........................................................
......................................................................
......................................................................
......................................................................
......................................................................

Top PVDF/
Mounted PFA
Gauge Lined
TC Fluid Control Ltd. TC Fluid Control Ltd. Instrumentation Division Gauge
Valves and Steam Division Unit 49A, Victoria Industrial Park,
Broadgate, Broadway Business Park,
Chadderton, Oldham, Lancashire OL9 9XA.
Victoria Road, Dartford, Kent DA1 5AJ
Telephone: +44 (0)161 684 7488. Telephone: +44 (0)1322 622400
Fax: +44 (0)161 684 7487. Fax: +44 (0)1322 285660
e-mail: energy@tc-fluidcontrol.com e-mail: instruments@tc-fluidcontrol.com
web site: www.tc-fluidcontrol.com website: www.tc-fluidcontrol.com
 LEVEL TRANSMITTER & FLOAT SWITCHES
Immersion
Transmitter Enquiry Form
& Switches
PLEASE FAX TO +61 8 9350 9286
01322 285660

PHOTOCOPY THIS PAGE FOR RE-USE

Customer: ..................................................................................................................................
Customer Ref: ...........................................................................................................................
Contact: .....................................................................................................................................
Tel. No: ........................................................... Fax No: .........................................................

DUTY Please fill in the boxes provided

Qty of Transmitters/Switches ..................................................
Fluid Description .....................................................................

75mm
WELDED
CONNECTION
Fluid S.G. ................................................................................
Interface .......................❏ Range of SG’s ......................❏
Upper SG ................................. Lower SG ............................ NO length 1

60mm
MIN
Operating Pressure .................................................................
Operating Temperature ........................................................... NC mm

Design Pressure ......................................................................

Design Temperature ................................................................
NO length 2

SPECIFICATIONS
Overall mm
Flange Connection ..............................................................❏
NC
mm
Size and Rating ...................................................................... Length
Screwed Connections .........................................................❏
NO length 3
Thread Size .............................................................................
Vessel Depth ........................................................................... NC mm
Effective Measuring Length ..................................................... FLOAT
STOPS
NO length 4

ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
mm
Switches ..............................................................................❏
NC

Number (1-4) ...........................................................................

Transmitter ...........................................................................❏
60mm
MIN

Resolution 20mm ❏ 10mm ❏ 5mm ❏

Non Approved .....................................................................❏
Approved .............................................................................❏ FLOAT SWITCHES
Intrinsically Safe (EExia) ......................................................❏ Operational Float Switch Positions
Explosion Proof (EExd) ....................................................... ❏ Specify S1-S4 Dimensions
Area Classification .....................................................................................................................
Environmental Conditions ........................................................................................(Temp etc)
Baragraph Indicator ..................................................................................................................
Power Supply ............................................................................................................................

NOTES

03/04/2

TC Fluid Control Ltd. TC Fluid Control Ltd. Instrumentation Division

Valves and Steam Division
Broadgate, Broadway Business Park,
Chadderton, Oldham, Lancashire OL9 9XA.
Telephone: +44 (0)161 684 7488.
Fax: +44 (0)161 684 7487.
e-mail: energy@tc-fluidcontrol.com
web site: www.tc-fluidcontrol.com
Unit 49A, Victoria Industrial Park,
Victoria Road, Dartford, Kent DA1 5AJ
Telephone: +44 (0)1322 622400
Fax: +44 (0)1322 285660
e-mail: instruments@tc-fluidcontrol.com
website: www.tc-fluidcontrol.com
Compression Packing

5
 E R®
ING NG
KL KI
INE PAC
E NU VE
G AL
R V
FO P &
K M
AS PU

KLINGER 10
A combination of acrylic yarn and PTFE
®

lubrication, producing an economic yet

versatile synthetic packing, well suited to
general service in pumps and valves.

K10 is only one of the
extensive products in the
KLINGER pump and valve
sealing range. The range
includes compression
packings, moulded sets, low
emission sets and specialised
products.
This is an optimised range
introduced to provide users
with gland sealing products
that meet today’s demanding
services, offering effective and
trouble-free sealing during
application. To achieve this
goal we have selected the
best materials and the best
production methods.
The result is the KLINGER
pump and valve sealing range.
Ongoing Test & Development
in line with the KLINGER
service and quality philosophy
will ensure improved
performance in your pump and
valve applications
The base yarn of K10 is spun
from carefully selected acrylic
filaments. To this we add a
controlled amount of PTFE
dispersion producing a
packing that is ideally suited
for general pump and valve
use.
The Klingerlock construction
ensures a firm yet
conformable packing that
requires little adjustment after
the initial installation.
Its low coefficient of friction
ensures easy operation and
actuation of any valve or
pump, without detrimental
stem or shaft wear.
The PTFE dispersion
improves the chemical
resistance of acrylic fibre
allowing it to effectively seal
the majority of chemical
media commonly found
within today’s industrial
environments.
Water Research Council
approval allows the packing
to be used in potable water
applications.
Quality System

Quality
Endorsed
Company
…Sealing with Security ISO 9002 & QS 9000
Lic QS0048
Standards Australia
 K10 Compression Packing
Service Capabilities

When used in equipment in good mechanical condition and installed using our
product guidelines the undernoted values apply:

Q Minimum operating temperature -1000C

Q Maximum operating temperature 2600C

Q Maximum steam temperature 2600C

Q pH 2-12

Q Maximum static pressure 100 bar

Q Maximum rotary pressure 30 bar

Q Maximum rotary speed 10 m/s

Q Maximum reciprocating pressure 20 bar

Q Maximum reciprocating speed 2 m/s

Note: The packing should not be subjected to the maximums of temperature, pressure and
speed simultaneously, for further advice please contact technical_service@klinger.com.au

Technical Advice Forms of Supply

If you require additional technical information KLINGER pump and valve

or would like KLINGER to advise you on a compression packings are
particular application, then contact our offered in a range of
Technical Department at the address shown. standardised packages:
It is advantageous to provide the following
details: Size:
3mm to 25mm
1. Type of valve or pump Length:
2. Working and test pressure 8 metres per box
3. Temperature - steady or cycling
4. Rate of pressure & temperature increase Alternative lengths and weights
5. Medium and concentration can be offered upon request,
6. Operating speed please contact KLINGER for
7. Special requirements further details.
8. Details of stuffing box design
K10 is suitable for use as a
general valve and pump
packing, for example:-

Water Industry
Distilleries
Steam Industry
Breweries
Food Industry
Pharmaceutical Industries
Agriculture

All information and recommendations contained in this publication are to the best of our knowledge correct. Since conditions of use are beyond our control users must satisfy themselves that
products are suitable for the intended processes and uses. No warranty is given or implied in respect of information or recommendations or that any use of products will not infringe rights
belonging to other parties. We will not be liable for any loss or damage resulting in way from any reliance on this publication or from any goods manufactured by us. We reserve the right to
change product design and properties without notice. Nothing in this clause excludes, restricts or modifies any condition, warranty, right or remedy which is conferred on you by the Trade
Practices Act 1974 or any other consumer legislation. 8991913 ISS.A
 &
UMP
P
E R
I NG
KL ING
F
O CK
E
G PA
N E
RA ALV
E D V
IS
I M
O PT

KLINGER 13 DL
A combination of flax fibre and specialised DOULON® lubricant.
®

Producing an economic packing well suited to pump slurries, slime

and sand service and marine applications.

K13DL is constructed from
a traditional Flax fibre
uniquely impregnated
during manufacture with our
DOULON® and mineral
lubricants.
As Flax fibres are
particularly strong and have
good resistance to water
rot, especially salt water,
this packing is suitable for
centrifugal and
reciprocating pumps
handling slimes and slurries
which are mildly corrosive.
K13DL will not harden or
burn when used on high
speed shafts due to the
unique DOULON®
compound lubricant.
K13DL is the preferred
compression packing for
The low coefficient of
friction of the DOULON®
lubricant ensures easy
operation and actuation
of any valve or pump,
without detrimental stem
or shaft wear.
Klingerlock construction
ensures a firm yet
conformable packing that
requires little adjustment
after the initial installation
with long life.
K13DL is suitable for use
as a general, and in some
cases specialist, valve
and pump packing in the
Pulp & Paper, Mining,
Marine, Agriculture,
Sugar and Water
industries.
K13DL is only one of the
extensive products in the
KLINGER pump and valve
sealing range. The range
includes compression
packings, moulded sets, low
emission sets and
specialised products.
This is an optimised range
introduced to provide users
with gland sealing products
that meet today’s
demanding services,
offering effective and
trouble-free sealing during
application. To achieve this
goal we have selected the
best materials and the best
production methods.
The result is the KLINGER
pump and valve sealing
range.
Quality System

Stern tube and marine

application within the
Klinger range.

Quality
Endorsed
Company
…Sealing with Security ISO 9002 & QS 9000
Lic QS0048
Standards Australia
 K13DL Compression Packing
Service Capabilities

When used in equipment in good mechanical condition and installed using our
product guidelines the under noted values apply:

Q Minimum operating temperature 00C

Q Maximum operating temperature 900C

Q Maximum steam temperature 900C

Q pH 4-9

Q Maximum static pressure 70 bar

Q Maximum rotary pressure 30 bar

Q Maximum rotary speed 15 m/s

Q Maximum reciprocating pressure 20 bar

Q Maximum reciprocating speed 4 m/s

Note: The packing should not be subjected to the maximums of temperature, pressure and
speed simultaneously, for further advice please contact technical_service@klinger.com.au

Forms of Supply Technical Advice

KLINGER pump and valve If you require additional technical information

compression packings are or would like Klinger to advise you on a
offered in a range of particular application, then contact our
standardised packages: Technical Department at the address shown.
It is advantageous to provide the following
Size: details:
3mm to 25mm
1. Type of valve or pump
Length: 2. Working and test pressure
8 metres per box 3. Temperature - steady or cycling
4. Rate of pressure & temperature increase
Alternative lengths and weights 5. Medium and concentration
can be offered upon request, 6. Operating speed
please contact Klinger for 7. Special requirements
further details. 8. Details of stuffing box design

K13DL is especially suited as

a pump packing for slurries ,
slimes and sands and general
water (hot or cold)
applications.

All information and recommendations contained in this publication are to the best of our knowledge correct. Since conditions of use are beyond our control users must satisfy themselves that
products are suitable for the intended processes and uses. No warranty is given or implied in respect of information or recommendations or that any use of products will not infringe rights
belonging to other parties. We will not be liable for any loss or damage resulting in way from any reliance on this publication or from any goods manufactured by us. We reserve the right to
change product design and properties without notice. Nothing in this clause excludes, restricts or modifies any condition, warranty, right or remedy which is conferred on you by the Trade
Practices Act 1974 or any other consumer legislation. 8991916 ISS.A
 ER®
G
LIN ING
K K
NE AC
I P
ENU VE
G AL
R V
FO P &
K M
AS PU
A combination of high tech man made fibres and Klinger’s unique
DOULON® lubricant, producing an economic yet versatile synthetic
packing, well suited to general service in pumps and valves.
Ongoing Test &
Development in line with the
KLINGER service and
quality philosophy has
resulted in the development
of this high performance,
and improved packing for
use on high speed pump
and valve applications
The base yarn of K20AF is
spun from carefully selected
acrylic and glass filaments.
To this we add our unique
DOULON® lubricant.
The Klingerlock
construction ensures a firm
yet conformable packing
that requires little
adjustment after the initial
installation.
The low coefficient of
friction of the DOULON®
lubricant ensures easy
operation and actuation of
any valve or pump, without
detrimental stem or shaft
wear.
…Sealing with Security
KLINGER 20 AF
K20AF is ideally suited
for use on Boiler Feed
pumps, oil, hot or cold
water, acids, alkalis and
highly abrasive slurry
applications in the mining
industry.
The DOULON® lubricant
improves the chemical
resistance of acrylic and
glass fibres allowing it to
effectively seal the
majority of chemical
media commonly found
within today’s industrial
environments.
K20AF is ideally suited
for use in the Pulp &
Paper, Sugar, Mining,
Steam, Agriculture and
Water industries.
®
K20AF is only one of the
extensive products in the
KLINGER pump and valve
sealing range. The range
includes compression
packings, moulded sets, low
emission sets and
specialised products.
This is an optimised range
introduced to provide users
with gland sealing products
that meet today’s
demanding services,
offering effective and
trouble-free sealing during
application. To achieve this
goal we have selected the
best materials and the best
production methods.
The result is the KLINGER
pump and valve sealing
range.
Quality System
Quality
Endorsed
Company
ISO 9002 & QS 9000
Lic QS0048
Standards Australia
 K20AF Compression Packing
Service Capabilities

When used in equipment in good mechanical condition and installed using our
product guidelines the under noted values apply:

Q Minimum operating temperature -500C

Q Maximum operating temperature 2600C

Q Maximum steam temperature 2600C

Q pH 2-12

Q Maximum static pressure 100 bar

Q Maximum rotary pressure 30 bar

Q Maximum rotary speed 20 m/s

Q Maximum reciprocating pressure 20 bar

Q Maximum reciprocating speed 6 m/s

Note: The packing should not be subjected to the maximums of temperature, pressure and
speed simultaneously, for further advice please contact technical_service@klinger.com.au

Technical Advice Forms of Supply

If you require additional technical information K20AF is available with a rubber

or would like KLINGER to advise you on a core. When supplied with a
particular application, then contact our rubber core, service temperature
Technical Department at the address shown. must be limited to 200°C.
It is advantageous to provide the following
details: KLINGER pump and valve
compression packings are offered
1. Type of valve or pump in a range of standardised
2. Working and test pressure packages:
3. Temperature - steady or cycling
4. Rate of pressure & temperature increase Size:
5. Medium and concentration 3mm to 25mm
6. Operating speed Length:
7. Special requirements 8 metres per box
8. Details of stuffing box design
Alternative lengths and weights can
be offered upon request.

K20AF is suitable for use as a

general valve and pump packing,
for example:-

Water Industry
Steam Industry
Sugar Industry
Pulp & Paper
Mining
Agriculture

All information and recommendations contained in this publication are to the best of our knowledge correct. Since conditions of use are beyond our control users must satisfy themselves that
products are suitable for the intended processes and uses. No warranty is given or implied in respect of information or recommendations or that any use of products will not infringe rights
belonging to other parties. We will not be liable for any loss or damage resulting in way from any reliance on this publication or from any goods manufactured by us. We reserve the right to
change product design and properties without notice. Nothing in this clause excludes, restricts or modifies any condition, warranty, right or remedy which is conferred on you by the Trade
Practices Act 1974 or any other consumer legislation.
 ER
G
LIN NG
K KI
E
U IN PAC
N E
GE ALV
R V
FO P &
K
AS PUM
K25 is only one of the
extensive products in the
KLINGER pump and valve
sealing range. The range
includes compression
packings, moulded sets, low
emission sets and specialised
products.
This is an optimised range
introduced to provide users
with gland sealing products
that meet today’s demanding
services, offering effective and
trouble-free sealing during
application. To achieve this we
have selected the best
materials and the best
production methods. The
result is the KLINGER pump
and valve sealing range.
…Sealing with Security
KLINGER 25 ®
High strength aramid yarns KLINGERlock
braided to produce a packing for sealing
within extreme pumping applications –
rotary or reciprocating.
Ongoing test and The high tensile strength of
development in line with the the yarn resists the abrasive
KLINGER service and quality effects of suspended solids
philosophy will ensure within fluids and also the
improved performance in shear effect of cold viscous
your pump and valve media.
applications
K25 is very temperature
K25 is manufactured from tolerant and can operate
aramid yarns, to which we effectively within a wide
add PTFE as a break-in range.
lubricant. The Klingerlock
braiding process is used. Additionally the packing has
good chemical resistance
The combination of the high and is unaffected by the
tensile strength of the aramid majority of severe chemical
yarn and the Klingerlock media.
construction ensures that
K25 has excellent
dimensional stability and is
therefore resistant to
extrusion even in high stress
Quality System
rotary and reciprocating
pumps.
Quality
Endorsed
Company
ISO 9002 & QS 9000
Lic QS0048
Standards Australia
 K25 Compression Packing
Service Capabilities

When used in equipment in good mechanical condition and installed using our
product guidelines the undernoted values apply:

Q Minimum operating temperature -1000C

Q Maximum operating temperature 2600C

Q Maximum steam temperature 2600C

Q pH 2-12

Q Maximum static pressure 200 bar

Q Maximum rotary pressure 30 bar

Q Maximum rotary speed 15 m/s

Q Maximum reciprocating pressure 100 bar

Q Maximum reciprocating speed 2 m/s

Note: The packing should not be subjected to the maximums of temperature, pressure and
speed simultaneously. For further advice please contact technical_service@klinger.com.au

Forms of Supply Technical Advice

KLINGER pump and valve If you require additional technical information
compression packings are or would like KLINGER to advise you on a
offered in a range of particular application, please contact our
standardised packages: Technical Department at the address shown.
It is advantageous to provide the following
Size: details:
3mm to 25mm
1. Type of valve or pump
Length: 2. Working and test pressure
8 metres per box 3. Temperature - steady or cycling
4. Rate of pressure & temperature increase
Alternative lengths and weights 5. Medium and concentration
can be offered upon request. 6. Operating speed
7. Special requirements
K25 is suitable for use as a 8. Details of stuffing box design
high performance pump
packing within many
industries, for example;

Pulp & Paper Mills

Mines & Quarries
Sewage Works
Steel Works
Refineries

All information and recommendations contained in this publication are to the best of our knowledge correct. Since conditions of use are beyond our control users must satisfy themselves that
products are suitable for the intended processes and uses. No warranty is given or implied in respect of information or recommendations or that any use of products will not infringe rights
belonging to other parties. We will not be liable for any loss or damage resulting in way from any reliance on this publication or from any goods manufactured by us. We reserve the right to
change product design and properties without notice. Nothing in this clause excludes, restricts or modifies any condition, warranty, right or remedy which is conferred on you by the Trade
Practices Act 1974 or any other consumer legislation. 8991917 ISS.A
 ER®
N G
I G
KL KIN
N GE PAC
RA LVE
SED VA
I
I M P&
T M
OP PU
K44 is only one of the
extensive products in the
KLINGER pump and valve
sealing range. The range
includes compression
packings, moulded sets, low
emission sets and specialised
products.
This is an optimised range
introduced to provide users
with gland sealing products
that meet today’s demanding
services, offering effective and
trouble-free sealing during
application. To achieve this
goal we have selected the
best materials and the best
production methods.
The result is the KLINGER
pump and sealing range.
…Sealing with Security
KLINGER 44
A high purity, high performance, graphite
fibre packing for both valve and pump
applications.
Ongoing Test &
Development in line with
KLINGER’s service and
quality philosophy will ensure
improved performance in
your pump and valve
applications.
K44 is produced from a high
purity graphite yarn that
KLINGER then lubricate with
a special dispersion.
Klingerlock braiding
produces a packing that is
consistently dense with
excellent volumetric stability.
The result is an excellent
graphite packing offering
reliable sealing performance
in both valve and pump
applications.
®
The additional lubricant
improves the packing’s
overall capability in dynamic
applications and also acts as
a blocking agent to improve
sealing.
K44 will resist virtually all
media over an extensive
range of pressures and
temperatures and is only
affected by the presence of
powerful oxidisers.
Although frequently
employed on its own, the
packing can be used as part
of a specialised composite
set in conjunction with either
K3222 packing or K35 die-
formed rings. Within these
sets K44 acts as both
supporting anti-extrusion
Quality System
rings and wiper rings.
Quality
Endorsed
Company
ISO 9002 & QS 9000
Lic QS0048
Standards Australia
 K44 Compression Packing
Service Capabilities

When used in equipment in good mechanical condition and installed using our product
guidelines the undernoted values apply:

Q Minimum operating Temperature -2000C

Q Maximum operating temperature 4300C

Q Maximum steam temperature 6500C

Q pH 0-14

Q Maximum static pressure 200 bar

Q Maximum rotary pressure 30 bar

Q Maximum rotary speed 20 m/s

Q Maximum reciprocating pressure 50 bar

Q Maximum reciprocating speed 2 m/s

Note: The packing should not be subjected to the maximums of temperature, pressure and
speed simultaneously, for further advice please contact technical_service@klinger.com.au
Forms of Supply
K44 has been specially developed for
KLINGER pump and valve multipurpose use in all high temperature
packings are offered in a range and pressure valves and also within
of standardised packages: pumping applications:

Size: Chemical Plant & Chemical processing

3mm to 25mm Petrochemical Plants
Power Stations
Length: Refineries
8 metres per box Boiler Houses

Alternative lengths and weights

can be offered upon request. Technical Advice

If you require additional technical information

or would like KLINGER to advise you on a
particular application, then contact our
Technical Department at the address shown.
It is advantageous to provide the following
details:

1. Type of valve or pump

2. Working and test pressure
3. Temperature - steady or cycling
4. Rate of pressure & temperature increase
5. Medium and concentration
6. Operating speed
7. Special requirements
8. Details of stuffing box design

All information and recommendations contained in this publication are to the best of our knowledge correct. Since conditions of use are beyond our control users must satisfy themselves that
products are suitable for the intended processes and uses. No warranty is given or implied in respect of information or recommendations or that any use of products will not infringe rights
belonging to other parties. We will not be liable for any loss or damage resulting in way from any reliance on this publication or from any goods manufactured by us. We reserve the right to
change product design and properties without notice. Nothing in this clause excludes, restricts or modifies any condition, warranty, right or remedy which is conferred on you by the Trade
Practices Act 1974 or any other consumer legislation. 8991918 ISS.A
 ER®
N G
I G
KL KIN
N GE PAC
RA LVE
SED VA
I
I M P&
T M
OP PU
K54F is only one of the
extensive products in the
KLINGER pump and valve
sealing range. The range
includes compression
packings, moulded sets, low
emission sets and specialised
products.
This is an optimised range
introduced to provide users
with gland sealing products
that meet today’s demanding
services, offering effective and
trouble-free sealing during
application. To achieve this
goal we have selected the
best materials and the best
production methods.
The result is the KLINGER
pump and valve sealing range.
…Sealing with Security
KLINGER 54F
An excellent choice for plant wide use
especially when a clean, non-contaminating
packing is required with a high degree of
chemical resistance.
Ongoing Test & Development in
line with the KLINGER service
and quality philosophy will
ensure improved performance in
your pump and valve applications
K54F is manufactured from only
PTFE filaments. It is a clean non-
contaminating compression
packing. The special Klingerlock
braiding process ensures a firm
but flexible product of consistent
density. The resulting packing is
suitable for use in a wide range
of industries and processes.
PTFE is self-lubricating and this
property coupled with the
packing’s low coefficient of
friction ensures easy operation
and actuation of any valve,
without stem wear.
®
PTFE is extremely resistant to a
wide range of chemicals,
therefore packing volume loss
as a result of chemical attack
does not readily occur.
Most glands that are packed
with K54F need little adjustment
after the initial installation.
Water Research Council
potable water approval. BAM
approval for oxygen service in
valves up to 20 bar pressure,
600C for gaseous oxygen. For
liquid oxygen there is no
limitation other than the general
limitations of the packing.
Quality System
Quality
Endorsed
Company
ISO 9002 & QS 9000
Lic QS0048
Standards Australia
 K54F Compression Packing
Service Capabilities

When used in equipment in good mechanical condition and installed using our
product guidelines the under noted values apply:

Q Minimum operating temperature -2400C

Q Maximum operating temperature 2600C

Q Maximum steam temperature 2600C

Q pH 0-14

Q Maximum static pressure 200 bar

Q Maximum rotary pressure 20 bar

Q Maximum rotary speed 3 m/s

Q Maximum reciprocating pressure 100 bar

Q Maximum reciprocating speed 2 m/s

Note: The packing should not be subjected to the maximums of temperature, pressure and
speed simultaneously, for further advice please contact technical_service@klinger.com.au
Forms of Supply Technical Advice

KLINGER pump and valve If you require additional technical information

compression packings are or would like KLINGER to advise you on a
offered in a range of particular application, please contact our
standardised packages: Technical Department at the address
shown.It is advantageous to provide the
Size: following details:
3mm to 25mm
Length: 1. Type of valve or pump e.g. gate etc.
8 metres per box 2. Working and test pressure
3. Temperature - steady or cycling
Alternative lengths and weights 4. Rate of pressure & temperature increase
can be offered upon request. 5. Medium and concentration
6. Operating speed
K54F is suitable for use as a 7. Special requirements
general valve packing within 8. Details of stuffing box design
the following:

Water Industry
Chemical Processing
Pharmaceutical Industries
Paper Mills
Food Production
Hospitals
Cryogenic Industries
Industrial Gases Plants

All information and recommendations contained in this publication are to the best of our knowledge correct. Since conditions of use are beyond our control users must satisfy themselves that
products are suitable for the intended processes and uses. No warranty is given or implied in respect of information or recommendations or that any use of products will not infringe rights
belonging to other parties. We will not be liable for any loss or damage resulting in way from any reliance on this publication or from any goods manufactured by us. We reserve the right to
change product design and properties without notice. Nothing in this clause excludes, restricts or modifies any condition, warranty, right or remedy which is conferred on you by the Trade
Practices Act 1974 or any other consumer legislation. 8991921 ISS.A
 ER®
N G
I G
KL KIN
N GE PAC
RA LVE
SED VA
I
I M P&
T M
OP PU
K54S is only one of the
extensive products in the
KLINGER pump and valve
sealing range. The range
includes compression
packings, moulded sets, low
emission sets and specialised
products.
This is an optimised range
introduced to provide users
with gland sealing products
that meet today’s demanding
services, offering effective and
trouble-free sealing during
application. To achieve this
goal we have selected the
best materials and the best
production methods. The
result is the KLINGER pump
and valve sealing range.
…Sealing with Security
KLINGER 54S
Economical dense PTFE fibre grade for general
plant use on pump and valve services to 2600C.
Excellent resistance to chemical attack.
Ongoing Test & Development
in line with the KLINGER
service and quality philosophy
will ensure improved
performance in your pump and
valve applications
K54S is manufactured from
PTFE filaments and lubricant.
The special Klingerlock
braiding process ensures a
firm but flexible product of
consistent density. The
resulting packing is suitable
for use in a wide range of
industries and processes.
PTFE is self-lubricating and
this property coupled with the
packing’s low coefficient of
friction ensures easy operation
and actuation of any valve,
without stem wear.
®
PTFE is extremely resistant
to a wide range of chemicals,
therefore packing volume
loss as a result of chemical
attack does not readily occur.
Most glands that are packed
with K54S need little
adjustment after the initial
installation.
Water Research Council
approval allows the packing
to be used in potable water
applications.
Due to its diverse capabilities
K54S offers the engineer a
packing that can cut
maintenance requirements
and also reduce stock
Quality System
holdings.
Quality
Endorsed
Company
ISO 9002 & QS 9000
Lic QS0048
Standards Australia
 K54S Compression Packing
Service Capabilities

When used in equipment in good mechanical condition and installed using our
product guidelines the under noted values apply:

Q Minimum operating temperature -2400C

Q Maximum operating temperature 2600C

Q Maximum steam temperature 2600C

Q pH 0-14

Q Maximum static pressure 200 bar

Q Maximum rotary pressure 25 bar

Q Maximum rotary speed 6 m/s

Note: The packing should not be subjected to the maximums of temperature, pressure and
speed simultaneously, for further advice please contact technical_service@klinger.com.au

Forms of Supply

Size: K54S is suitable for use as a

3mm to 25mm general pump and valve
packing within the following:
Length:
8 metres per box Water Industry
Chemical Processing
Pharmaceutical Industries
Alternative lengths and weights can be offered Paper Mills
upon request. Food Production
Hospitals
Cryogenic Industries
Technical Advice
Industrial Gases Plants
If you require additional technical information it
is advantageous to provide the following
details:

1. Type of valve or pump eg. gate etc.

2. Working and test pressure
3. Temperature - steady or cycling
4. Rate of pressure & temperature increase
5. Medium and concentration
6. Operating speed
7. Special requirements
8. Details of stuffing box design

All information and recommendations contained in this publication are to the best of our knowledge correct. Since conditions of use are beyond our control users must satisfy themselves that
products are suitable for the intended processes and uses. No warranty is given or implied in respect of information or recommendations or that any use of products will not infringe rights
belonging to other parties. We will not be liable for any loss or damage resulting in way from any reliance on this publication or from any goods manufactured by us. We reserve the right to
change product design and properties without notice. Nothing in this clause excludes, restricts or modifies any condition, warranty, right or remedy which is conferred on you by the Trade
Practices Act 1974 or any other consumer legislation. 8991923 ISS.A
 E R®
ING NG
KL KI
INE PAC
E NU VE
G AL
R V
FO P &
K M
AS PU

KLINGER 55
New generation, multi-service packing
®

for both pump & valve applications. PTFE

with encapsulated graphite providing
excellent sealing & reliability in high
performance duties.

K55 is only one of the
extensive products in the
KLINGER pump and valve
sealing range. The range
includes compression
packings, moulded sets, low
emission sets and specialised
products.
This is an optimised range
introduced to provide users
with gland sealing products
that meet today’s demanding
services, offering effective and
trouble-free sealing during
application. To achieve this
goal we have selected the
best materials and the best
production methods. The
result is the KLINGER pump
and valve sealing range.
Ongoing Test & Development in
line with the KLINGER
service and quality philosophy will
ensure improved performance in
your pump and valve applications
K55 compression packing is
manufactured from PTFE
filaments, which have been
specially treated to incorporate a
high quality graphite based
lubricant. The special Klingerlock
braiding process is used to
produce a firm but flexible
packing.
PTFE based, K55 has excellent
chemical resistance and is
compatible with the majority of
industrial media including strong
acids, alkalis, oils and solvents.
The graphite infusion
markedly improves the heat
transfer properties of the
packing. This allows it to be
used in dynamic applications
operating at high peripheral
speeds with extremely low
leakage rates.
Due to its wide service
capabilities K55 packing
offers the user a universal
packing material with
excellent sealing life. This
reduces the number of
different packing grades that
must be held as stock.
K55 requires only minimal
gland loading to effect a
satisfactory seal.
Quality System

It is only affected by very strong

oxidisers, molten alkali metals and
Fluorine containing media.

Quality
Endorsed
Company
…Sealing with Security ISO 9002 & QS 9000
Lic QS0048
Standards Australia
 K55 Compression Packing
Service Capabilities

When used in equipment in good mechanical condition and installed using our
product guidelines the under noted values apply:

Q Minimum operating temperature -2000C

Q Maximum operating temperature 2800C

Q Maximum steam temperature 2800C

Q pH 0-14

Q Maximum static pressure 200 bar

Q Maximum rotary pressure 35 bar

Q Maximum rotary speed 25 m/s

Q Maximum reciprocating pressure 100 bar

Q Maximum reciprocating speed 3 m/s

Note: The packing should not be subjected to the maximums of temperature, pressure
and speed simultaneously, for further advice please contact
technical_service@klinger.com.au
Forms of Supply K55 is suitable for use as a high
performance valve and pump
Size: packing within many industries, for
3mm to 25mm example;

Length: Water Industry

8 metres per box Power Generation
Pulp & Paper Mills
Alternative lengths and weights General Factory Maintenance
can be offered upon request. Petrochemical Plants
Chemical Processing & Manufacturing
Refineries
Mining
Stern glands
Technical Advice

If you require additional technical information

it is advantageous to provide the following
details:

1. Type of valve or pump eg. gate etc.

2. Working and test pressure
3. Temperature - steady or cycling
4. Rate of pressure & temperature increase
5. Medium and concentration
6. Operating speed
7. Special requirements
8. Details of stuffing box design
All information and recommendations contained in this publication are to the best of our knowledge correct. Since conditions of use are beyond our control users must satisfy themselves that
products are suitable for the intended processes and uses. No warranty is given or implied in respect of information or recommendations or that any use of products will not infringe rights
belonging to other parties. We will not be liable for any loss or damage resulting in way from any reliance on this publication or from any goods manufactured by us. We reserve the right to
change product design and properties without notice. Nothing in this clause excludes, restricts or modifies any condition, warranty, right or remedy which is conferred on you by the Trade
Practices Act 1974 or any other consumer legislation. 8991924 ISS.A
 G ER
LIN G
K KIN
E
G AC
N P
RA VE
ED AL
IS V
I M P&
PT M
O PU
K3222 is only one of the
extensive products in the
KLINGER pump and valve
sealing range. The range
includes compression packings,
moulded sets, low emission sets
and specialised products.
This is an optimised range
introduced to provide users with
gland sealing products that meet
today’s demanding services,
offering effective and trouble-free
sealing during application. To
achieve this goal we have
selected the best materials and
the best production methods.
The result is the KLINGER pump
and valve sealing range.
Ongoing Test & Development in
line with the KLINGER service
and quality philosophy will
ensure improved performance
in your pump and valve
applications.
…Sealing with Security
KLINGER 3222
The cost-effective, high performance pump & valve
packing. Offering excellent sealing and reliability
for both Original Equipment Manufacturers and
plant users alike.
K3222 is manufactured using
expanded graphite ribbons, to
produce a compression packing
of square cross-section that is
fully flexible so that minimal
gland pressure is required for an
effective seal in pump
applications.
K3222 has excellent thermal
conductivity and resilience.
Fitting is by traditional methods
from the roll, since no special
tools or forming dies are
required. K3222 offers the user a
very effective alternative to
specialised die-formed graphite
rings.
®
Graphite is very resistant to
chemical attack and is an
excellent steam grade.
K3222 can be confidently
used as a low emission
packing.
This is a self-lubricating
packing with superior gliding
properties. Its soft,
conformable nature ensures
that there is no abrasion of
moving parts and that
graphite pick-up on stems
and shafts is minimised.
Quality System
Quality
Endorsed
Company
ISO 9002 & QS 9000
Lic QS0048
Standards Australia
 Service Capabilities
K3222 Compression Packing
When used in equipment in good mechanical condition and installed using our product
guidelines the undernoted values apply:

Q Minimum operating temperature -2000C

Q Maximum operating temperature 4300C

Q Maximum steam temperature 6500C

Q pH 0-14

Q Maximum static pressure 100 bar

Q Maximum rotary pressure 20 bar

Q Maximum rotary speed 20 m/s

Note: The packing should not be subjected to the maximums of temperature, pressure and speed
simultaneously, for further advice please contact technical_service@klinger.com.au
Forms of Supply K3222 has been specially designed
for use in all high performance
KLINGER pump and valve pumps & valves as found in:
compression packings are offered in
a range of standardised packages: Steam Industry
Pulp & Paper
Size: Gas Plant
3mm to 25mm Petrochemical Plants
Power Stations
Length: Refineries
8 metres per box Steel Mills

K3222 is also offered with wire

Alternative lengths and weights can reinforcement (K3222W) for operation
be offered upon request. under higher stress conditions, for
further details please contact KLINGER.

K3222 is also recommended for

cryogenic applications and those
Technical Advice services which require low emission
levels.
If you require additional technical information or
would like KLINGER to advise you on a
particular application, please contact our
Technical Department at the address shown.
It is advantageous to provide the following
details:
1. Type of valve or pump eg. gate etc.
2. Working and test pressure
3. Temperature - steady or cycling
4. Rate of pressure & temperature increase
5. Medium and concentration
6. Operating speed
7. Special requirements
8. Details of stuffing box design
All information and recommendations contained in this publication are to the best of our knowledge correct. Since conditions of use are beyond our control users must satisfy themselves that
products are suitable for the intended processes and uses. No warranty is given or implied in respect of information or recommendations or that any use of products will not infringe rights
belonging to other parties. We will not be liable for any loss or damage resulting in way from any reliance on this publication or from any goods manufactured by us. We reserve the right to
change product design and properties without notice. Nothing in this clause excludes, restricts or modifies any condition, warranty, right or remedy which is conferred on you by the Trade
Practices Act 1974 or any other consumer legislation. 8991926 ISS.A
 ER
I NG
KL ING
X K
BO AC
A P
IN LVE
ITY VA
L
ABI P &
E LI UM
R P

KLINGER 3222W ®
High performance valve packing for high pressure, high
temperature applications. Offering excellent sealing and
reliability for both Original Equipment Manufacturers and
plant users alike.

K3222W is only one of the
extensive products in the
KLINGER pump and valve
sealing range. The range
includes compression
packings, moulded sets, low
emission sets and specialised
products.
This is an optimised range
introduced to provide users
with gland sealing products
that meet today’s demanding
services, offering effective and
trouble-free sealing during
application. To achieve this
goal we have selected the
best materials and the best
production methods.
The result is the KLINGER
pump and valve sealing range.
Ongoing Test & Development in
line with the KLINGER service
and quality philosophy will
ensure improved performance
in your pump and valve
applications
K3222W is manufactured using
expanded graphite ribbons
each incorporating a fine
inconel wire, to produce a valve
compression packing of square
cross-section with added
mechanical strength.
The packing has excellent
thermal conductivity and
thermal resistance. K3222W is
therefore unaffected by
fluctuations during application
such as thermal cycling if
installed correctly.
Graphite is very resistant to
chemical attack by virtually all
media except strong oxidisers
such as nitric acid, oleum etc.
The inclusion of Inconel wire
reinforcement ensures that
K3222W has excellent
dimensional stability and will
operate under high stress
conditions.
There is no need for special
die-formed ring sets, K3222W
can be fitted using traditional
methods from roll, as and
when required. This reduces
the need for special tooling
and stocking of different pre-
formed rings.
Quality System

Quality
Endorsed
Company
…Sealing with Security ISO 9002 & QS 9000
Lic QS0048
Standards Australia
 Service Capabilities
K3222W Compression Packing
When used in equipment in good mechanical condition and installed using our
product guidelines the undernoted values apply:

Q Minimum operating temperature -2000C

Q Maximum operating temperature 4300C

Q Maximum steam temperature 6500C

Q pH 0-14

Q Maximum static pressure 210 bar

Note: The packing should not be subjected to the maximums of temperature and pressure
simultaneously, for further advice please contact technical_service@klinger.com.au
Forms of Supply
K3222W has been specially designed
KLINGER pump and valve for use in all high temperature &
compression packings are offered valve seals as found in:
in a range of standardised
packages: Chemical Plant &
Chemical Processing
Size: Gas Plants
3mm to 25mm Petrochemical Plants
Power Stations
Length: Refineries
8 metres per box Steel Mills

K3222W is also offered without wire

Alternative lengths and weights reinforcement as K3222, for operation
can be offered upon request. under lower stress conditions. For
further details, please contact
KLINGER.

K3222W is also recommended for

cryogenic applications and those
Technical Advice services which require low emission
levels.
If you require additional technical information
or would like KLINGER to advise you on a
particular application, please contact our
Technical Department at the address shown.
It is advantageous to provide the following
details:

1. Type of valve or pump eg. gate etc.

2. Working and test pressure
3. Temperature - steady or cycling
4. Rate of pressure & temperature increase
5. Medium and concentration
6. Operating speed
7. Special requirements
8. Details of stuffing box design
All information and recommendations contained in this publication are to the best of our knowledge correct. Since conditions of use are beyond our control users must satisfy themselves that
products are suitable for the intended processes and uses. No warranty is given or implied in respect of information or recommendations or that any use of products will not infringe rights
belonging to other parties. We will not be liable for any loss or damage resulting in way from any reliance on this publication or from any goods manufactured by us. We reserve the right to
change product design and properties without notice. Nothing in this clause excludes, restricts or modifies any condition, warranty, right or remedy which is conferred on you by the Trade
Practices Act 1974 or any other consumer legislation. 8991927 ISS.A
 G ER
LIN G
K KIN
E
G AC
N P
RA VE
ED AL
IS V
I M P&
PT M
O PU
K4322 is only one of the
extensive products in the
KLINGER pump and valve
sealing range. The range
includes compression
packings, moulded sets, low
emission sets and specialised
products.
This is an optimised range
introduced to provide users
with gland sealing products
that meet today’s demanding
services, offering effective and
trouble-free sealing during
application. To achieve this
goal we have selected the
best materials and the best
production methods. The
result is the KLINGER pump
and valve sealing range.
…Sealing with Security
KLINGER 4322
A packing based on graphite enhanced PTFE.
Allowing effective, long lasting sealing in both
valves and high-speed pumps.
Ongoing Test & Development in
line with the KLINGER
service and quality philosophy
will ensure improved
performance in your pump and
valve applications
K4322 packing is manufactured
from PTFE filaments, which
have been pre-treated with a
graphite based lubricant.
The Klingerlock braiding
process is used.
PTFE is extremely resistant to a
wide range of chemicals,
therefore K4322 is only
affected by a small selection of
aggressive media.
®
It is the graphite treatment
which allows the rapid
dispersion of heat thus
enabling the packing to
operate in high speed
dynamic applications where
pure PTFE packing burn. It is
equally effective in valve
applications.
Due to its wide service
capabilities K4322 packing
offers the user a packing
material with excellent
sealing life and the option of
reducing the variety of
packing grades that are
traditionally held as stock.
Quality System
Quality
Endorsed
Company
ISO 9002 & QS 9000
Lic QS0048
Standards Australia
 K4322 Compression Packing
Service Capabilities

When used in equipment in good mechanical condition and installed using our product
guidelines the undernoted values apply:

Q Minimum operating temperature -2000C

Q Maximum operating temperature 2600C

Q Maximum steam temperature 2600C

Q pH 0-14

Q Maximum static pressure 250 bar

Q Maximum rotary pressure 25 bar

Q Maximum rotary speed 20 m/s

Q Maximum reciprocating pressure 250 bar

Q Maximum reciprocating speed 3 m/s

Note: The packing should not be subjected to the maximums of temperature, pressure
and speed simultaneously, for further advice please contact
technical_service@klinger.com.au
Forms of Supply
K4322 is suitable for use as a high
Size: performance valve & pump packing
3mm to 25mm within many industries, for
example:
Length:
8 metres per box Petrochemical Plant
Power Stations
Breweries/Distilleries
Alternative lengths and weights Refineries
can be offered upon request. Boiler Houses
Pulp & Paper Mills
Mines/Quarries
Chemical Processing
Technical Advice

If you require additional technical

information it is advantageous to provide the
following details:
1. Type of valve or pump eg. gate etc.
2. Working and test pressure
3. Temperature - steady or cycling
4. Rate of pressure & temperature increase
5. Medium and concentration
6. Operating speed
7. Special requirements
8. Details of stuffing box design
All information and recommendations contained in this publication are to the best of our knowledge correct. Since conditions of use are beyond our control users must satisfy themselves that
products are suitable for the intended processes and uses. No warranty is given or implied in respect of information or recommendations or that any use of products will not infringe rights
belonging to other parties. We will not be liable for any loss or damage resulting in way from any reliance on this publication or from any goods manufactured by us. We reserve the right to
change product design and properties without notice. Nothing in this clause excludes, restricts or modifies any condition, warranty, right or remedy which is conferred on you by the Trade
Practices Act 1974 or any other consumer legislation. 8991930 ISS.A
 G ER
LIN G
K KIN
E
G AC
N P
RA VE
ED AL
IS V
I M P&
PT M
O PU
K4330 is only one of the
extensive products in the
KLINGER pump and valve
sealing range. The range
includes compression
packings, moulded sets, low
emission sets and specialised
products.
This is an optimised range
introduced to provide users
with gland sealing products
that meet today’s demanding
services, offering effective and
trouble-free sealing during
application. To achieve this
goal we have selected the
best materials and the best
production methods.
The result is the KLINGER
pump and valve sealing range.
…Sealing with Security
KLINGER 4330
High Performance Packing manufactured from
Novoloid synthetic fibres. For use in all rotary
applications requiring a resilient, conformable
packing grade.
Ongoing Test &
Development in line with
KLINGER’s service and
quality philosophy will ensure
improved performance in
your pump and valve
applications.
K4330, is a soft, fibrous
packing manufactured from
synthetic Novoloid filaments
with many of the attributes of
other non-asbestos pump
packings, but with the key
benefits of improved lubricity
and service life.
Golden in colour, K4330 is
manufactured by our
Klingerlock process, during
which we add a controlled
amount of PTFE. This
produces a dense,
deformable packing that is
easy to handle.
®
K4330 has excellent
chemical resistance and is
employed as a replacement
to PTFE grades due to the
improved resistance to
abrasive media it offers.
Additionally K4330 will not
extrude or harden, requiring
minimum gland adjustment
when installed.
K4330 is thermally stable
and will not expand or shrink
during fluctuations in process
conditions.
Unlike Aramid grades, which
may be detrimental to
shafts/sleeves its low
coefficient of friction, offers
significant improvements in
rotary applications
Quality System
minimising equipment wear.
Quality
Endorsed
Company
ISO 9002 & QS 9000
Lic QS0048
Standards Australia
 K4330 Compression Packing
Service Capabilities

When used in equipment in good mechanical condition and installed using our
product guidelines the undernoted values apply:

Q Minimum operating temperature -1000C

Q Maximum operating temperature 2500C

Q Maximum steam temperature 2500C

Q pH 1-13

Q Maximum static pressure 100 Bar

Q Maximum rotary pressure 25 Bar

Q Maximum rotary speed 10 m/s

Note: The packing should not be subjected to the maximums of temperature, pressure and
speed simultaneously, for further advice please contact technical_service@klinger.com.au

Forms of Supply K4330 is suitable for use as a dedicated

rotary packing within many industries, for
KLINGER pump and valve example:
packings are offered in a range
of standardised packages: Petrochemical Plants
Chemical Processing
Size: Sewage Works
3mm to 25mm Pulp & Paper Mills
Refineries
Length: Quarries & Mines
8 metres per box Cement Plants

Alternative lengths and weights Typical examples of equipment are;

can be offered upon request, centrifugal pumps, mixers, agitators etc.
please contact KLINGER for
further details.
Technical Advice

If you require additional technical information

or would like KLINGER to advise you on a
particular application, then contact our
Technical Department at the address shown.
It is advantageous to provide the following
details:

1. Type of valve or pump

2. Working and test pressure
3. Temperature - steady or cycling
4. Rate of pressure & temperature increase
5. Medium and concentration
6. Operating speed
7. Special requirements
8. Details of stuffing box design

All information and recommendations contained in this publication are to the best of our knowledge correct. Since conditions of use are beyond our control users must satisfy themselves that
products are suitable for the intended processes and uses. No warranty is given or implied in respect of information or recommendations or that any use of products will not infringe rights
belonging to other parties. We will not be liable for any loss or damage resulting in way from any reliance on this publication or from any goods manufactured by us. We reserve the right to
change product design and properties without notice. Nothing in this clause excludes, restricts or modifies any condition, warranty, right or remedy which is conferred on you by the Trade
Practices Act 1974 or any other consumer legislation. 8991931 ISS.A
 E R®
ING NG
KL KI
INE PAC
E NU VE
G AL
R V
FO P &
K M
AS PU

KLINGER 4333 ®

A universal packing, using lubricated polyimide

filaments to produce a unique grade able to
perform reliably in a wide range of services and
equipment. Ideal slurry packing.

K4333 is only one of the
extensive products in the
KLINGER pump and valve
sealing range. The range
includes compression
packings, moulded sets, low
emission sets and specialised
products.
This is an optimised range
introduced to provide users
with gland sealing products
that meet today’s demanding
services, offering effective and
trouble-free sealing during
application. To achieve this
goal we have selected the
best materials and the best
production methods.
The result is the KLINGER
pump and valve sealing range.
Ongoing Test & Development
in line with the KLINGER
service and quality philosophy
will ensure improved
performance in your pump and
valve applications
The base yarn of K4333 is
composed of synthetic
polyimide filaments which
have excellent mechanical
properties in terms of overall
strength and elongation.
It is manufactured by the
Klingerlock braiding process,
during which we add an
additional PTFE based
lubricant. This enhances the
packing’s performance in
dynamic applications.
The polyimide base structure of
K4333 ensures the packing has
excellent temperature
resistance. Normally low gland
loads will achieve a satisfactory
seal.
Where shaft wear is a problem,
K4333 can be employed as a
good alternative to aramid , (ie.
yellow fibre) , based packings.
In practice it significantly
reduces wear rates when
compared to many other
packing types and is the best
performing slurry grade within
the range, offering long life.
Quality System

Quality
Endorsed
Company
…Sealing with Security ISO 9002 & QS 9000
Lic QS0048
Standards Australia
 K4333 Compression Packing
Service Capabilities

When used in equipment in good mechanical condition and installed using our product
guidelines the undernoted values apply:

Q Minimum operating temperature -800C

Q Maximum operating temperature 2600C

Q Maximum steam temperature 2600C

Q pH 1-12

Q Maximum static pressure 200 bar

Q Maximum rotary pressure 35 bar

Q Maximum rotary speed 15 m/s

Q Maximum reciprocating pressure 100 bar

Q Maximum reciprocating speed 2 m/s

Note: The packing should not be subjected to the maximums of temperature, pressure and
speed simultaneously, for further advice please contact technical_service@klinger.com.au
Forms of Supply
K4333 is suitable for use as a
Size: general valve and pump packing
3mm to 25mm within many industries, for
example:
Length:
8 metres per box Mining
Pulp & Paper Mills
Alternative lengths and weights Cement Plants
can be offered upon request. Sewerage Treatment
Petrochemical Plants
Chemical Processing
Power Stations
Quarries

Technical Advice

If you require additional technical

information it is advantageous to provide the
following details:
1. Type of valve or pump eg. gate etc.
2. Working and test pressure
3. Temperature - steady or cycling
4. Rate of pressure & temperature increase
5. Medium and concentration
6. Operating speed
7. Special requirements
8. Details of stuffing box design

All information and recommendations contained in this publication are to the best of our knowledge correct. Since conditions of use are beyond our control users must satisfy themselves that
products are suitable for the intended processes and uses. No warranty is given or implied in respect of information or recommendations or that any use of products will not infringe rights
belonging to other parties. We will not be liable for any loss or damage resulting in way from any reliance on this publication or from any goods manufactured by us. We reserve the right to
change product design and properties without notice. Nothing in this clause excludes, restricts or modifies any condition, warranty, right or remedy which is conferred on you by the Trade
Practices Act 1974 or any other consumer legislation. 8991932 ISS.A
 AUSTRALIA
NEW ZEALAND
ASIA

INNOVATORS IN BRAIDED PACKING TECHNOLOGY SINCE 1933 NON ASBESTOS

MARLO STYLE 396

FOR PUMPS AND VALVES
Description
A dense version of braided flexible graphite with the effective placement of high purity carbon/graphite yarns to
resist extrusion and aid in bending around tight radii.

Operating Considerations
Marlo Style 396 operates successfully in valves, except knife-gate configurations ( see Marlo Style 333 ). Within
its established temperature / pressure / pH parameters, one needs only to add additional rings to allow for 396’s
ability to fill previous scoring.
Marlo Style 396 has also been successful in rotary applications where flush free, leak free performance has been
desired. May be used with anti-extrusion bullrings ( see Marlo 333 ) for exposed clearances and very high
pressures. Most effective in controlling fugitive emissions.
As with any product designed to operate in critical operations, this product and its installation must be clearly
understood. In addition, the user should have full knowledge of the operating considerations of the equipment in
which it is to be installed.

Service Capabilities

Q Minimum operating temperature -2000C

Q Maximum operating temperature 4300C

Q Maximum steam temperature 6500C

Q pH 0-14

Q Maximum static pressure 175 bar

Q Maximum rotary pressure 35 bar

Q Maximum rotary speed 22 m/s

Q Maximum reciprocating pressure 50 bar

Q Maximum reciprocating speed 2 m/s

Note: The packing should not be subjected to the maximums of temperature, pressure
and speed simultaneously. For further advice please contact
technical_service@klinger.com.au

8991937 ISS.A
 AUSTRALIA
NEW ZEALAND

INNOVATORS IN BRAIDED PACKING TECHNOLOGY SINCE 1933 NON ASBESTOS

MARLO STYLE 396C

WITH PATENTED MARLO 333 CORE

Description

A patented core of internally – sprung high temperature, high pressure graphite

with helical braided inconel wire Marlo 333, with an over braid of carbon – inserted
exfoliated graphite foil, Marlo Style 396-C is the most effectively designed product
on the market today for the sealing of fugitive fuel emissions.

Marlo Style 396-C meets or exceeds all of the requirements of A.P.I. 589 and 607
tests as well as the A.P.I. fire test for soft-seated quarter-turn valves.

Operating Considerations
Unlike other exfoliated graphite products which offer various other yarn or wire
placements to theoretically address extrusion, blow-out prevention, etc., Marlo
396-C utilizes its patented Style 333 core, capable of 5800 PSI alone, to provide a
highly sprung internal structure which enables 396-C to conform and re-conform
through constant thermal cycling to various stem, bore and clearance conditions in
various states of degradation.

Operating Conditions
Temperature: To 3120 deg C Non oxidizing
650 deg C Steam
416 deg C Oxidizing

Pressure: To 5000 PSI ( 345 BAR ). Indicated maximum subject to

operating conditions.

Chemical Resistance: 0 – 14 pH Except for strong oxidizers ( nitric, oleum, etc. )

As with any product designed to operate in critical operations, this product and its
installation must be clearly understood. In addition, the user should have full
knowledge of the operating considerations of the equipment in which it is to be
installed.
 Fitting Instructions MARLO 396C

Valves

1. Remove all of the old packing right down to the neck bush.
2. Inspect the spindle for corrosion and alignment. If the spindle is
badly corroded then replace. Small amounts of corrosion can be
accommodated by the MARLO 396C.
3. Determine the size of packing required.
4. Cutting Requirements.
When cutting and installing the packing, ensure that the thinner side
is always installed into the stuffing box thus giving a slight clearance
on the ID of the box and OD of the spindle. This leads to easy
installation.
a) If cutting the packing at a 45 deg angle it is important that the
packing be cut on a mandrel as shown below. There is a very
specific way to do this to ensure that the ends meet properly. This
requirement for care in the cutting of the rings is because the
packing is a Braid over Braid construction and the packing can
become loose at the ends if cut at 45 deg.
b) If cutting using a Butt joint the rings must always be cut on a
mandrel, this is also shown below.
Please ensure that the two ends meet 100 % and that there are no
gaps once fitted. This applies no matter which cutting style is used.
Always when preparing Butt or Skive cut ( 45 degree ) rings, be sure
that the first ring is cut carefully, and then tested on the stem.
As the packing section becomes larger please ensure that the
packing is sitting correctly for cutting purposes, ie narrow section
downwards.

29/01/2003
 5. Pack the gland in stages and pre compress until filled to the top.
Compress the packing 25 to 30 % of its original height . Eg if 100 mm
then compress to 75 mm. Add additional rings and repeat the
procedure if necessary.
At least 75% of the gland follower neck must protrude out of the
stuffing box when packing the valve is complete. This will allow for
additional tightening if required, ( should not be necessary if packed
properly).

It is our opinion that if the valves are packed as described above, you the
customer will experience trouble free sealing of all valves right up to 310
bar at 650 deg C ( 450 deg C in oxidizing applications ).

DO NOT USE MARLO 396C ON KNIFE VALVE APPLICATIONS.

We also believe that the emission levels that will be achieved will be below
100 ppm. This betters the requirements of the EPA in the U.S. of 500 ppm.

Please note that Live Loading ( Belleville washers ), are not required with
the Marlo 396C as the patented construction of the Marlo 396C
incorporates a Helical coil that acts as a spring during operation.
Thus the packing accommodates cycling and compression / relaxation.

It is our opinion that the Marlo 396C has no equal in its class in meeting the
requirements to reduce Fugitive Fuel Emissions in valves.

29/01/2003
KLINGER Limited
Head Office in Perth, Western Australia
www.klinger.com.au +61 8 9350 1100
MARLO Pack-RYT
 MARLO Pack-RYT Installation Instructions

For Pumps

Remove all old packing including lantern ring and thoroughly clean the shaft
and stuffing box. Be sure no solids are present in the sealing area. Disconnect
any discharge flush lines and plug the hole, leaving only the “in” line, so all
flush goes only towards the bearing and the packing.

Split the bearing and reassemble over the shaft making sure the extraction
holes are facing outwards as the bearing slides in. If the bearing will not pilot,
use a Porta-Power or other device to centre the shaft and the let it relax once
all parts have been installed. If significant bore corrosion prevents installation,
lightly and evenly sand the OD with crocus cloth. Make sure the bearing is
fully seated in the bottom of the box. Taking depth measurements before
installation will help confirm this.

Install each packing ring individually, staggering the joints. If the set contains
Marlo 396 or Marlo 396C, bring the gland follower to the packing and tighten
the gland bolts HARD. CRUSH THE PACKING! Then back off the nuts and
let the packing relax for a few minutes. Bring the nuts back up to the follower
finger tight and the pump is ready to run.

If the packing is portion is either all Marlo 317 or Marlo 7413, tamp each ring
firmly during installation and tighten the follower nuts finger tight.

If you are using the BLR configuration (with a lantern ring groove) turn the
water on full force.

Make the packing adjustments no more than 2 flats on all nuts at a time. Wait
a few minutes between adjustments.

If you encounter any difficulty accomplishing these steps or have any

questions regarding installation or performance, please contact Klinger
Limited.
 Leaking components cost
Increased costs due to product losses
Increased costs due to energy losses
Increased environmental charges and fines

Leaking components increase

risk
Leaks of flammable substances increase fire and explosion risk
Leaks of scheduled substances increase OH&S liability risk
All leaks reduce environmental performance

Experience indicates that most facilities with no program in place to identify

fugitives and manage component integrity will typically have 5% to 12% or more of
components leaking at rates above regulated limits, depending on the leak rate
definition. Even new facilities often have component leak rates as high as 5%.
Implementing a management program to increase component integrity requires
scientific monitoring skills, onsite labour management and technical skills,
database management skills, ability to prioritise and confirm effectiveness of
maintenance responses, and reporting capabilities for management.

KLINGER and ATMECO

have combined their capabilities to offer a

One stop package to manage

component integrity
Find and fix leaking components
Prioritize maintenance actions
Confirm effectiveness of maintenance responses
Comply with environmental regulations
Report plant, maintenance and environmental performance
Ensure component integrity
Reduce operational risks
 Capturing value by improving plant
integrity
ATMECO and KLINGER AUSTRALIA have combined their capabilities to offer
a one-stop package to customers to improve plant integrity. Guaranteed
plant performance improvement through ATMECO’s ‘Component Integrity
Management System’ ™ (CIMS) combined with KLINGER’s sealing
technology products and expertise.

Implementation of this one-stop package will:

- reduce valuable product losses
- reduce energy losses
- improve environmental
performance
- reduce fines and charges risks
- reduce OH&S risks liabilities
- reduce risk of emergency
incidents
- improve productivity
- improve plant integrity.

Features of the package include:

- ‘One-stop’ component integrity package,
all handled by the ATMECO/KLINGER team
- Facility management involvement can be a full turnkey package,
through to integration with existing site operations
- Prioritized work leads to maintenance cost reductions
- Correct sealing products, properly installed
- Independent checking confirms component integrity
- Environmental compliance confirmed
- Safety and health risk exposures explicitly managed
- Environmental reporting completed in a timely way
- Full condition reports available at any time
- Accessible corporate knowledge builds with system use
- Integrated asset management database grows with system use
A Joint Venture dedicated to eliminating plant leakage

Fugitive Emissions and plant leaks are a multi million

dollar cost to industry worldwide.
Leading gasket manufacturer Klinger Limited has teamed
up with market leaders in hydraulic bolting innovations
Technofast, to provide clients with a complete package
which ensures gasketed joint integrity.

KLINGER and Technofast can end your quest for leak-

free start up. Together, we offer

•Consultation on applications, including inspection

•Gasket selection and supply
•In-Situ flange machining
•Supervision of gasket fitment
•Technofastening of flange
•Flange make up report
•Leakage monitoring

KLINGER have been at the forefront of sealing technology

for many decades. They offer unparalleled technical
support and have access to global research and
development facilities.

Technofast provide innovative solutions for bolting and

in-situ machining challenges. Technofast is an
international company with hundreds of man years
experience in provision of On-Site Services.
Bolt tensioning, bolt torquing, hydraulic bolt tensioning,
leak sealing, hot tapping and in-situ machining.

Together we provide an unmatched TOTAL PLANT

SEALING SERVICE
 Engineering the correct conditions
for leak prevention

KLINGER’s experience and expertise means

the correct gasket style is recommended for
every service.
This ensures the gasket will be the optimal
solution for each individual application.

The required bolt load is calculated and this

information is used by Technofast to provide the
optimum service. The correct tooling is supplied to
carry out the bolt tensioning to tolerances needed to
ensure the joint will operate without leakage,
particularly during run-up and the crucial first
thousand hours.

In-situ machining to the required

Allied to correct bolt load, the package

Simultaneous tensioning of bolts ensures

the gasket is compressed uniformly and
evenly, which is critical for satisfactory for
gasket performance.
As a result, all of the necessary conditions
for optimal gasketed joint performance are
met.

KLINGER and Technofast – working to eliminate leaks

 Contact the KLINGER branch closest to you
Western Australia
38 McDowell Street
Welshpool, W.A. 6106
Domestic Sales
Tel:(08) 9350 1100
Fax:(08) 9350 9286
Export Sales
Tel:(08) 9350 1190
Fax:(08) 9350 9279
Victoria
33-35 Gaine Road
Dandenong South, VIC 3175
Tel:(03) 8795 9595
Fax:(03) 8795 9516
South Australia
Innovation House West
Technology Park
First Avenue
Mawson Lakes, 5095
Tel: 0412 626 022
Fax:(08) 8260 8278
New South Wales
19/5 Inglewood Place
Baulkham Hills, NSW 2153
Tel:(02) 8824 3930
Fax:(02) 8824 3931
Singapore
16 Raffles Quay
No. 36-00 Hong Leong Building
Singapore, 048581
Tel: +65 321 8940
Fax: +65 225 9060
Unit 1 / 35 Export Drive
Darwin Business Centre
East Arm, N.T. 0828
Tel: 0412 626 018
Fax: (08) 8947 4047
New Zealand
11 Dalgety Drive
Wiri AUCKLAND
Tel:(09) 268 3624
Fax:(09) 268 3608
Queensland
5/43 Links Ave
Eagle Farm, QLD 4009
Tel: (07) 3268 2198
Fax: (07) 3268 2130
Hong Kong
Rm 2802, Admiralty Centre
Tower 1, 18 Harcourt Road
Admiralty, Hong Kong
Tel: +852 2833 6711
Fax: +852 2838 2090